Skip to main content

Full text of "The international development of China"

See other formats


THE 

INTERNATIONAL    DEVELOPMENT 

OF  CHINA 


By 

Sun  Yat-sen 


SHANGHAI 
Printed  by  the  Commercial  Press,  Ltd. 

1920 


4 


LIBRARY 

UNIVERFTTY  OF  CAUFORNT* 

SANTA   BARBARA 


This  work  is  affectionately  dedicated 

to 

Sir  James  and  Lady  Cantlie, 

My  revered  teacher  and  devoted  friends, 

to  whom  I  once  owed  my  life. 


PREFACE 

As  soon  as  Armistice  was  declared  in  the  recent  world  war, 
I  began  to  take  up  the  study  of  the  International  Development  of 
China,  and  to  form  programs  accordingly.  I  was  prompted  to 
do  so  by  the  desire  to  contribute  my  humble  part  in  the  realiza- 
tion of  world  peace.  China,  a  country  possessing  a  territory  of 
4,289,000  square  miles,  a  population  of  400,000,000  people,  and 
the  richest  mineral  and  agricultural  resources  in  the  world,  is 
now  a  prey  of  militaristic  and  capitalistic  powers — a  greater  bone 
of  contention  than  the  Balkan  Peninsula.  Unless  the  Chinese 
question  could  be  settled  peacefully,  another  world  war  greater 
and  more  terrible  than  the  one  just  past  will  be  inevitable.  In 
order  to  solve  the  Chinese  question,  I  suggest  that  the  vast 
resources  of  China  should  be  developed  internationally  under  a 
socialistic  scheme  for  the  good  of  the  world  in  general  and  the 
Chinese  people  in  particular.  It  is  my  hope  that  as  a  result  of 
this,  the  present  spheres  of  influence  can  be  abolished;  the  in- 
ternational commercial  war  can  be  done  away  with ;  the  inter- 
necine capitalistic  competition  can  be  got  rid  of,  and  last,  but 
not  least,  the  class  struggle  between  capital  and  labor  can  be 
avoided.  Thus  the  root  of  war  will  be  forever  exterminated  so 
far  as  the  case  of  China  is  concerned. 

Each  part  of  the  different  programs  in  this  International 
Scheme,  is  but  a  rough  sketch  or  a  general  policy  produced  from 
a  layman's  thought  with  very  limited  materials  at  his  disposal. 
So  alterations  and  changes  will  have  to  be  made  after  scientific 
investigation  and  detailed  survey.  For  instance,  in  regard  to 
the  projected  Great  Northern  Port,  which  is  to  be  situated 
between  the  mouths  of  the  Tsinho  and  the  Lwanho,  the  writer 
thought  that  the  entrance  of  the  harbor  should  be  at  the  eastern 
side  of  the  port  but  from  actual  survey  by  technical  engineers,  it 
is  found  that  the  entrance  of  the  harbor  should  be  at  the  western 


11  PREFACE 

side  of  the  port    instead.     So  I  crave  great  indulgence  on  the 
part  of  experts  and  specialists. 

I  wish  to  thank  Dr.  Monlin  Chiang,  Mr.  David  Yui,  Dr.  Y. 
Y.  Tsu,  Mr.  T.  Z.  Koo,  and  Dr.  John  Y.  Lee,  who  have  given 
me  great  assistance  in  reading  over  the  manuscripts  with  me. 
Special  thanks  are  due  to  Mr.  T.  Z.  Koo,  who  has  undertaken 
to  see  the  book  through  the  press  for  me. 

Sun  Yat-sen. 
Shanghai,  July  20,  1920. 


THE  INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT 

OF  CHINA 

A  Project  to  assist  the  Readjustment  of 
Post-Bellum  Industries 

It  is  estimated  that  during  the  last  year  of  the  World  War 
the  daily  expenses  of  the  various  fighting  nations  amounted  to 
two  hundred  and  forty  millions  of  dollars  gold.  Take  it  for 
granted  in  a  most  conservative  way  that  only  one  half  of  this 
sum  was  spent  on  munitions  and  other  direct  war  supplies,  that 
is,  one  hundred  and  twenty  millions  of  dollars  gold.  Let  us 
consider  these  war  supplies  from  a  commercial  point  of  view. 
The  battle-field  is  the  market  for  these  new  industries,  the 
consumers  of  which  are  the  soldiers.  Various  industries  had  to 
be  enlisted  and  many  new  ones  created  for  the  supplies.  In 
order  to  increase  the  production  of  these  war  commodities  day 
by  day,  people  of  the  warring  countries  and  even  those  of  the 
neutral  states  had  to  be  content  with  the  barest  necessities  of  life 
and  had  to  give  up  all  former  comforts  and  luxuries. 

Now  the  war  is  ended  and  the  sole  market  of  these  war 
supplies  has  closed,  let  us  hope,  forever,  for  the  good  of 
Humanity.  So,  henceforth,  we  are  concerned  with  the  problem  as 
to  how  a  readjustment  might  be  brought  about.  What  is  to  be 
considered  first  is  the  reconstruction  of  the  various  countries,  and 
next  the  supply  of  comforts  and  luxuries  that  will  have  to  be 
resumed.  We  remember  that  one  hundred  and  twenty  million 
dollars  were  spent  every  day  on  direct  war  supplies.  Let  us 
then  suppose  that  the  two  items  mentioned  will  take  up  one  half 
of  this  sum,  that  is,  sixty  millions  of  dollars  a  day  which  will 
still  leave  us  a  balance  of  sixty  million  dollars  a  day  to  be 
utilized.  Besides,  the  many  millions  of  soldiers  who  were  once 
consumers  will  from  now  on  become  producers  again.  Further- 
more, the  unification  and  nationalization  of  all  the  industries, 


11  THE    INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

which  I  might  call  the  Second  Industrial  Revolution,  will  be  more 
far-reaching  than  that  of  the  first  one  in  which  Manual  Labor 
was  displaced  by  Machinery.  This  second  industrial  revolution 
will  increase  the  productive  power  of  man  many  times  more  than 
the  first  one.  Consequently,  this  unification  and  nationalization 
of  industries  on  account  of  the  World  War  will  further  compli- 
cate the  readjustment  of  the  post-war  industries.  Just  imagine 
sixty  million  dollars  a  day  or  twenty  one  billions  and  nine 
hundred  millions  of  dollars  a  year  of  new  trade  created  by  the 
war  suddenly  have  to  stop  when  peace  is  concluded !  Where  in 
this  world  can  Europe  and  America  look  for  a  market  to 
consume  this  enormous  saving  from  the  war? 

If  the  billions  of  dollars  worth  of  war  industries  can  find 
no  place  in  the  post-bellum  readjustment,  then  they  will  be  a  pure 
economic  waste.  The  result  will  not  only  disturb  the  economic 
condition  of  the  producing  countries,  but  will  also  be  a  great  loss 
to  the  world  at  large. 

All  the  commercial  nations  are  looking  to  China  as  the  only 
"dumping  ground"  for  their  over-production.  The  pre-war 
condition  of  trade  was  unfavorable  to  China.  The  balance  of 
imports  over  exports  was  something  over  one  hundred  million 
dollars  gold  annually.  The  market  of  China  under  this 
condition  could  not  expand  much  for  soon  after  there  will  be  no 
more  money  or  commodities  left  for  exchanging  goods  with 
foreign  countries.  Fortunately,  the  natural  resources  of  China 
are  great  and  their  proper  development  would  create  an  unlimited 
market  for  the  whole  world  and  would  utilize  the  greater  part, 
if  not  all  of  the  billions  of  dollars  worth  of  war  industries  soon 
to  be  turned  into  peace  Industries. 

China  is  the  land  that  still  employs  manual  labor  for  produc- 
tion and  has  not  yet  entered  the  first  stage  of  industrial  evolution, 
while  in  Europe  and  America  the  second  stage  is  already  reached. 
So  China  has  to  begin  the  two  stages  of  industrial  evolution  at 
once  by  adopting  the  machinery  as  well  as  the  nationalization  of 
production.     In  this  case  China  will  require  machinery  for  her 


THE   INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT    OE   CHINA  ill 

vast  agriculture,  machinery  for  her  rich  mines,  machinery  for  the 
building  of  her  innumerable  factories,  machinery  for  her  extensive 
transportation  systems  and  machinery  for  all  her  public  utilities. 
Let  us  see  how  this  new  demand  for  machinery  will  help  in  the 
readjustment  of  war  industries.  The  workshops  that  turn  out 
cannon  can  easily  be  made  to  turn  out  steam  rollers  for  the 
construction  of  roads  in  China.  The  workshops  that  turn  out 
tanks  can  be  made  to  turn  out  trucks  for  the  transportation  of 
the  raw  materials  that  are  lying  everywhere  in  China.  And  all 
sorts  of  warring  machinery  can  be  converted  into  peaceful  tools 
for  the  general  development  of  China's  latent  wealth.  The 
Chinese  people  will  welcome  the  development  of  our  country's 
resources  provided  that  it  can  be  kept  out  of  Mandarin  corruption 
and  ensure  the  mutual  benefit  of  China  and  of  the  countries 
cooperating  with  us. 

It  might  be  feared  by  some  people  in  Europe  and  America 
that  the  development  of  China  by  war  machinery,  war  organiza- 
tion and  technical  experts  might  create  unfavorable  competition 
to  foreign  industries.  I,  therefore,  propose  a  scheme  to  develop 
a  new  market  in  China  big  enough  both  for  her  own  products 
and  for  products  from  foreign  countries.  The  scheme  will  be 
along  the  following  lines  : 

I.     The  Development  of  a  Communications  System. 

(a)  100,000  miles  of  Railways. 

(b)  1,000,000  miles  of  Macadam  Roads. 

(c)  Improvement  of  Existing  Canals. 

(1)  Hangchow-Tientsin  Canals. 

(2)  Sikiang- Yangtze  Canals. 

(d)  Construction  of  New  Canals. 

(1)  Liaoho-Sunghwakiang  Canal. 

(2)  Others  to  be  projected. 

(e)  River  Conservancy. 

(1)  To  regulate  the  Embankments  and  Channel 
of  the  Yangtze  River  from  Hankow  to  the 
Sea  thus  facilitating  Ocean-going  Ships  to 
reach  that  port  at  all  seasons. 


iv  THE    INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT  OF   CHINA 

i  2 )     To  regulate  the  Hoangho  Embankments  and 
Channel  to  prevent  Floods. 

(3)  To  regulate  the  Sikiang. 

(4)  To  regulate  the  Hwaiho. 

(5)  To  regulate  various  other  Rivers. 

(f)  The  Construction  of  more  Telegraph  Lines  and 
Telephone  and  Wireless  Systems  all  over  the 
Country. 

II.  The  Development  of  Commercial  Harbors. 

(a)  Three  largest  Ocean  Ports  with  future  capacity 
equalling  New  York  Harbor  to  be  constructed  in 
North,  Central  and  South  China. 

(b)  Various  small  Commercial  and  Fishing  Harbors 
to  be  constructed  along  the  Coast. 

(c)  Commercial  Docks  to  be  constructed  along  all 
navigable  Rivers. 

III.  Modern  Cities  with  public  utilities  to  be  constructed  in 
all  Railway  Centers,  Termini  and  alongside  Harbors. 

IV.  Water  Power  Development. 

V.  Iron  and  Steel  Works  and  Cement  Works  on  the  largest 
scale  in  order  to  supply  the  above  needs. 

VI.  Mineral  Development. 

VII.  Agricultural  Development. 

VIII.  Irrigational  Work' on  the  largest  scale  in  Mongolia 
and  Sinkiang. 

IX.  Reforestation  in  Central  and  North  China. 

X .  Colonization  in  Manchuria,  Mongolia,  Sinkiang,  Kokonor, 
and  Thibet. 

If  the  above  program  could  be  carried  out  gradually,  China 
will  not  only  be  the  *'  Dumping  Ground  "  for  foreign  goods  but 
actually  will  be  the  "  Economic  Ocean"  capable  of  absorbing  all 
the  surplus  capital  as  quickly  as  the  Industrial  Nations  can 
possibly    produce    by    the    coming    Industrial     Revolution     of 


THE   INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA  V 

Nationalized  Productive  Machinery.  Then  there  will  be  no  more 
competition  and  commercial  struggles  in  China  as  well  as  in  the 
world. 

The  recent  World  War  has  proved  to  Mankind  that  war  is 
ruinous  to  both  the  Conqueror  and  the  Conquered,  and  worse 
for  the  Aggressor.  What  is  true  in  Military  Warfare  is  more 
so  in  trade  warfare.  Since  President  Wilson  has  proposed  a 
League  of  Nations  to  end  Military  War  in  the  future,  I  desire 
to  propose  to  end  the  trade  war  by  cooperation  and  mutual  help 
in  the  Development  of  China.  This  will  root  out  probably  the 
greatest  cause  of  future  wars. 

The  world  has  been  greatly  benefited  by  the  development  of 
America  as  an  industrial  and  a  commercial  Nation.  So  a  de- 
veloped China  with  her  four  hundred  millions  of  population,  will  be 
another  New  World  in  the  economic  sense.  The  nations  which 
will  take  part  in  this  development  will  reap  immense  advantages. 
Furthermore,  international  cooperation  of  this  kind  cannot  but 
help  to  strengthen  the  Brotherhood  of  Man.  Ultimately,  I  am 
sure,  this  will  culminate  to  be  the  keystone  in  the  arch  of  the 
League  of  Nations. 

In  order  to  carry  out  this  project  successfully  I  suggest 
that  three  necessary  steps  must  be  taken :  First,  that  the  various 
Governments  of  the  Capital-supplying  Powers  must  agree  to 
joint  action  and  a  unified  policy  to  form  an  International  Or- 
ganization with  their  war  work  organizers,  administrators  and 
experts  of  various  lines  to  formulate  plans  and  to  standardize 
materials  in  order  to  prevent  waste  and  to  facilitate  work. 
Second,  the  confidence  of  the  Chinese  people  must  be  secured 
in  order  to  gain  their  cooperation  and  enthusiastic  support.  If 
the  above  two  steps  are  accomplished,  then  the  third  step  is  to 
open  formal  negotiation  for  the  final  contract  of  the  project  with 
the  Chinese  Government.  For  which  I  suggest  that  it  be  on  the 
same  basis  as  the  contract  I  once  concluded  with  the  Pauling 
Company  of  London,  for  the  construction  of  the  Canton- 
Chungking  Railway,  since  it  was  the  fairest  to  both  parties  and 


VI  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

the  one  most  welcomed  by  the  Chinese  people,  of  all  contracts 
that  were  ever  made  between  China  and  the  foreign  countries. 

And  last  but  not  least,  a  warning  must  be  given  that 
mistakes  such  as  the  notorious  Sheng  Shun  Hwai's  nationalized 
Railway  Scheme  in  191 1  must  not  be  committed  again. 
In  those  days  foreign  bankers  entirely  disregarded  the 
will  of  the  Chinese  people,  and  thought  that  they  could 
do  everything  with  the  Chinese  Government  alone.  But  to  their 
regret,  they  found  that  the  contracts  which  they  had  concluded 
with  the  Government,  by  heavy  bribery,  were  only  to  be  blocked 
by  the  people  later  on.  Had  the  foreign  bankers  gone  in  the 
right  way  of  first  securing  the  confidence  of  the  Chinese  people, 
and  then  approaching  the  Government  for  a  contract,  many 
things  might  have  been  accomplished  without  a  hitch.  There- 
fore, in  this  International  Project  we  must  pay  more  attention  to 
the  people's  will  than  ever  before. 

If  my  proposition  is  acceptable  to  the  Capital-supplying 
Powers,  I  will  furnish  further  details. 


THE  INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT  OF  CHINA 

PROGRAM     I. 

The  industrial  development  of  China  should  be  carried  out 
along  two  lines:  (i)  by  private  enterprise  and  (2)  by  national 
undertaking.  All  matters  that  can  be  and  are  better  carried  out 
by  private  enterprise  should  be  left  to  private  hands  which 
should  be  encouraged  and  fully  protected  by  liberal  laws.  And 
in  order  to  facilitate  the  industrial  development  by  private  enter- 
prise in  China,  the  hitherto  suicidal  internal  taxes  must  be 
abolished,  the  cumbersome  currency  must  be  reformed,  the 
various  kinds  of  official  obstacles  must  be  removed,  and  trans- 
portation facilities  must  be  provided.  All  matters  that  cannot 
be  taken  up  by  private  concerns  and  those  that  possess  monopo- 
listic character  should  be  taken  up  as  national  undertakings.  It 
is  for  this  latter  line  of  development  that  we  are  here  endeavoring 
to  deal  with.  In  this  national  undertaking,  foreign  capital  have 
to  be  invited,  foreign  experts  and  organizers  have  to  be  enlisted, 
and  gigantic  methods  have  to  be  adopted.  The  property  thus 
created  will  be  state  owned  and  will  be  managed  for  the  benefit 
of  the  whole  nation.  During  the  construction  and  the  operation 
of  each  of  these  national  undertakings,  before  its  capital  and 
interest  are  fully  repaid,  it  will  be  managed  and  supervised  by 
foreign  experts  under  Chinese  employment.  As  one  of  their 
obligations,  these  foreign  experts  have  to  undertake  the  training 
of  Chinese  assistants  to  take  their  places  in  the  future.  When 
the  capital  and  interest  of  each  undertaking  are  paid  off, 
the  Chinese  Government  will  have  the  option  to  employ 
either  foreigners  or  Chinese  to  manage  the  concern  as  it 
thinks  fit. 


Till'    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

Before  entering  into  the  details  of  this  International  develop- 
ment scheme,  four  principles  have  to  be  considered : 

(i)     The  most  remunerative  field  must  be  selected  in 

order  to  attract  foreign  capital, 
i  2  i     The  most  urgent  needs  of  the  nation  must  be  met. 
<  3)     The  lines  of  least  resistance  must  be  followed. 
(  4  s)     The  most  suitable  positions  must  be  chosen. 
In    conformity    with    the    above    principles,    I    formulate 
Program  I  as  follows: 

J .     The  construction  of  a  great  Northern  Port  on  the 
Gulf  of  Pechili. 
II.     The  building  of  a  system  of  railways  from  the 
Great   Northern    Port    to    the    Northwestern 
extremity  of  China. 

III.  The    Colonization    of    Mongolia     and     Sinkiang 

(Chinese  Turkestan). 

IV.  The  construction  of  canals  to  connect  the  inland 

waterway  systems  of  North  and  Central  China 
with  the  Great  Northern  Port. 
V.     The  development  of  the  Iron  and  Coal  fields  in 
Shansi   and  the  construction  of  an  Iron  and 
Steel  Works. 
These  five  projects  will  be  worked  out  as  one  program,  for 
each  of  them  will  assist  and  accelerate  the  development  of  the 
others.     The  Great  Northern  Port  will  serve  as  a  base  of  opera- 
tion of  this   International  Development   Scheme,  as  well   as   a 
meeting   link   of  transportation  and  communication  between 
China  and  the  outer   world.     The   other   four  projects  will  be 
itered  around  it. 

PART     I. 

The  Great  Northern  Port 

I  propose  that  a  great   deep    water    and   ice    free    port   be 

nstructed  on  the  Gulf  of  Pechili.     The  need  of  such  a  port  in 

1  part  of  China  has  been  keenly  felt  for  a  long  time.      Several 


THE   GREAT    NORTHERN    PORT  3 

projects  have  been  proposed  such  as  the  deepening  of  the  Taku 
Bar,  the  construction  of  a  harbor  in  the  Chiho  estuary,  the 
Chinwangtao  Harbor  which  has  actually  been  carried  out  on  a 
small  scale  and  the  Hulutao  Harbor  which  is  on  the  point  of 
being  constructed.  But  the  site  of  my  projected  port  is  in 
none  of  these  places  for  the  first  two  are  too  far  from  the  deep 
water  line  and  too  near  to  fresh  water  which  freezes  in  winter. 
So  it  is  impossible  to  make  them  into  deep  water  and  ice  free  ports, 
while  the  last  two  are  too  far  away  from  the  center  of  population 
and  are  unprofitable  as  commercial  ports.  The  locality  of  my 
projected  port  is  just  at  midway  between  Taku  and  Chinwangtao 
and  at  a  point  between  the  mouths  of  the  Tsingho  and  Lwanho, 
on  the  cape  of  the  coast  line  between  Taku  and  Chinwangtao.  This 
is  one  of  the  points  nearest  to  deep  water  in  this  Gulf.  "With  the 
fresh  water  of  the  Tsingho  and  Lwanho  diverted  away,  it  can  be 
made  a  deep  water  and  ice  free  port  without  much  difficulty.  Its 
distance  to  Tientsin  is  about  seventy  or  eighty  miles  less  than 
that  of  Chinwangtao  to  Tientsin.  Moreover,  this  port  can  be 
connected  with  the  inland  waterway  systems  of  North  and 
Central  China  by  canal,  whereas  in  the  case  of  Chinwangtao  and 
Hulutao  this  could  not  be  done.  So  this  port  is  far  superior  as 
a  commercial  harbor  than  Hulutao  or  Chinwangtao  which  at 
present  is  the  only  ice  free  port  in  the  Gulf  of  Pechili. 

From  a  commercial  standpoint  this  port  will  be  a  paying  prop- 
osition from  the  very  beginning  of  its  construction,  owing  to  the 
fact  that  it  is  situated  at  the  center  of  the  greatest  salt  industry 
in  China.  The  cheapest  salt  is  produced  here  by  sun  evaporation 
only.  If  modern  methods  could  be  added,  also  utilizing  the  cheap 
coal  near  by,  the  production  could  increase  many  times  more  and 
the  cost  could  thus  be  made  much  cheaper.  Then  it  can  supply 
the  whole  of  China  with  much  cheaper  salt.  By  this  industry 
alone  it  is  quite  sufficient  to  support  a  moderate  sized  harbor 
which  must  be  the  first  step  of  this  great  project.  Besides,  there 
is  in  the  immediate  neighborhood  the  greatest  coal  mine  that  has 
yet  been  developed  in  China,  the  Kailan  Alining  Co.     The  output 


4  Til       INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

of  its  colliery  is  about  four  million  tons  a  year.     At  present  the 

npany  uses  its  own  harbor,  Chinwangtao,  for  shipping  its 
exports.  But  our  projected  port  is  much  nearer  to  its  colliery 
than  Chinwangtao.  It  can  be  connected  with  the  mine  by  canal 
thus  providing  it  with  a  much  cheaper  carriage  than  by  rail  to 
Chinwangtao.  Furthermore,  our  projected  port  will  in  future 
consume  much  of  the  Kailan  coal.  Thus  eventually  the  Company 
must  use  our  port  as  a  shipping  stage  for  its  exports.  Tientsin 
the  largest  commercial  center  in  North  China,  has  no  deep  harbor 
and  is  ice  bound  several  months  a  year  in  winter,  and  so  has  to 
use  our  projected  port  entirely  as  an  outlet  for  its  world  trade. 
This  is  the  local  need  only  but  for  this  alone  it  is  quite  sufficient 
to  make  our  projected  port  a  paying  proposition. 

But  my  idea  is  to  develop  this  port  as  large  as  New  York  in 
a  reasonable  limit  of  time.  Now,  let  us  survey  the  hinterland  to 
see  whether  the  possibility  justifies  my  ideal  or  not.  To  the 
southwest  are  the  provinces  of  Chili  and  Shansi,  and  the 
Ih.angho  valley  with  a  population  of  nearly  a  hundred  millions. 
To  the  northwest  are  the  undeveloped  Jehol  district  and  the  vast 
Mongolian  Prairie  with  their  virgin  soil  waiting  for  development. 
Chili  with  its  dense  population  and  Shansi  with  its  rich  mineral 
resources  have  to  depend  upon  this  port  as  their  only  outlet  to 
the  sea.  And  if  the  future  Dolon  Nor  and  Urga  Railway  is 
completed  with  connection  to  the  Siberian  line  then  Central 
Siberia  will  also  have  to  use  this  as  its  nearest  sea-port.     Thus 

ontributing  or  rather  distributing  area  will  be  larger  than  that 
of  New  York.     Finally,  this  port  will  become  the  true  terminus 

the  future  Eurasian  Railway  System,  which  will  connect  the 
two  continents  together.  The  land  which  we  select  to  be  the  site 
of  our  projected  port  is  now  almost  worth  next  to  nothing.  Let 
. .  two  or  three  hundred  square  miles  be  taken  up  as  national 
property  absolutely  for  our  future  city  building.  If  within  forty 
years  we  could  develop  a  city  as  large  as  Philadelphia,  not  to  say 
New  York,  the  land  value  alone  will  be  sufficient  to  pay  off  the 

-ital  invested  in  its  development. 


ft-      zrj 

fl" ' 


Till*.    NORTHWESTERN    RA1I.\YA\    SYSTEM  5 

The  need  of  such  a  port  in  this  part  of  China  goes  without 
saying.  For  the  provinces  of  Chili,  Shansi,  Western  Shantung, 
Northern  Honan,  a  part  of  Fengtien  and  the  greater  part  of 
Shensi  and  Kansu  with  a  population  of  about  ioo  millions  are 
lacking  of  a  sea  port  of  this  kind.  Mongolia  and  Sinkiang  as 
well  as  the  rich  coal  and  iron  fields  of  Shansi  will  also  have  to 
depend  on  the  Chili  coast  as  their  only  outlet  to  the  sea.  And 
the  millions  of  congested  population  of  the  coast  and  the  Yangtze 
valley  need  an  entrance  to  the  virgin  soil  of  the  Mongolian  Prairie 
and  the  Tienshan  Valley.  The  port  will  be  the  shortest  doorway 
and  the  cheapest  passage  to  these  regions. 

The  locality  of  our  projected  port  is  nearest  to  deep  water 
line,  and  far  away  from  any  large  river  which  might  carry  silt  to 
fill  up  the  approach  of  the  harbor  like  those  of  the  Hoangho 
entrance  and  the  Yangtze  estuary  which  cause  great  trouble  to 
conservancy  work.  So  it  has  no  great  natural  obstacle  to  be 
overcome.  Moreover,  it  is  situated  in  an  arid  plain  with  few  people 
living  on  it,  so  it  has  no  artificial  hindrance  to  be  overcome.  We 
can  do  whatever  we  please  in  the  process  of  construction. 

As  regards  the  planning  and  estimation  of  the  work  of  the 
harbor  construction  and  city  building,  I  must  leave  them  to 
experts  who  have  to  make  extensive  surveys  and  soundings 
before  detailed  plan  and  proper  estimation  could  be  made. 
.Whereas  for  rough  reference  see  Map  I,  and  figures  l  and  2.* 

PART     II. 

The  Northwestern  Railway  System 

Our  projected  Railway  will  start  at  the  Great  Northern 
Port  and  follow  the  Lwan  Valley  to  the  prairie  city  of  Dolon 


*As  soon  as  this  first  program  reached  the  American  Legation  in 
Peking,  the  former  Minister,  Dr.  Paul  S.  Reinsch,  immediately  sent  an 
expert  to  survey  the  site  which  the  writer  indicated,  and  found  that  it  is 
really  the  best  site  on  the  Chili  Coast  for  a  world  harbor,  excepting  that 
the  entrance  of  the  port  should  be  at  the  west  side  instead  of  the  east  side 
as  the  writer  proposed.    Detailed  plans  have  been  made  as  figures  1  and  2. 


0  lilt    [INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

Nor,  a  distance  of  three  hundred  miles.  This  railway  should  be 
built  in  double  tracks  at  the  commencement.  As  our  projected 
Tort  is  a  starting  point  to  the  sea,  so  Dolon  Nor  is  a  gate  to  the 
\  as(  prairie  which  our  projected  Railway  System  is  going  to  tap. 
1 1  is  from  Dolon  Nor  our  Northwestern  Railway  System  is  going 
to  radiate.  First,  a  line  N.  X.  E.  will  run  parallel  to  the  Khingan 
Range  to  Khailar,  and  thence  to  Moho,  the  gold  district  on  the 
right  hank  of  the  Amur  River.  This  line  is  about  eight  hundred 
m  iles  in  length.  Second,  a  line  N.N.W.  to  Kurelun,  and  thence 
to  the  frontier  to  join  the  Siberian  line  near  Chita.  This  line  has 
a  [distance  of  about  six  hundred  miles.  Third,  a  trunk  line 
northwest,  west,  and  southwest,  skirting  off  the  northern  edge  of 
the  desert  proper,  to  Urumochi  at  the  western  end  of  China,  a 
distance  of  about  one  thousand  six  hundred  miles  all  on  level 
land.  Fourth,  a  line  from  Urumochi  westward  to  Hi,  a  distance 
of  about  four  hundred  miles.  Fifth,  a  line  from  Urumochi 
southeast  across  the  Tienshan  gap  into  the  Darim  basin,  then 
turning  southwest  running  along  the  fertile  zone  between  the 
southern  watershed  of  the  Tienshan  and  the  northern  edge  of 
the  Darim  Desert,  to  Kashgar,  and  thence  turning  southeast  to 
another  fertile  zone  between  the  eastern  watershed  of  the  Pamir, 
the  northern  watershed  of  the  Kuenlun  Mountain  and  the  southern 
edge  of  the  Darim  Desert,  to  the  city  of  Iden  or  Keria,  a  distance 
of  about  one  thousand  two  hundred   miles   all   on   level   land. 

ih.  a  branch  from  the  Dolon  Nor  Urumochi  Trunk  Line, 
which  I  shall  call  Junction  A,  to  Urga  and  thence  to  the  frontier 
city  Kiakata,  a  distance  of  about  three  hundred  fifty  miles. 
Seventh,  a  branch  from  Junction  B  to  Uliassutai  and  beyond 
X.  X\  \V.  up  to  the  frontier,  a  distance  of  about  six  hundred 
miles.  And  eighth,  a  branch  from  Junction  C  northwest  to  the 
frontier,  a  distance  of  about  four  hundred  fifty  miles.  See 
Map  2. 

Regarded  from  the  principle  of  ''following  the  line  of  least 

istance"  our  projected  railways  in  this  program  is  the  most 
ideal  one.     For  most  of  the  seven  thousand  miles  of  lines  under 


THE    NORTHWESTERN    RAILWAY   SYSTEM  7 

this  project  are  on  perfectly  level  land.  For  instance,  the  Trunk 
Line  from  Dolon  Nor  to  Kashgar  and  beyond,  about  a  distance 
of  three  thousand  miles  right  along  is  on  the  most  fertile  plain 
and  encounters  no  natural  obstacles,  neither  high  mountains  nor 
great  rivers. 

Regarded  from  the  principle  of  "the  most  suitable  position," 
our  projected  railways  will  command  the  most  dominating  position 
of  world  importance.  It  will  form  a  part  of  the  trunk  line  of 
the  Eurasian  system  which  will  connect  the  two  populous  centers, 
Europe  and  China,  together.  Tt  will  be  the  shortest  line  from 
the  Pacific  Coast  to  Europe.  Its  branch  from  Hi  will  connect  with 
the  future  Indo-European  line,  and  through  Bagdad,  Damascus 
and  Cairo,  will  link  up  also  with  the  future  African  system.  Then 
there  will  be  a  through  route  from  our  projected  port  to  Capetown. 
There  is  no  existing  railway  commanding  such  a  world  important 
position  es  this. 

Regarded  from  the  principle  of  the  "most  urgent  need  of 
the  Nation,"  this  railway  system  becomes  the  first  in  importance, 
for  the  territories  traversed  by  it  are  larger  than  the  eighteen 
provinces  of  China  Proper.  Owing  to  the  lack  of  means  of 
transportation  and  communication  at  present  these  rich  territories 
are  left  undeveloped  and  millions  of  laborers  in  the  congested 
provinces  along  the  Coast  and  in  the  Yangtse  Valley  are  without 
work.  What  a  great  waste  of  natural  and  human  energies.  If 
there  is  a  railway  connecting  these  vast  territories,  the  waste 
labor  of  the  congested  provinces  can  go  and  develop  these  rich 
soils  for  the  good  not  only  of  China  but  also  of  the  whole 
commercial  world.  So  a  system  of  railways  to  the  northwestern 
part  of  the  country  is  the  most  urgent  need  both  politically  and 
economically  for  China  to-day. 

I  have  intentionally  left  out  the  first  principle — "the  most 
remunerative  field  must  be  selected'' — not  because  I  want  to 
neglect  it  but  because  I  mean  to  call  more  attention  to  it  and  treat 
it  more  fully.  It  is  commonly  known  to  financiers  and  railway 
men  that  a  railway  in  a  densely  populated  country  from  end  to 


8  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

end  is  the  best  paying  proposition,  and  a  railway  in  a  thinly  settled 
country  from  end  to  end  is  the  least  paying  one.  And  a  railway 
in  an  almost  un-populated  country  like  our  projected  lines  will 
take  a  long  time  to  make  it  a  paying  business.  That  is  why  the 
United  States  Government  had  to  grant  large  tracts  of  public 
lands  to  railway  corporations  to  induce  them  to  build  the 
Transcontinental  lines  to  the  Pacific  Coast,  half  a  century  ago. 
Whenever  I  talked  with  foreign  railway  men  and  financiers  about 
the  construction  of  railways  to  Mongolia  and  Sinkiang,  they 
generally  got  very  shy  of  the  proposition.  Undoubtedly  they 
thought  that  it  is  for  political  and  military  reasons  only  that  such 
a  line  as  the  Siberian  Railway  was  built,  which  traversed  through 
a  thinly  populated  land.  But  they  could  not  grasp  the  fact  which 
might  be  entirely  new  to  them,  that  a  railway  between  a  densely 
populated  country  and  a  sparsely  settled  country  will  pay  far  better 
than  one  that  runs  from  end  to  end  in  a  densely  populated  land. 
The  reason  is  that  in  ec  cncmic  conditions  the  two  ends  of  a  well 
populated  country  are  not  so  different  as  that  between  a  thickly 
populated  country  and  a  newly  opened  country.  At  the  two  ends 
"f  a  well  populated  country,  in  many  respects,  the  local  people 
arc  self-supplying,  excepting  a  few  special  articles  which  they 
depend  upon  the  other  end  of  the  road  to  supply.  So  the  demand 
and  supply  between  the  two  places  are  not  very  great,  thus  the 
trade  between  the  two  ends  of  the  railway  could  not  be  very 
lucrative.  While  the  difference  of  the  economic  condition 
between  a  well  populated  country  and  an  un-populated  country 
is  very  great.  The  workers  of  the  new  land  have  to  depend  upon 
the  supplies  of  the  thickly  populated  country  almost  in  everything 
excepting  foodstuffs  and  raw  materials  which  they  have  in 
ndance  and  for  disposal  of  which  they  have  to  depend  upon 
the  demand  of  the  well  populated  district.  Thus  the  trade 
between  the  two  ends  of  the  line  will  be  extraordinarily  great. 
Furthermore,  a  railway  in  a  thickly  populated  place  will  not  affect 
much  the  masses  which  consist  of  the  majority  of  the  population. 
It  is  only  the  iew  well-to-do  and  the  merchants  and  tradesmen 


Till-    NORTHWESTERN    RAILWAY    SYSTEM  9 

that  make  use  of  it.  While  with  a  railway  between  a  thickly 
populated  country  and  a  sparsely  settled  or  unsettled  country,  as 
soon  as  it  is  opened  to  traffic  for  each  mile,  the  masses  of  the 
congested  country  will  use  it  and  rush  into  the  new  land  in  a 
wholesale  manner.  Thus  the  railway  will  be  employed  to  its 
utmost  capacity  in  passenger  traffic  from  the  beginning.  The 
comparison  between  the  Peking-Hankow  Railway  and  the 
Peking-Mukden  Railway  in  China  is  a  convincing  proof. 

The  Peking-Hankow  Railway  is  a  line  of  over  eight  hundred 
miles  running  from  the  capital  of  the  country  to  the  commercial 
center  in  the  heart  of  China  right  along  in  an  extraordinarily 
densely  settled  country  from  end  to  end.  While  the  Peking- 
Mukden  line  is  barely  six  hundred  miles  in  length  running  from 
a  thickly  populated  country  to  thinly  populated  Manchuria.  The 
former  is  a  well  paying  line  but  the  latter  pays  far  better.  The 
net  profit  of  the  shorter  Peking-Mukden  Line  is  sometimes 
three  to  four  millions  more  yearly  than  that  of  the  longer 
Peking- Hankow  line. 

Therefore,  it  is  logically  clear  that  a  railway  in  a  thickly 
populated  country  is  much  better  than  one  that  is  in  a  thinly 
populated  country  in  remuneration.  But  a  railway  between  a 
very  thickly  populated  and  a  very  thinly  populated  or  un-populated 
country  is  the  best  paying  proposition.  This  is  a  law  in  Railway 
Economics  which  hitherto  had  not  been  discovered  by  railway 
men  and  financiers. 

According  to  this  new  railway  economic  law,  our  projected 
railway  will  be  the  best  remunerative  project  of  its  kind.  For  at 
the  one  end,  we  have  our  projected  port  which  acts  as  a  connect- 
ing link  with  the  thickly  populated  coast  of  China  and  the  Yangtse 
Valley  and  also  the  two  existing  lines,  the  Kinghan  and  the 
Tsinpu,  as  feeders  to  the  projected  port  and  the  Dolon  Nor  line. 
And  at  the  other  end,  we  have  a  vast  and  rich  territory,  larger 
than  China  Proper,  to  be  developed.  There  is  no  such  vast  fertile 
field  so  near  to  a  center  of  a  population  of  four  hundred  millions 
to  be  found  in  any  other  part  of  the  world. 


10  TIIK    INTERNATIONAL   DEVtLOPMC XT   01-'    CIIIXA 

PART    III. 

The  Colonization  of  Mongolia  and  Sinkiang 

The  Colonization  of  Mongolia  and  Sinkiang  is  a  complement 
of  the  Railway  scheme.  Each  is  dependent  upon  the  other  for 
its  prosperity.  The  colonization  scheme,  besides  benefitting  the 
railway,  is  in  itself  a  greatly  profitable  undertaking.  The  results 
of  the  United  States,  Canada,  Australia,  and  Argentina  are  ample 
proofs  of  this.  In  the  case  of  our  project,  it  is  simply  a  matter 
of  applying  waste  Chinese  labor  and  foreign  machinery  to  a 
fertile  land  for  production  for  which  its  remuneration  is  sure. 
The  present  Colonization  of  Manchuria,  notwithstanding  its  topsy 
turvy  way  which  caused  great  waste  of  land  and  human  energy, 
has  been  wonderfully  prosperous.  If  we  would  adopt  scientific 
methods  in  our  colonization  project  we  could  certainly  obtain 
better  results  than  all  the  others.  Therefore,  I  propose  that  the 
whole  movement  be  directed  in  a  systematic  way  by  state 
organization  with  the  help  of  foreign  experts  and  war  organizers, 
for  the  good  of  the  colonists  particularly  and  the  nation  generally. 

The  land  should  be  bought  up  by  the  state  in  order  to 
prevent  the  speculators  from  creating  the  dog-in-the-manger 
system,  to  the  detriment  of  the  public.  The  land  should  be 
prepared  and  divided  into  farmsteads,  then  leased  to  colonists  on 
perpetual  term.  The  initial  capital,  seeds,  implements  and  houses 
should  be  furnished  by  the  state  at  cost  price  on  cash  or  on  the 
instalment  plan.  For  these  services,  big  organizations  should  be 
formed  and  war  work  measures  should  be  adopted  in  order  to 
transport,  to  feed,  to  clothe  and  to  house  every  colonist  on  credit 
in  his  first  year. 

As  soon  as  a  sufficient  number  of  colonists  is  settled  in  a 
district,  franchise  should  be  given  for  self-government  and  the 
colonists  should  be  trained  to  manage  their  own  local  affairs  with 
perfect  democratic  spirit. 

If  within  ten  years  we  can  transport,  let  us  say,  ten  millions 
of   the   people,  from  the  congested  provinces  of   China,  to  th° 


THK   COLONIZATION    OF    MONGOLIA    AND    SINKIANG  II 

Northwestern  territory  to  develop  its  natural  resources,  the  benefit 
to  the  commercial  world  at  large  will  be  enormous.  No  matter 
how  big  a  capital  that  shall  have  been  invested  in  the  project  it 
could  be  repaid  within  a  very  short  time.  So  in  regard  to  its 
bearing  to  "  the  principle  of  remuneration  "  there  is  no  question 
about  it. 

Regarded  from  "  the  principle  of  the  need  of  the  Nation  '' 
colonization  is  the  most  urgent  need  of  the  first  magnitude.  At 
present  China  has  more  than  a  million  soldiers  to  be  disbanded. 
Besides,  the  dense  population  will  need  elbow  room  to  move  in. 
This  Colonization  project  is  the  best  thing  for  both  purposes. 
The  soldiers  have  to  be  disbanded  at  great  expense  and  hundreds 
of  millions  of  dollars  may  be  needed  for  disbandment  alone,  in 
paying  them  off  with  a  few  months  pay.  If  nothing  more  could 
be  done  for  these  soldiers'  welfare,  they  will  either  be  left  to 
starve  or  to  rob  for  a  living.  Then  the  consequences  will  be 
unimaginable.  This  calamity  must  be  prevented  and  prevented 
effectively.  The  best  way  for  this  is  the  colonization  scheme.  I 
hope  that  the  friendly  foreign  financiers,  who  have  the 
welfare  of  China  at  heart,  when  requested  to  float  a 
reorganization  loan  for  the  Chinese  Government  in  the  future, 
will  persist  on  the  point — that  the  money  furnished  must  first 
be  used  to  carry  out  the  colonization  scheme  for  the  disbanded 
soldiers.  Otherwise,  their  money  will  only  work  disasters 
to  China. 

For  the  million  or  more  of  the  soldiers  to  be  disbanded,  the 
district  between  our  projected  port  and  Dolon  Nor  is  quite 
enough  to  accomodate  them.  This  district  is  quite  rich  in  mineral 
resources  and  is  very  sparsely  settled.  If  a  railway  is  to  start  at 
once  from  the  projected  port  to  Dolon  Nor  these  soldiers  could 
be  utilized  as  a  pioneer  party  for  the  work  of  the  port,  of  the 
railway,  of  the  developing  of  the  adjacent  land  beyond  the 
Great  Wall,  and  of  preparing  Dolon  Nor  as  a  jumping  ground 
for  further  colonization  development  of  the  gr^at  northern 
plain. 


12  ■]■.   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

PART     IV. 

The  Construction  of  Canals  to  connect  the  Inland  Water- 
systems   of    North    and   Central    China     with    the     Great 
Northern  Port. 

This  scheme  will  include  the  regulation  of  the  Hoangho  and 
its  branches,  the  Weiho  in  Shensi,  and  the  Fenho  in  Shansi  and 

meeting  canals.  The  Hoangho  should  he  deepened  at  its 
mouth  in  order  to  give  a  good  drawing  to  clear  its  bed  of  silt  and 
carry  the  same  to  the  sea.  For  this  purpose,  jetties  should  be 
built  far  out  to  the  deep  sea,  as  those  at  the  mouths  of  the 
Mississippi  in  America.  Its  embankments  should  be  parallel  in 
order  to  make  the  width  of  the  channel  equal  right  along,  so  as 
to  give  equal  velocity  to  the  current  which  will  prevent  the 
deposit  of  silt  at  the  bottom.  By  dams  and  locks,  it  could  be 
made  navigable  right  up  to  Lanchow,  in  the  province  of  Kansu, 
and  at  the  same  time  water  power  could  be  developed.  The 
Weiho  and  the  Fenho  can  also  be  treated  in  the  same  manner  so 

to  make  them  navigable  to  a  great  extent  in  the  provinces  of 
Shensi  and  Shansi.  Thus  the  provinces  of  Kansu,  Shensi,  and 
Slumsi  can  be  connected  by  waterway  with  our  projected  port  on 
the  Gulf  of  Pechili,  so  that  cheap  carriage  can  be  provided  for 
the  rich  mineral  and  other  products  from  these  three  hitherto 
secluded  provinces. 

The  expenses  of  regulating  the  Hoangho  may  be  very  great. 
As  a  paying  project,  it  may  not  be  very  attractive  but  as  a  flood 
preventive  measure,  it  is  the  most  important  task  to  the  whole 
nation.  This  river  is  known  as  "  China's  Sorrow  "  for  thousands 
of  years.  By  its  occasional  overflow  and  bursting  of  its  embank- 
ments, millions  of  lives  and  billions  of  money  have  been  destroy- 
ed. It  is  a  constant  source  of  anxiety  in  the  minds  of  all  China's 
statesmen  from  time  immemorial.  A  permanent  safe-guard  must 
1m:  effected,  on<  c-  for  all,  despite  the  expenses  that  will  be  incurred. 
The  whole  nation  must  bear  the  burden  of  its  expenses.  To 
deepen  its  mouth,  to  regulate  its  embankments  and  to  build  extra 


THE   COLONIZATION   OF   MONGOLIA    AND    SINKIANG  1 3 

dykes  are  only  but  half  of  the  work  to  prevent  flood.  The  entire 
reforestation  of  its  watershed  to  prevent  the  washing  off  of  loess 
is  another  half  of  the  work  in  the  prevention  of  flood. 

The  Grand  Canal,  the  former  Great  Waterway  of  China 
between  the  North  and  the  South  for  centuries,  and  now  being 
reconstructed  in  certain  sections,  should  be  wholly  reconstructed 
from  end  to  end,  in  order  to  restore  the  inland  waterway  traffic 
from  the  Yangtse  Valley  to  the  North.  The  reconstruction  of 
this  canal  will  be  a  great  remunerative  concern  for  it  runs  right 
along  from  Tientsin  to  Hangchow  in  an  extremely  rich  and 
populous  country. 

Another  new  canal  should  be  constructed  from  our  projected 
port  to  Tientsin  to  link  up  all  the  inland  waterway  systems  to  the 
new  port.  This  new  canal  should  be  built  extra  wide  and  deep, 
let  us  say,  similar  to  the  present  size  of  the  Peiho,  for  the  use  of 
the  coasting  and  shallow-draft  vessels  which  the  Peiho  now 
accomodates  for  other  than  the  winter  seasons.  The  banks  of 
this  canal  should  be  prepared  for  factory  sites  so  as  to  enable  it  to 
pay  not  only  by  its  traffic  but  also  from  the  land  on  both  sides  of 
its  banks. 

As  for  planning  and  estimating  these  river  and  canal  works, 
the  assistance  of  technical  experts  must  be  solicited. 

PART     V. 

The  Development  of  the  Iron  and  Coal  Fields  in  Chili  and 
Shansi,  and  the  Construction  of  Iron  and  Steel  Works. 

Since  we  have  in  hand  in  this  program  the  work  of  the 
construction  of  the  Great  Northern  Port,  the  work  of  the  building 
of  a  system  of  railways  from  the  Great  Northern  Port  to  the 
North  Western  Extremity  of  China,  the  work  of  the  Colonization 
of  Mongolia  and  Sinkiang,  and  the  work  of  the  construction  of 
canals  and  improvement  of  rivers  to  connect  with  the  Great 
Northern  Port,  the  demand  for  materials  will  be  very  great.  As 
the   iron   and   coal   resources   of  every   industrial   country    are 


M  l  111-!    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OE   CHINA 

decreasing  rapidly  every  year,  and  as  all  of  them  are  contemplating 
tlie  conservation  of  their  natural  resources  for  the  use  of  future 
generations,  if  all  the  materials  for  the  great  development  of 
China  were  to  be  drawn  from  them,  the  draining  of  the  natural 
resources  of  those  countries  will  be  detrimental  for  their  future 
generations.  Besides,  the  present  need  of  the  post-bellum  re- 
const  nut  ion  of  Europe  has  already  absorbed  all  the  iron  and 
coal  that  the  industrial  world  could  supply.  Therefore,  new 
resources  must  be  opened  up  to  meet  the  extraordinary  demand 
of  the  development  of  China. 

The  unlimited  iron  and  coal  fields  of  Shansi  and  Chili  should 
be  developed  on  a  large  scale.  Let  us  say  a  capital  of  from  five 
hundred  to  a  thousand  million  dollars  Mex.  should  be  invested 
in  this  project.  For  as  soon  as  the  general  development  of  China 
is  started  we  would  have  created  a  vast  market  for  iron  and  steel 
which  the  present  industrial  world  will  be  unable  to  supply. 
Think  of  our  railway  construction,  city  building,  harbor  works, 
and  various  kinds  of  machineries  and  implements  that  will  be 
needed !  In  fact,  the  development  of  China  means  the  creation 
of  a  new  need  of  various  kinds  of  goods,  for  which,  we  must 
undertake  to  create  the  supply  also,  by  utilizing  the  raw  materials 
near  by.  Thus  a  great  iron  and  steel  works  is  an  urgent  necessity 
as  well  as  a  greatly  profitable  project. 

In  this  First  Program,  wc  have  followed  the  four  principles 
>ct  forth  at  the  outset  pretty  closely.  As  needs  create  new  needs 
and  profits  promote  more  profits,  so  our  first  program  will  be  the 
fore-runner  of  the  other  great  developments,  which  we  will  deal 
with  shortly. 


PROGRAM     II. 

As  the  Great  Northern  Port  is  the  center  of  our  first  program, 
so  the  Great  Eastern  Port  will  be  the   center  of  our   second 
program.     I  shall  formulate  this  program  as  follows : 
I.     The  Great  Eastern  Port. 
II.     The  regulating  of  the  Yangtse  Channel  and  embankments. 

III.  The  Construction  of  River  Ports. 

IV.  The  Improvement  of  Existing  Waterways  and  Canals  in 
connection  with  the  Yangtse. 

V.     The  Establishment  of  large  Cement  Works. 


PART     I. 
The  Great  Eastern  Port 

Although  Shanghai  is  already  the  largest  port  in  all  China,  as 
it  stands  it  will  not  meet  the  future  needs  and  demands  of  a  world 
harbor.  Therefore  there  is  a  movement  at  present  among  the 
foreign  merchants  in  China  to  construct  a  world  port  in  Shanghai. 
Several  plans  have  been  proposed  such  as  to  improve  the  existing 
arrangement,  to  build  a  wet  dock  by  closing  the  Whangpoo,  to 
construct  a  closed  harbor  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Yangtse  outside 
of  Whangpoo,  and  to  excavate  a  new  basin  just  east  of  Shanghai 
with  a  shipping  canal  to  Hangchow  Bay.  It  is  estimated  that  a 
cost  of  over  one  hundred  million  dollars  Mex.  must  be  spent 
before  Shanghai  can  be  made  a  first-class  port. 

According  to  the  four  principles  I  set  forth  in  Program  I, 
Shanghai  as  a  world  port  for  Eastern  China  is  not  in  an  ideal 
position.  The  best  position  for  a  port  of  that  kind  is  at  a  point 
just  south  of  Chapu  on  the  Hangchow  Bay.  This  locality  is  far 
superior  to  Shanghai  as  an  eastern  port  for  China  from  the  stand- 
point of  our  four  principles  as  set  forth  in  our  first  program. 

(    i5    ) 


l6  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   01<    CHINA 

Henceforth,  in  our  course  of  discussion,  we  shall  call  this  the 
••Projected  Port''  so  as  to  distinguish  it  from  Shanghai,  the 
existing  port  of  Eastern  China. 

The  Projected  Port 

The  "'Projected  Port"  will  be  on  the  Bay  which  lies  between 
the  Chapu  and  the  Kanpu  promontories,  a  distance  of  about 
fifteen  miles.  A  new  seawall  should  be  built  from  one  promontory 
to  the  other  and  a  gap  should  be  left  at  the  Chapu  end,  a  few 
hundred  feet  from  the  hill  as  an  entrance  to  the  harbor.  The 
seawall  should  be  divided  into  five  sections  of  three  miles  each. 
For  the  present,  one  section  of  three  miles  in  length  and  one  and 
a  half  miles  in  width  should  be  built  and  a  harbor  of  three  or 
more  square  miles  so  formed  would  be  sufficient.  With  the  growth 
of  commerce  one  section  after  another  could  be  added  to  meet  the 
needs.  The  front  seawall  should  be  built  of  stone  or  concrete, 
while  the  transverse  wall  between  the  seawall  and  the  landside 
should  be  built  of  sand  and  bush  mattress  as  a  temporary  structure 
to  be  removed  in  case  of  the  extension  of  the  harbor.  Once  a 
harbor  is  formed  there  need  be  no  trouble  regarding  the  future 
conservancy  work,  for  there  is  no  silt-carrying  water  in  the 
vicinity  by  which  the  harbor  and  its  approaches  may  be  silted  up 
afterwards.  The  entrance  of  our  harbor  is  in  the  deepest  part  of 
the  Hangchow  Bay,  and  from  the  entrance  to  the  open  sea  there 
is  an  average  depth  of  six  to  seven  fathoms  at  low  water.  The 
largest  ocean  liner  could  therefore  come  into  port  at  any  hour. 
Thus  as  a  first-class  seaport  in  Central  China  our  Projected  Port 
is  superior  to  Shanghai.     See  Map  III. 

From  the  viewpoint  of  the  principle  of  the  line  of  least 
resistance,  our  Projected  Port  will  be  on  new  land  which  will 
offer  absolute  freedom  for  city  planning  and  industrial  develop- 
ment. All  public  utilities  and  transportation  plants  can  be 
constructed  according  to  the  most  up-to-date  methods.  This 
point  alone   is  an   important  factor  for  a  future  city  like  ours 


A-*- 


map  m 


•W  tfi.  f* 
To  Ham]  dun" 


1" 


/&<     9    9    q 


M    >  Projected 
3  Off VfreatjEastern  Harbor 

/O      /  /J2\  n  .  LI  _ 


7 


£ 


toi^f$Z  /$  '  (in  five  sections) 


\      * 

/ 
v       /* 


& 


& 


kanpu 


Hang  Chow  Bay 
^  Y*\  *sv 


'■7F      t* 


•"'••i,.,.it,u,uitii""—""""'"" 

"""",„„,, I, „,,,„„l  till  I'll    ■■'/  <■■ 


ChhnTang  Estuary 
W    \V    m 


.i*  ,»*' 


Mud  Flat 


."'■ ..'''' 


the  great  eastern  port  17 

which  in  time  is  bound  to  grow  as  large  as  New  York  City.  If 
one  hundred  years  ago  human  foresight  could  have  foreseen  the 
present  size  and  population  of  New  York,  much  of  the  labor  and 
money  spent  could  have  been  saved  and  blunders  due  to 
shortsightedness  avoided  in  meeting  conditions  of  the  ever- 
growing population  and  commerce  of  that  city.  With  this  in 
view  a  Great  Eastern  Port  in  China  should  be  started  on 
New  Ground  to  insure  room  for  growth  proportionate  to 
its  needs. 

Moreover,  all  the  natural  advantages  which  Shanghai 
possesses  as  a  central  mart  and  Yangtse  Port  in  Eastern  China 
are  also  possessed  by  our  Projected  Port.  Furthermore,  our 
Projected  Port  in  comparison  with  Shanghai  is  of  shorter 
distance,  by  rail  communication,  to  all  the  large  cities  south  of 
the  Yangtse.  And  if  the  existing  waterway  between  this  part  of 
the  country  and  Wuhu  were  improved  then  the  water  com- 
munication with  the  upper  Yangtse  would  also  be  shorter  from 
our  Projected  Port  than  from  Shanghai.  And  all  the  artificial 
advantages  possessed  by  Shanghai  as  a  large  city  and  a  com- 
merical  center  in  this  part  of  China  can  be  easily  attained  by  our 
Projected  Port  within  a  short  time. 

Comparing  Shanghai  with  our  Projected  Port  from  a 
remunerative  point  of  view  in  our  development  scheme,  the 
former  is  much  inferior  in  position  to  the  latter,  for  valuable 
lands  have  to  be  bought  and  costly  plants  and  existing  arrange- 
ments have  to  be  scrapped  the  cost  of  which  alone  is  enough  to 
construct  a  fine  harbor  on  our  projected  site.  Therefore,  it  is 
highly  advisable  to  construct  another  first-class  port  for  Eastern 
China  like  the  one  I  here  propose,  leaving  Shanghai  to  be  an 
inland  mart  and  manufacturing  center  as  Manchester  is  in 
relation  to  Liverpool,  Osaka  to  Kobe,  and  Tokyo  to  Yokohama. 

Our  Projected  Port  will  be  a  highly  remunerative  proposition 
for  the  cost  of  construction  will  be  many  times  cheaper  than 
Shanghai  and  the  work  simpler.  The  land  between  Chapu  and 
Kanpu  and   farther   on   will   not   cost  more  than  fifty  to  one 


l8  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT  OE   CHINA 

hundred  dollars  a  mow.  The  State  should  take  up  a  few- 
hundred  square  miles  of  land  in  this  neighborhood  for  the  scheme 
of  our  future  city  development.  Let  us  say  two  hundred  square 
miles  of  land  at  the  price  of  one  hundred  dollars  a  mow  be  taken 
up.  As  six  mows  make  an  acre  and  six  hundred  and  forty  acres 
a  square  mile,  two  hundred  square  miles  would  cost  76,000,000 
dollars  Mex.  An  enormous  sum  for  a  project  indeed!  But  the 
land  could  be  fixed  at  the  present  price  and  the  State  could  buy 
only  that  part  of  land  which  will  immediately  be  taken  up  and 
used.  The  other  part  of  the  land  would  remain  as  State  land 
unpaid  for  and  left  to  the  original  owners'  use  without  the  right 
to  sell.  Thus  the  State  only  takes  up  as  much  land  as  it  could 
use  in  the  development  scheme  at  a  fixed  price  which  remains 
permanent.  The  payment  then  would  be  gradual.  The  State 
could  pay  for  the  land  from  its  unearned  increment  afterwards. 
So  that  only  the  first  allotment  of  land  has  to  be  paid  for  from 
the  capital  fund;  the  rest  will  be  paid  for  by  its  own  future 
value.  After  the  first  section  of  the  harbor  is  completed  and  the 
port  developed,  the  price  of  land  then  would  be  bound  to  rise 
rapidly,  and  within  ten  years  the  land  value  within  the  city  limits 
would  rise  to  various  grades  from  a  thousand  to  a  hundred 
thousand  dollars  per  mow.  Thus  the  land  itself  would  be  a 
source  of  profit.  Besides  there  would  also  be  the  profit  from 
the  scheme  itself,  i.e.,  the  harbor  and  the  city.  Because  of  its 
commanding  position,  the  harbor  has  every  possibility  of  becom- 
ing a  city  equal  to  New  York.  It  would  probably  be  the 
only  deep-water  seaport  for  the  Yangtse  Valley  and  beyond, 
an  area  peopled  by  two  hundred  million  inhabitants,  twice 
the  population  of  the  whole  United  States.  The  rate  of 
growth  of  such  a  city  would  be  in  proportion  to  the  rate  of 
progress  of  the  working  out  of  the  development  scheme.  If 
war  work  methods,  that  is,  gigantic  planning  and  efficient 
organization,  were  applied  to  the  construction  of  the  harbor 
and  city,  then  an  Oriental  New  York  City  would  spring  up  in  a 
very  short  time. 


THE  GREAT  EASTERN  PORT  IQ 

Shanghai  as  the  Great  Eastern  Port 

If  only  to  provide  a  deep-water  harbor  for  the  future 
commerce  in  this  part  of  China  is  our  object  then  there  is  no 
question  about  the  choice  between  Shanghai  and  our  Projected 
Port.  From  every  point  of  view  Shanghai  is  doomed.  However, 
in  our  scheme  of  development  of  China,  Shanghai  has  certain 
claims  for  our  consideration  which  may  prove  its  salvation  as  an 
important  city.  The  curse  of  Shanghai  as  a  world  port  for 
future  commerce  is  the  silt  of  the  Yangtse  which  fills  up  all  its 
approaches  rapidly  every  year.  This  silt,  according  to  the 
estimation  of  Mr.  Von  Heidenstam,  Engineer-in-chief  of  the 
Whangpoo  Conservancy  Board,  is  a  hundred  million  tons  a  year 
and  is  sufficient  to  cover  an  area  of  forty  square  miles  ten  feet 
deep.  So  before  Shanghai  can  be  considered  ever  likely  to 
become  a  world  port  this  silt  problem  must  first  be  solved. 
Fortunately,  in  our  program,  we  have  the  regulation  of  the 
Yangtse  Channels  and  Embankments,  which  will  cooperate  in 
solving  the  problem  of  Shanghai.  Thus  with  this  scheme  in 
mind  we  might  just  as  well  consider  that  the  silt  question  of 
Shanghai  has  been  solved  and  let  us  go  ahead,  while  leaving  the 
regulation  of  the  Yangtse  Estuary  to  the  next  part,  to  deal  with 
the  improvement  of  the  Shanghai  Harbor. 

There  are  many  plans  proposed  by  experts  for  improving  the 
Shanghai  Harbor  as  stated  before,  and  some  of  them  will  neces- 
sitate the  scrapping  of  all  the  work  which  have  been  done  by  the 
Whangpoo  Conservancy  Board  for  the  last  twelve  years,  at  the 
cost  of  eleven  million  taels.  Here  I  wish  to  present  a  layman's 
plan  for  the  consideration  of  specialists  and  the  public. 

My  project  for  the  construction  of  a  world  harbor  in  Shang- 
hai is  to  leave  the  existing  arrangement  intact  from  the  mouth  of 
the  Whangpoo  to  the  junction  of  Kao  Chiao  Creek  above  Gough 
Island.  Thus  all  the  work  hitherto  done  by  the  Whangpoo 
Conservancy  Board  for  the  last  twelve  years  will  be  saved.  The 
plan  then  is  to  cut  a  new  canal  from  the  junction  of  Kao  Chiao 


20  TIIK    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT  OF   CHINA 

Creek  right  into  Pootung  to  prolong  that  part  of  the  channel 
which  has  been  completed  by  the  Conservancy  Work,  and  to 
enlarge  the  curve  along  the  right  side  of  the  Whangpoo  River 
and  join  it  again,  at  the  second  turn  above  Lunghwa  Railway 
Junction,  so  as  to  make  the  river  from  that  point  to  a  point 
opposite  Yangtsepoo  Point  almost  in  a  straight  line  and  thence  a 
gentle  curve  to  Woosung.  This  new  canal  would  encircle  nearly 
thirty  square  miles  of  land  which  would  form  the  civic  center 
and  the  New  Bund  of  our  future  Shanghai.  Of  course  the 
present  crooked  Whangpoo  right  in  front  of  Shanghai  would 
have  to  be  filled  up  to  form  boulevards  and  business  lots.  It 
goes  without  saying  that  the  reclaimed  lots  from  the  Whangpoo 
would  become  State  property  and  the  land  between  this  and  the 
new  river  and  beyond  should  be  taken  up  by  the  State  and  put  at 
the  disposal  of  the  International  Development  Organization. 
Thus  it  may  be  possible  for  Shanghai  to  compete  with  our 
Projected  Port  economically  in  its  construction  and  therefore  to 
attract  foreign  capital,  to  the  improvement  of  Shanghai  as  a 
future  world  port.     See  Map  IV. 

Below  Yangtsepoo  Point  I  propose  to  build  a  wet  dock. 
This  dock  would  be  laid  between  the  left  bank  of  the  present 
Whangpoo,  from  Yangtsepoo  Point  to  the  turn  above  Gough 
Island  and  the  left  bank  of  the  new  river.  The  space  of  the 
dock  would  be  about  six  square  miles.  A  lock  entrance  is  to  be 
constructed  at  the  point  above  Gough  Island.  The  wet  dock 
would  be  forty  feet  deep  and  the  new  river  can  also  be  made  the 
same  depth  by  flushing  with  the  water,  not  as  proposed  by  experts, 
from  a  lock  canal  between  the  Yangtse  and  the  Taihu,  at  Kiang- 
yin,  but  from  our  improved  waterway  between  this  part  of  the 
country  and  Wuhu  so  that  a  much  stronger  current  could  be 
obtained. 

we  see  that  the  present  Whangpoo  has  to  be  reclaimed 
from  the  second  turn  above  Lunghwa  Railway  Junction  to 
Yangtsepoo  Point  for  city  planning,  then  the  question  of  how  to- 
dispose  of  the  Soochow  Creek  must  be  answered.     I  propose  that 


-\\  PooTunc  <.    <\ 


S 


/         s 

/      / 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


MA  P  IV 


THE   REGULATING    OF    THE    YANGTSE   RIVER  21 

this  stream  should  be  led  alongside  the  right  bank  of  the  future 
defunct  river  and  straight  on  to  the  upper  end  of  the  wet  dock, 
thence  joining  the  new  canal.  At  the  point  of  contact  of  the 
Creek  and  the  wet  dock  a  lock  entrance  may  be  provided  in  order 
to  facilitate  water  traffic  from  Soochow  as  well  as  the  inland 
water  system  directly  with  the  wet  dock. 

As  the  first  principle  in  our  program  was  remuneration,  all 
our  plans  must  strictly  follow  this  principle.  To  create  Pootung 
Point,  therefore,  as  a  civic  center  and  to  build  a  new  Bund 
farther  on  along  the  left  bank  of  the  new  canal  in  order  to 
increase  the  value  of  the  new  land  which  would  result  from  this 
scheme  must  be  kept  in  mind.  Only  by  so  doing  would  the 
construction  of  Shanghai  as  a  deep  harbor  be  worth  while.  And 
only  by  creating  some  new  and  valuable  property  in  this  fore- 
doomed port  that  Shanghai  could  be  saved  from  the  competition 
of  our  Projected  Port.  After  all,  the  most  important  factor  for 
the  salvation  of  Shanghai  is  the  solution  of  the  silt  question  of 
the  Yangtse  Estuaries.  Now  let  us  see  what  effect  and  bearing 
the  regulating  of  the  Yangtse  Channel  and  Embankments  have 
upon  the  question,  and  this  we  are  going  to  deal  with  in  the  next 
part. 

PART     II. 

The  Regulating  of  the  Yangtse  River 

The  regulating  of  the  Yangtse  River   may  be   divided   as 
follows : 

a.  From   the   deep-water    line  of   the   sea   to   Whangpoo 

Junction. 

b.  From  Whangpoo  Junction  to  Kiangyin. 

c.  From  Kiangyin  to  Wuhu. 

d.  From  Wuhu  to  Tungliu. 

e.  From  Tungliu  to  Wusueh. 

f .  From  Wusueh  to  Hankow. 


22  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

a.     Regulating  of  the  Estuary  from  Deep-water  Line  Up 
to  the  Junction  of  Whangpoo 

It  is  a  natural  law  that  the  obstruction  to  navigation  in  all 
rivers  is  begun  at  their  mouths,  therefore  the  improvement  of 
any  river  for  navigation  must  start  from  the  estuary.  The 
Yangtse  River  is  no  exception  to  this  rule,  therefore  to  regulate 
the  Yangtse,  we  must  begin  by  dealing  with  its  estuaries. 

The  Yangtse  has  three  estuaries,  namely:  The  North 
Branch  lying  between  the  left  bank  and  the  Island  of  Tsung- 
ming,  the  North  Channel  lying  between  the  Tsungming  Island 
and  the  Tungsha  Banks  and  the  South  Channel  lying  between  the 
Tungsha  Banks  and  the  right  bank.  Henceforth  for  the  sake  of 
convenience  I  shall  call  them  the  North.  Middle,  and  South 
Channels. 

The  silting  up  of  a  river's  mouth  is  due  to  the  loss  of  velocity 
in  its  current  when  the  water  gets  into  the  wide  opening  at  its 
junction  with  the  sea  and  causes  the  silt  to  deposit  there.  The 
remedy  is  to  maintain  the  velocity  of  the  current  by  narrowing 
the  mouth  of  the  river  so  that  it  equals  that  of  the  upper  part. 
In  this  way  the  silt  is  suspended  in  the  water  moving  on  into  the 
deep  sea.  The  narrowing  process  may  be  accomplished  by  walls 
or  training  jetties.  And  thus  the  silt  may  be  carried  by  the  water 
into  the  deepest  part  of  the  open  sea  and  before  it  settles  down 
upon  the  bottom  a  returning  tide  will  carry  it  from  the  approach 
into  the  shallow  parts  on  both  sides  of  the  river's  mouth.  The 
mouth  of  a  river  can  be  kept  clear  from  deposit  of  silt  by  the 
action  and  reaction  of  the  ebb  and  flow  tide.  The  conservancy  of 
an  estuary  of  any  river  is  accomplished  by  utilizing  these  natural 
forces. 

In  order  to  regulate  the  estuary  of  the  Yangtse  we  have  to 
study  the  three  channels  which  form  its  mouth  and  to  find  out 
which  of  these  channels  is  to  be  selected  as  the  regulated  entrance 
into  the  sea.  In  Mr.  Von  Heidenstam's  proposal  for  the  im- 
provement of  the  approach  of  Shanghai  Harbor,  he  recommends 


the;  regulating  of  the  yangtse  rivkr  23 

two  alternatives,  viz.,  either  to  block  up  the  North  and  Middle 
Channels  and  to  leave  the  South  Channel  only  for  the  mouth  of 
the  Yangtse,  or  to  train  the  South  Channel  only  and  leave  the 
other  two  alone.  For  the  present,  he  thinks,  perhaps  for  the  sake 
of  economy,  the  latter  scheme  would  be  enough.  But  the  training 
of  the  South  Channel  alone  as  the  approach  to  Shanghai  would 
leave  it  in  a  state  of  perpetual  anxiety  as  has  been  apprehended 
by  Mr.  Von  Heidenstam  and  other  experts,  for  the  main  volume 
of  the  water  of  the  Yangtse  may  be  diverted  into  either  of  the 
other  two  channels  and  leave  the  Southern  one  to  be  silted  up  at 
any  time.  Therefore  to  make  the  approach  of  Shanghai  once  for 
all  safe  and  permanent,  it  is  necessary  to  block  up  two  of  the 
three  channels,  leaving  only  one  as  an  approach  to  the  port.  This 
is  also  the  only  feasible  way  of  regulating  the  estuary  of  the 
Yangtse. 

In  our  scheme  of  regulating  the  Yangtse  Estuary  I  should 
recommend  using  the  North  Channel  only  and  to  block  the 
other  two.  Because  the  North  Channel  is  the  shortest  way  to  the 
deep-sea  line  and  by  using  it  as  the  only  mouth  of  the  Yangtse, 
we  have  on  both  sides  of  it  more  shallow  banks  to  be  reclaimed 
by  its  silt.  Thus  the  expenditure  would  be  less  and  the  results 
greater.  But  this  would  leave  Shanghai  in  the  lurch.  Therefore 
in  a  cooperative  scheme  like  this  I  would  apply  the  theory  of 
killing  two  birds  with  one  stone  by  using  the  Middle  Channel, 
since  it  would  suit  both  of  our  purposes.  The  reason  for  this  is 
because  the  regulating  of  the  Yangtse  Estuary  and  the  securing 
of  a  Shanghai  approach  have  different  purposes,  hence  we  must 
consider  them  differently. 

In  my  project  of  regulating  the  Yangtse  Estuary  I  have  two 
aims,  namely,  to  secure  a  deep  channel  to  the  open  sea  and  to 
save  as  much  silt  as  possible  for  the  purpose  of  reclamation  of 
land.  The  Middle  Channel  provides  three  ready  receptacles  for 
the  deposit  of  the  silt  for  the  formation  of  new  land  rtheHaimen, 
the  Tsungming,  and  the  Tungsha  Banks.  Besides  these  banks 
there  are  many  hundreds  of  square  miles  of  shallow  bottom  which 


24  HIE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

in  the  course  of  ten  or  twenty  years  will  also  form  land.  As 
remuneration  is  our  first  principle  we  must  consider  it  in  every 
step  of  our  progress.  The  reclamation  of  about  a  thousand 
square  miles  of  land  even  in  forty  not  to  say  twenty  years  would 
be  ample  profit.  At  the  lowest  estimate  the  reclaimed  land  would 
be  worth  twenty  dollars  per  mow.  If  after  ten  years  five  hundred 
square  miles  would  be  ready  for  cultivation  purposes  then  we 
would  gain  a  profit  of  38,000,000  dollars.  Whereas  to  make  an 
approach  by  the  South  Channel  the  receptacle  ground  will  be  on  one 
side  only,  that  is,  the  Tungsha  Banks,  while  on  the  right  of  the 
approach  is  the  deep  Hangchow  Bay  which  would  take  hundreds 
of  years  to  fill  up,  and  in  the  meanwhile  half  of  the  silt  would  be 
wasted.  To  Shanghai  as  a  seaport  the  silt  is  a  curse  but  to  the 
shallow  banks  the  silt  would  be  a  blessing. 

Since  it  is  a  profitable  undertaking  to  reclaim  the  above- 
mentioned  banks  and  the  neighboring  shallows,  we  can  quite  well 
afford  to  build  a  double  stone  wall  from  the  shore  end  of  the 
Vangtse  right  out  into  the  deep  sea  far  beyond  Shaweishan  Island 
which  has  a  distance  of  about  forty  miles.  A  stone  wall  from 
one  fathom  to  five  fathoms  in  height  at  low-water  level  would 
likely  not  exceed  an  average  cost  of  two  hundred  thousand  dollars 
a  mile  as  cheap  stone  can  easily  be  obtained  from  the  granite 
islands  nearby,  in  the  Chusan  Archipelago.  A  wall  of  forty 
miles  on  each  side  that  is  eighty  miles  in  all  will  cost  sixteen 
million  dollars  or  thereabouts.  And  considering  that  200  or  300 
square  miles  of  Haimen,  Tsungming,  and  the  Tungsha  Banks 
would  be  converted  into  arable  land  within  a  short  time,  the 
expense  of  building  the  wall  is  well  justified.  Furthermore,  the 
construction  of  this  wall  means  that  there  will  be  a  safe  and 
permanent  approach  for  a  world  port  in  Shanghai  as  well  as  a 
deep  outlet  for  the  Yangtse.     See  Map  V. 

The  regulating  wall  on  the  right  side  should  be  built  from 
the  junction  of  the  Whangpoo  by  prolongation  of  its  right  jetty 
describing  a  gentle  curve  into  the  depths  of  the  South  Channel 
and  turning  toward  the  opposite  side  and  cutting  through  the 


:& 


j... 


*  - 


to 


to 

8  mi 

.3 


THE   REGULATING   OF   THE   YANGTSE    RIVER  25 

Blockhouse  Island  into  the  Middle  Channel,  then  running  eastward 
right  into  the  five-fathom  line  southeast  of  Shaweishan  Island. 
The  left  wall  would  be  a  continuation  from  that  of  Tsungming 
at  Tsungpaosha  Island  parallel  with  the  right  wall  by  a  distance 
of  about  two  miles.  This  wall  should  curve  to  a  point  at  or  near 
Drinkwater  Point  at  Tsungming  Island,  then  project  into  the 
five-fathom  line  at  the  open  sea  passing  by  just  at  the  south  side 
of  the  Shaweishan  Island.  A  glance  at  the  map  here  attached 
would  be  sufficient  to  show  how  the  future  outlet  of  the  Yangtse 
as  well  as  the  future  approach  of  Shanghai  should  be.  The  two 
regulating  submerged  walls  on  both  sides  would  be  as  high  as 
low-water  level  so  as  to  give  a  free  passage  of  the  water  over  the 
top  at  flood  tide.  This  will  serve  the  purpose  of  carrying  back 
the  silt  from  the  sea  when  the  tide  comes  in,  thus  to  reclaim  the 
shallow  spaces  inclosed  behind  the  walls  on  both  sides  of  the 
river  more  quickly  than  otherwise.  The  new  channel  formed  by 
these  two  parallel  walls  would  likely  be  deeper  than  the  present 
South  Channel  outside  the  Whangpoo,  which  is  forty  to  fifty  feet 
deep  because  the  velocity  of  the  current  will  be  greater  than  the 
present  one,  due  to  the  concentration  of  three  channels  into  one. 
Furthermore,  the  depth  would  be  more  uniform  and  stable  than 
at  present.  Although  the  regulating  walls  end  at  the  five-fathom 
line,  the  momentum  of  the  current  would  continue  beyond  that 
point,  and  so  would  cut  into  the  deep  water  outside.  This  would 
serve  the  double  purpose  of  draining  the  Yangtse  Estuary  as  well 
as  keeping  open  the  approach  to  Shanghai. 

b.     From  Whangpoo  Junction  to  Kiangyin 

This  part  of  the  channel  of  the  Yangtse  River  is  most 
irregular  and  changeable.  The  widest  part  is  over  ten  miles 
while  the  Kiangyin  Narrow  is  only  but  three  quarters  of  a  mile. 
The  depth  of  the  channel  at  the  open  part  is  from  five  to  ten 
fathoms  while  that  of  Kiangyin  Narrow  is  twenty  fathoms. 
Judging  by  the  depth  of  the  water  at  this  point  a  width  of  one 
and  a  half  miles  must  be  provided  for  the  channel  in  order  to 


26  THE   INTERN ATI0NAE   DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

v  down  the  current  and  to  give  a  uniform  velocity  right  along 
the  river.  So  the  two-mile  wide  channel  at  Whangpoo  Junction 
has  to  be  tabulated  into  one  mile  and  a  half  at  Kiangyin.  See 
Map  VI. 

The  north  or  left  embankment  commencing  at  Tsungpao 
Sha  continues  with  the  sea  wall  and  makes  a  convex  curve  up  to 
Tsungming  Island  at  a  point  about  six  miles  northwest  from 
Tsungming  city.  Then  it  follows  along  the  shore  of  Tsungming 
right  up  to  Mason  Point  and  transversing  across  the  north  channel 
parallel  to  the  north  shore  at  a  distance  of  three  or  four  miles 
right  up  to  Kinshan  Point,  thence  it  cuts  across  the  deep  channel 
which  was  formed  in  recent  years  and  curves  southwestward  to 
join  the  shore  northeast  of  Tsingkiang  and  follows  the  shoreline 
for  a  distance  of  about  seven  or  eight  miles,  then  cuts  into  the 
land  side  to  give  this  part  of  the  river  a  width  of  one  and  a  half 
miles  from  the  fort  at  the  Kiangyin  side.  This  embankment  from 
Tsungpao  Sha  to  Tsingkiang  Point  opposite  Kiangyin  fort  is  about 
one  hundred  miles  in  length. 

South  of  Tsungming  Island  a  part  of  this  embankment  and 
a  part  of  the  wall  that  projects  into  the  sea  together  inclose  a 
shallow  space  of  about  160  square  miles  good  for  reclamation 
purposes.  The  other  part  of  the  embankment,  which  runs  from 
Mason  Point  at  the  head  of  Tsungming  Island  to  Tsingkiang 
shore,  incloses  another  space  of  about  130  square  miles. 

The  right  embankment  starts  at  the  end  of  the  left  jetty  of 
Whangpoo  Junction  and,  skirting  along  the  Paoshan  shore  and 
passing  the  Blonde  Shoal  into  the  deep,  crosses  the  Confucius 
Channel  on  into  Actaon  Shoal  and  follows  the  right  side  of 
Harvey  Channel  on  to  Plover  Point.  Then  it  turns  northwest 
across  the  deep  channel  into  Langshan  Flats,  thence  recrosses  the 
deep  channel  at  Langshan  crossing  into  Johnson  Flats,  then  joins 
the  Pitman  King  island,  and  thence  skirts  along  the  shore  right  into 
the  foot  of  the  hills  at  Kiangyin  forts.  This  embankment  incloses 
two  shallow  spaces:  one  above  and  the  other  below  Plover  Point, 
together  about  160  square   miles.     Alongside  of    both  of  these 


THE  REGULATING   Oi<    THE   YANGTSK    RIVER  27 

embankments  there  are  shallow  spaces  amounting  to  about  450 
square  miles,  a  great  part  of  which  having  already  formed  land 
and  a  part  already  appearing  in  low  water.  When  these  spaces 
are  cut  off  from  the  moving  current  the  process  of  reclamation 
would  be  made  to  work  more  rapidly  so  it  is  not  extravagant  to 
hope  that  within  the  course  of  twenty  years  the  whole  of  these 
450  square  miles  would  be  completely  reclaimed  and  ready  for 
cultivation.  The  profits  from  the  new  lands  thus  reclaimed  would 
amount  to  about  $29,760,000  if  only  taken  at  $20  per  mow.  The 
profits  from  the  new  lands  will  be  netted  from  the  beginning  of 
the  work  and  will  increase  every  year  up  to  the  completion  of  the 
reclamation  process. 

With  a  profit  of  $30,000,000  in  the  course  of  twenty  years 
before  us,  it  is  a  worth-while  proposition  to  take  up.  Now  let 
us  see  what  amount  of  capital  should  be  invested  before  the 
whole  project  of  our  reclamation  work  could  be  completed.  In 
order  to  reclaim  this  450  square  miles  of  land  two  hundred  miles 
of  embankments  have  to  be  built.  Part  of  these  projected  em- 
bankments will  be  along  the  shoreline,  a  greater  part  will  be  in 
midstream,  and  a  small  part  in  deep  channel.  Those  along  the 
shoreline  need  not  be  bothered  with  except  that  the  concave 
surface  must  be  protected  with  stone  or  concrete  work.  Those 
in  midstream  should  be  filled  up  with  stone  ten  feet  or  less  below 
low-water  level  just  enough  to  give  a  resistance  to  the  under- 
current in  order  to  prevent  it  from  running  sideward.  Thus  the 
main  current  would  follow  the  line  of  least  resistance  and  cut 
the  channel,  as  directed  by  the  rudimental  embankment,  by  its 
own  force.  This  rudimental  embankment  would  cost  less  than 
the  sea  wall  which  I  estimated  at  200,000  dollars  per  mile. 
Except  at  one  point,  that  is,  the  junction  of  the  North  Channel 
at  Mason  Point,  which  has  to  be  blocked  up  entirely,  the  cost  for 
which,  as  has  been  estimated  by  experts,  would  amount  to  over  a 
million  dollars  for  a  distance  of  two  or  three  miles.  Thus  the 
profits  accruing  from  the  reclaimed  lands  would  be  quite  sufficient 
to  pay  for  the  embankments.     So  far  we  see  that  the  regulating 


28  THE    INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT   OF"    CHINA 

of  the  Yangtse  from  the  sea  to  Kiangyin  is  a  self -paying  prop- 
osition from  the  reclamation  of  land  alone,  aside  from  the 
improvement  of  the  navigation  of  the  Yangtse  River. 

c.     From  Kiangyin  to  Wuhu 

This  part  of  the  river  is  quite  different  in  nature  from  that 
below  Kiangyin.  Its  channel  is  more  stable  and  only  in  a  few 
places  sharp  curves  occur  and  the  water  has  cut  into  the  concave 
sides  of  the  land,  thus  occasionally  making  new  channels  along 
the  sides  of  the  two  shores.  This  section  of  the  river  is  about 
1 80  miles  in  length.     See  Map  VII. 

The  regulating  works  here  would  be  more  complicated  than 
those  below  Kiangyin.  For  besides  the  dilated  parts  which  have 
to  be  reclaimed  in  the  same  manner  as  those  of  the  lower  part  of  the 
river,  the  sharp  curves  have  to  be  straightened  and  side  channels 
have  to  be  blocked,  and  midstream  islands  have  to  be  removed,  and 
narrows  have  to  be  widened  to  give  uniform  width  to  the  river. 
However,  most  of  the  existing  embankments  in  this  part  could  be 
left  as  they  are  except  some  of  the  concave  surfaces  of  the  shores 
have  to  be  protected  by  either  stone  or  concrete  work.  The 
regulating  works  of  the  channel  and  the  embankments  can  be 
done  by  artificial  means  as  well  as  by  natural  processes  so  as  to 
economize  as  much  as  possible,  The  cost  of  the  whole  works  of 
this  part  of  the  river  cannot  be  accurately  estimated  until  a  detail 
survey  is  made;  but  in  a  rough  guess  $400,000  per  mile  may  not 
be  very  far  from  the  mark.  Thus  180  miles  will  cost  $72,000,000 
exclusive  of  the  expenses  for  the  widening  of  the  point  between 
Nanking  and  Pukow,  in  which  case  valuable  properties  will  have 
to  be  removed. 

The  Kwachow  cut  is  to  straighten  the  three  sharp  curves  in 

front  of  and  above  Chinkiang  by  converting  them  into  one.     Two 

and    a   half    miles  of  the  land  in  the  northern  shore  opposite 

Chinkiang  will  have  to  be  cut  into  in  order  to  form  a  new  channel 

1  mile  or  more  in  width.     The  part  of  the  river  in  front  of, 


/ 


m  9 

8  * 

§1 


«i 

<?: 

^ 

^. 

^ 

4J5(/ 

O" 

CO 

ft 

* 

* 

-^ 

1 

* 

•£ 

4 

to    ^ 


*  _ 

"S 

a' 


^0» 


a" 


THE   REGULATING   OF    THE   YANGTSE   RIVER  29 

and  above  and  below  Chinkiang  has  to  be  reclaimed.  The  new 
land  thus  reclaimed  would  form  the  water  front  of  Chinkiang 
city,  the  value  of  which  may  be  sufficient  to  defray  the  cost  of 
the  work  and  compensate  for  the  land  taken  away  on  the  northern 
shore,  to  form  the  new  channel.  So  the  works  of  this  part  will 
be  at  least  a  self-paying  proposition. 

The  narrow  between  Pukow  and  Hsiakwan  from  pier  to  pier 
is  barely  six  cables  wide.  The  depth  of  the  water  in  this  narrow 
from  the  shallowest  to  the  deepest  is  six  to  twenty-two  fathoms. 
The  land  of  the  Hsiakwan  side  had  occasionally  sunk  away  on 
account  of  the  too  rapid  current  and  the  depth  of  the  water. 
This  indicates  that  this  part  is  too  narrow  for  the  volume  of  the 
Yangtse  water  to  pass.  Therefore  a  wider  passage  must  be 
provided  for.  In  order  to  do  so,  the  whole  town  of  Hsiakwan 
must  be  sacrificed  as  the  river  must  be  widened  right  up  to  the 
foot  of  the  Lion  Hill,  so  as  to  provide  a  passage  of  a  mile  wide 
at  this  point.  What  the  cost  for  the  compensation  of  this  valuable 
property  of  Hsiakwan  will  be  will  have  to  be  submitted  to  the 
experts  for  a  careful  investigation  before  it  can  be  determined. 
This  will  be  the  most  costly  part  of  the  whole  project  for  the 
regulating  of  the  Yangtse.  But  undoubtedly  some  equally 
valuable  property  can  be  created  along  the  riverside  near  by  in 
place  of  Hsiakwan,  so  that  a  balance  may  be  realized  by  the 
work  itself. 

The  channel  below  the  Nanking  Pukow  Narrow  will  follow 
the  short  passage  alongside  of  the  foot  of  the  Mofushan  to 
Wulungshan.  The  loop  around  the  island  north  of  Nanking 
will  have  to  be  blocked  up  in  order  to  straighten  the  course  of 
the  river. 

The  section  of  the  river  from  Nanking  to  Wuhu  is  almost  in 
a  straight  line  with  three  dilatations  along  its  course:  one  just 
above  Nanking  the  other  two  just  above  and  below  the  East  and 
West  Pillars.  To  regulate  the  first  dilatation  the  channel  above 
Me-tse-chow  should  be  blocked  up  and  the  island  outside  of  it 
should  be  partly  cut  to  widen  the  proper  channel.     To  regulate 


JO  THE   INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT   OE   CHINA 

the  other  two  dilatations  the  river  should  be  made  to  curve  toward 
Taiping  Fu  to  follow  the  deep  channel  on  the  right  bank.  The 
left  channel  should  be  blocked  up.  The  islands  along  this  curve 
should  be  partly  or  wholly  removed.  To  regulate  the  dilatation 
above  the  Pillars,  the  Friends  Channel  should  be  blocked  up  and 
Friends  Island  should  be  partly  cut  away.  And  the  left  bank 
below  Wuhu  should  also  be  cut  to  give  the  channel  a  uniform 
width. 

d.     From  Wuhu  to  Tungliu 

This  part  of  the  river  is  about  130  miles  in  length.  Along 
its  course  there  are  six  dilatations,  the  most  prominent  of  which 
is  the  one  that  lies  immediately  below  Tungling,  which  extends 
over  ten  miles  from  side  to  side.  In  each  of  these  dilatations 
there  are  usually  two  or  three  channels  with  newly  formed  islands 
between  them.  The  deep  passage  often  changes  from  one  side  to 
the  ether,  and  it  is  not  uncommon  that  all  of  the  channels  are 
filled  up  at  the  same  time,  thus  stopping  navigation  altogether  for 
a  considerable  period.     See  Map  VIII. 

In  regulating  the  part  of  the  river  from  ten  miles  above 
Wuhu  to  ten  miles  below  Tatung,  I  propose  to  cut  a  new  channel 
through  the  midstream  islands  formed  by  the  three  dilatations  and 
the  sharp  corners  of  the  shore,  in  order  to  straighten  as  well  as  to 
shorten  the  river,  as  marked  by  the  dotted  lines  in  the  map 
attached  here.  The  cost  of  the  cut  could  not  be  estimated  uutil  a 
detail  survey  is  made.  But  as  soon  as  the  embankments  are  laid 
out  the  natural  force  of  the  river's  own  current  will  do  a  great 
part  of  the  dredging  work,  so  that  the  expenses  of  the  cutting  for 
the  new  channel  will  be  much  less  than  usual.  Above  Tatung 
there  are  two  sharp  turns  of  the  left  shore  to  be  cut.  One  is  on 
the  left  shore  at  the  point  where  the  beacon  now  stands  about 
twelve  miles  from  Tatung.  In  this  place  a  few  miles  of  the  left 
shore  will  have  to  be  cut  away.  The  other  cut  is  just  below  the 
city  of  Anking  hence  to  Kianglung  beacon,  a  distance  of  about  six 
miles.     By  this  cut  we  do  away  with  the  sharp  turns  of  the  river 


THE   REGULATING  OF    THE   YANGTSE   RIVER  .$1 

at  Chuan  Kiang  Kau.  These  cuttings  would  cost  much  more 
than  the  piling  of  stone  at  the  lower  reach  of  the  river.  It  is 
quite  certain  that  the  reclamation  of  the  side  channels  of  this  part 
will  not  cover  the  cost  of  the  cuttings.  Therefore  this  part  of  the 
regulating  work  will  not  be  self-paying,  but  the  navigation  of  the 
Yangtse,  the  protection  it  gives  to  both  sides  of  the  land,  and  the 
prevention  of  floods  in  the  future  will  amply  compensate  for 
such  work. 

e.  From  Tungliu  to  Wusueh 

This  part  of  the  river  is  about  eighty  miles  in  length.  The 
land  along  the  right  bank  is  generally  hilly  while  that  along  the 
left  is  low.  Along  its  course  there  are  four  dilatations.  In  three 
of  these  dilatations  the  current  has  cut  into  the  left  or  northern 
bank  of  the  river  and  then  turns  back  into  its  main  course  again 
almost  at  right  angles.  At  such  points  the  bank  is  very  unstable. 
Between  the  channels  of  these  dilatations  islands  are  being  formed. 
See  Map  IX. 

The  regulating  works  of  this  part  are  much  easier  to  construct 
than  those  of  the  lower  part.  The  three  diverting  semicircular 
channels  have  to  be  blocked  up  at  the  upper  ends,  and  the  lower 
openings  left  open  for  silt  to  go  into  at  flood  seasons  in  order  to 
reclaim  them  by  the  natural  process.  The  other  dilatations  should 
be  narrowed  in  from  both  sides  by  jetties.  A  few  places  will 
have  to  be  cut,  the  most  important  being  the  Pigeon  Island  and 
the  turn  above  Siau  Ku  Shan.  Some  of  the  midstream  islands 
will  have  to  be  removed,  and  a  few  wide  places  filled  up  in  order 
to  make  the  channel  uniform,  so  as  to  give  a  regular  minimum 
depth  of  six  fathoms  right  along  the  whole  course. 

f.  From  Wusueh  to  Hankow 

This  part  of  the  river  is  about  one  hundred  miles  long. 
Above  Wusueh  we  enter  into  the  hilly  country  on  both  sides. 
The  river  here  is  generally  about  half  a  mile  wide,  with  a  depth 


3-  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

of   from  five  to  twelve  fathoms  or  sometimes  more  in  certain 
places.     See  Map  X. 

To  regulate  this  part  of  the  river  a  few  wide  spaces  have  to 
be  reclaimed  to  give  a  uniform  channel,  and  the  side  channels  at 
three  or  four  places  closed  up.  Then  we  can  make  a  channel 
with  a  uniform  depth  of  from  six  to  eight  fathoms  at  all  seasons. 
At  Collison  Island  section  of  the  river  the  Ayres  Channel  has  to 
be  closed  up,  leaving  the  winter  channel  alone  so  as  to  give  a 
gentle  curve  above  and  below  this  island.  At  Willes  Island  and 
Gravenor  Island  point  the  Round  Channel  and  the  channel 
between  these  two  islands  must  be  blocked  up.  The  river  must 
be  made  to  cut  through  Willes  Island  to  make  a  shorter  curve. 
At  Bouncer  Island  the  South  channel  must  be  blocked  up  and 
above  this  the  Low  Point  turn  must  be  cutaway  to  form  a  gentler 
curve.  From  this  point  to  Hankow  the  river  should  be  made 
narrower  first  by  reclaiming  the  right  side  as  far  as  the  meeting  of 
the  southwest  curve  with  the  right  bank  then  the  reclamation 
should  start  at  the  opposite  side  of  the  left  bank  and  right  up 
along  the  front  of  Hankow  Settlement  until  the  Han  River  Mouth 
is  reached.  Thus  a  depth  of  six  to  eight  fathoms  can  be  secured 
right  up  to  the  Bund  of  Hankow. 

To  sum  up,  the  whole  length  of  the  regulating  course  of 
the  river  from  the  deep  sea  to  Hankow  is  about  630  miles.  The 
embankments  will  be  twice  this  length;  that  is,  1,260  miles.  I 
have  estimated  that  the  sea  wall  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  could 
be  built  at  200,000  dollars  a  mile,  thus  for  both  sides  $400,000  a 
mile  will  be  sufficient  for  the  140  miles  from  the  deep  sea  to 
Kiangyin.  For,  in  this  part  we  have  only  the  two  embankments 
to  deal  with,  which  merely  requires  the  tumbling  of  stones  into 
the  water  until  the  pile  is  strong  enough  to  hold  the  current  to  a 
directed  course.  As  soon  as  these  stone  ridges  on  both  sides  of 
the  river  are  formed,  nature  will  do  the  rest  to  make  the  channel 
deep.     The  work  for  this  part,  therefore,  is  simple. 

t  the  work  for  certain  sections  of  the  upper  part  of  the 
river  is  more  complicated  as  about  fifty  or  sixty  miles  of  solid 


/  / 


Tiiniiiu-J ' /offi.  $. 


n  m 

KwdncfrJti 


fill  an  met 


SuSunq 


<*> 


vAuichana 


vXA. 
rCiuki&nq 


oPenoteeh 


ri/  / 


n 

■**/ 
/ 


.* 


-  / 


r— 


s0^  - 


AkiikAngm  QJj 


n  Dove  I  %  Sl  HH 

K3)  Szau/a&shan,  >i*  #v  iii 

(#  M-  Jb  frH 

w  Hunter  I.  %  t&  uU 


!( 


ST 


\ 


I 


II  1 


MAP  IX 


\ 


the;  regulating  of  the  yangtse  river  S3 

land  of  from  ten  to  twenty  feet  above  water  level  and  thirty  to 
forty  feet  below  have  to  be  cut  in  order  to  straighten  the  river's 
course.  Of  this  cutting  and  removing  work,  how  much  will  have 
to  be  done  artificially  and  how  much  can  be  done  by  nature,  I 
leave  to  the  experts  to  estimate.  Excepting  this,  the  other  parts 
of  this  work,  I  think,  cannot  cost  much  more  than  400,000 
dollars  a  mile.  So  that  the  whole  work  from  the  sea  to  Hankow, 
a  distance  of  630  miles  will  cost  about  252,000,000  dollars,  or  let 
us  say,  including  the  unknown  part,  $300,000,000  for  the 
completion  of  the  entire  project  for  the  regulating  of  the  Yangtse 
River.  By  this  regulating  of  the  Yangtse  River,  we  secure  an 
approach  of  600  miles  inland  for  ocean-going  vessels  into  the 
very  center  of  a  continent  of  two  hundred  millions  of  people 
of  which  half  or  100,000,000  is  located  immediately  along  the 
600  miles  of  the  great  water  highway.  As  regards  remuneration 
for  the  work,  this  project  will  be  more  profitable  than  either  the 
Suez  or  Panama  Canal. 

Although  we  could  not  find  means  whereby  the  works  above 
Kiangyin  may  be  made  self-paying  as  those  of  the  sections  below 
by  the  reclamation  of  land,  but  profit  from  city  building  along 
the  course  of  the  river  can  be  realized  after  the  regulating  work 
is  completed. 

In  conclusion,  I  must  say  that  the  figures  given  concerning 
the  harbor  works  and  the  Yangtse  regulation  are  merely  rough 
estimates  which  must  be  in  the  nature  of  the  case.  As  regards  the 
costs  of  building  the  rudimental  dikes  at  the  estuary  of  the  Yangtse 
as  well  as  along  the  dilating  parts  of  the  river,  the  estimation  may 
«eem  too  low.  But  the  data  on  which  I  base  my  estimate  are  as 
i^iows:  First,  my  own  observation  of  the  private  enterprise  of 
reclamation  by  building  dikes  at  the  Canton  delta  around  my  native 
village ;  second,  the  cheap  stone  that  can  be  obtained  at  the  Chusan 
Archipelago ;  third,  the  estimation  of  Mr.  Tyler,  Coast  Inspector 
of  the  Maritime  Customs  for  the  blocking  up  of  the  North  Channel 
at  the  upper  end  of  Tsungming  Island,  where  the  narrowest  part 
is  about  three  miles.     He  says  that  a  million  taels  or  more  is 


34  I'llB    tNTERNATIONAL    DEVELOPMENT    OE   CHINA 

necessary  for  the  work.  Or,  let  us  say,  in  round  figures,  five 
hundred  thousand  dollars  (Mex.)  a  mile.  This  is  two  and  a 
half  times  my  estimate.  Xcw,  let  us  compare  the  difference. 
The  three-mile  channel  at  the  upper  end  of  Tsungming  has  an 
average  depth  of  twenty  feet  of  water,  while  in  my  project  the 
wall  or  dikes  will  be  built  in  water  having  an  average  of  less 
than  two  thirds  of  this  depth.  Moreover,  the  work  of  blocking 
up  the  North  Channel  entirely  at  a  right  angle  is  many  times 
more  cosily  than  that  of  building  a  rudimental  dike  of  the  same 
length  in  a  parallel  line  with  the  current.  Since  five  hundred 
thousand  dollars  are  enough  to  block  up  cross-wise  a  mile  of  river 
twenty  feet  deep,  two  fifths  of  that  sum  should  be  quite  sufficient 
to  finance  the  work  that  1  have  projected.  While  writing  this, 
I  came  across  an  article  in  the  Chiccgo  Railway  Reziezv,  May  17, 
1919,  dealing  with  the  same  subject,  which  stales  that  steel 
skeleton  is  a  better  and  cheaper  substitute  for  stone  or  other 
materials  for  building  dikes  and  jetties  in  a  muddy  river  like 
ours.  Thus,  by  this  new  method,  we  may  be  able  to  construct 
embankments,  with  cheaper  material  than  1  have  hitherto  known. 
So,  although  the  estimate  which  !  have  made  may  be  somewhat 
low.  yet  it  is  not  so  far  from  correct  as  it  seems  at  first  sight. 

PART     III. 

The  Construction  of  River  Ports 

The  construction  of  river  ports  along  the  Yangtse  between 
Hankow  and  the  sea  will  be  one  of  the  most  remunerative  propo- 
sitions in  our  development  scheme.  For  this  part  of  the  Yangtse 
Valley  is  richest  in  agricultural  and  mineral  products  in  China, 
and  is  very  densely  populated.  With  the  cheap  water  transpor- 
tation provided  by  the  completion  of  the  regulating  work  both 
sides  of  this  water  highway  will  surely  become  industrial 
beehives.  And  with  cheap  labor  near-by,  it  will  not  be  a  surprise 
if  in  the  near  future  both  banks  will  become  two  continuous 
cities,  as  it  were,  right  along  the  whole  extent  of  the  river  from 


THE    CONSTRUCTION    OF    RIVER    PORTS  35 

Hankow  to  the  sea.  In  the  meantime  a  few  suitable  spots  should 
be  chosen  for  profitable  city  development.  For  this  purpose  I 
will  start  from  the  lower  part  of  the  river  as  follows : 

a.  Chinkiang  and  Xorthside. 

b.  Nanking  and  Pukow. 

c.  Wuhu. 

d.  Anking  and  Southside. 

e.  Poyang  Port. 

f.  Wuhan. 

a.     Chinkiang  and  Northside 

Chinkiang  is  situated  at  the  junction  of  the  Grand  Canal 
and  the  Yangtse.  It  was  an  important  center  of  inland  water 
traffic  between  the  north  and  the  south  before  the  steam  age. 
But  it  will  resume  its  former  grandeur  and  become  more 
important  when  the  old  inland  waterway  is  improved,  and  new 
ones  are  constructed.  For  it  is  the  gateway  between  the  Hoangho 
and  Yangtse  valleys.  Besides,  by  the  southern  portion  of  the 
Grand  Canal,  Chinkiang  is  connected  with  the  Tsientang  valley — 
the  richest  part  of  China.  Thus,  this  city  is  bound  to  grow  into 
a  great  commercial  center  in  the  near  future. 

In  our  regulation  work  of  the  Yangtse,  we  shall  add  a  piece 
of  new  land,  over  six  square  miles,  in  front  of  Chinkiang.  This 
land  on  the  south  side  of  the  river  will  be  utilized  for  city- 
planning  for  our  new  Chinkiang.  On  the  northside,  land  should 
also  be  taken  up  by  the  state  to  build  another  city.  The  north- 
side  will  be  bound  to  outgrow  that  of  the  south  for  the  whole  of 
Hoangho  Valley  could  only  emerge  into  the  Yangtse  by  waterway 
through  this  point.  Docks  should  be  built  between  here  and 
Yangchow  for  accommodation  of  inland  vessels,  and  modern 
facilities  should  be  provided  for  transhipment  between  inland 
vessels  and  ocean-going  steamers.  This  port  should  be  made  as 
a  distributing  center  as  well  as  a  collecting  center  for  the  salt  of 
the  eastern  coast.     This,  with  the  help  of  modern  methods,  will 


2>6  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

reduce  transportation  expenses.  Stone  or  concrete  bunds  or  quays 
should  be  built  on  both  sides  of  the  river  and  tidal  jetties  should  be 
provided  for  train  ferries.  In  time,  when  commerce  grows,  tunnels 
or  bridges  may  be  added  to  facilitate  traffic  of  the  two  sides.  The 
streets  should  be  wide  so  as  to  meet  modern  demands.  The  water 
front  and  its  neighborhood  should  be  planned  for  industrial  and  com- 
mercial uses  and  the  land  beyond  should  be  planned  for  residential 
purpose.  Every  modern  public  utility  should  be  provided.  In  regard 
to  the  details  of  planning  the  city,  I  must  leave  them  to  the  expert. 

b.     Nanking  and  Pukow 

Nanking  was  the  old  capital  of  China  before  Peking,  and  is 
situated  in  a  fine  locality  which  comprises  high  mountains,  deep 
water  and  a  vast  level  plain — a  rare  site  to  be  found  in  any  part 
of  the  world.  It  also  lies  at  the  center  of  a  very  rich  country  on 
both  sides  of  the  lower  Yangtse.  At  present,  although  ruined 
and  desolate,  it  still  has  a  population  of  over  a  quarter  of  a 
million.  Once  it  was  the  home  of  many  industries  especially  silk 
and  now  the  finest  satin  and  velvet  are  still  produced  here. 
Nanking  has  yet  a  greater  future  before  her  when  the  resources 
of  the  lower  Yangtse  Valley  are  properly  developed. 

In  the  regulation  of  the  Yangtse  I  propose  to  cut  away  the 
town  of  Hsiakwan,  so  that  the  wharf  of  Nanking  could  be 
removed  into  the  deep  channel  between  Metsechow  and  the 
outskirt  of  Nanking.  This  channel  should  be  blocked  up,  thereby 
a  wet  dock  could  be  formed  to  accommodate  all  ocean-going 
vessels.  This  point  is  much  nearer  the  inhabited  parts  of  the  city 
than  Hsiakwan.  And  the  land  between  this  projected  wet  dock 
and  the  city  could  form  a  new  commercial  and  industrial  quarter 
which  will  be  many  times  larger  than  Hsiakwan.  Metsechow  in 
time,  when  commerce  grows,  may  also  be  developed  into  city  lots 
and  business  quarters.  For  the  future  development  of  Nanking 
the  land  within  and  without  the  city  should  be  taken  up  at  the 
present  price  under  the  same  principle  which  I  have  proposed  for 
the  Projected  Port  at  Chapu. 


THE   CONSTRUCTION    OF   RIVER    PORTS  2)7 

Pukow,  opposite  Nanking,  on  the  other  side  of  the  river,  will 
be  the  great  terminus  of  all  the  railways  of  the  great  northern 
plain  to  the  Yangtse.  It  will  be  the  nearest  river  port  for  the  rich 
coal  and  iron  fields  of  Shansi  and  Honan,  giving  access  to  the 
lower  Yangtse  district  and  hence  to  the  sea.  As  the  great 
transcontinental  trunk  line  to  the  sea  whether  terminating  at 
Shanghai  or  at  our  Projected  Port,  would  pass  through  this  point, 
the  construction  of  a  tunnel  under  the  Yangtse  to  connect  Nan- 
king and  Pukow  by  rail  at  the  same  time  when  the  cities  are  being 
constructed,  will  not  be  at  all  premature.  This  will  at  once  make 
possible  a  through  train  journey  from  Shanghai  to  Peking. 

Concrete  or  stone  embankment  should  be  built  along  the  shore 
above  and  below  the  present  Pukow  point  many  miles  in  each 
direction.  Modern  streets  should  be  laid  out  on  the  land  within 
the  embankment  so  as  to  be  ready  for  various  building  purposes. 
The  land  on  the  north  side  of  the  river  should  be  taken  up  by  the 
state  for  public  uses  of  this  international  development  scheme  on 
the  same  basis  as  at  our  Projected  Ports. 

c.     Wuhu 

Wuhu  is  a  town  of  120,000  inhabitants  and  is  the  center  of 
the  rice  trade  in  the  lower  part  of  the  Yangtse.  It  is  at  this  point 
that  I  propose  to  make  an  intake  of  the  water  which  will  go  to 
flush  the  Whangpoo  River  at  Shanghai,  and  which  will  form  the 
upper  end  of  a  canal  to  the  sea  at  Chapu.  In  the  regulating  work 
of  the  Yangtse  the  concave  part  above  the  junction  of  the  Yangki 
Ho  has  to  be  filled  up  and  the  convex  part  of  the  opposite  side  has 
to  be  cut  away.  The  junction  of  the  projected  canal  and  the 
river  will  be  at  about  a  mile  or  so  below  the  Lukiang  junction. 
The  projected  canal  will  run  northeast  to  a  point  between  the 
southeast  corner  of  Wuhu  city  and  the  foot  of  the  hill.  There  it 
joins  the  Yangki  Ho  and,  following  the  course  as  far  as  Paichiatien, 
branches  off  in  the  northeastern  direction.  This  gives  Wuhu  a 
southeast  waterfront  along  the  left  side  of  the  canal.  New  bunds 
should  be  built  along  both  sides  of  the  canal  as  well  as  alongside 


38  HIE    INTERNATIONAL    DEVELOPMENT    OF    CHINA 

the  Vangtsc  and  at  the  junction  of  the  canal  docks  for  inland 
vessels  should  be  constructed  with  modern  plants  for  transhipment 
of  goods.  Wide  streets  should  be  laid  out  from  the  Bund  of  the 
Ynngtse  far  into  the  inland  following  the  direction  of  the  canal. 
The  bund  alongside  the  Yangtse  should  be  reserved  for  commercial 
purposes  and  those  alongside  the  canal  for  factories.  Wuhu  is 
in  the  midst  of  a  rich  iron  and  coal  field,  so  it  will  surely  become 
an  industrial  center  when  this  iron  and  coal  field  is  properly 
developed.  Cheap  materials,  cheap  labor,  and  cheap  foodstuffs 
are  abundant  at  the  spot  waiting  for  modern  science  and  machinery 
to  turn  them  into  greater  wealth  for  the  benefit  of  mankind. 

d.     Anking  and  Southside 

Anking,  the  capital  of  Anhwei,  was  once  a  very  important 
city  but  since  its  destruction  by  the  Taiping  war  it  has  never 
recovered  its  former  greatness.  Its  present  population  is  about 
40,000  only.  Its  immediate  neighborhood  is  very  rich  in  mineral 
and  agricultural  products.  The  great  tea  district  of  Liu-an  and 
the  rich  mineral  district  in  the  southeastern  corner  of  Honan 
province  will  have  to  make  Anking  their  shipping  port  when 
railways  are  developed.  In  the  Yangtse  Conservancy  work,  the 
concave  turn  of  the  river  in  front  and  west  of  the  city  has  to  be 
filled  up.  This  reclaimed  land  should  be  for  the  extension  of  a 
new  city,  where  modern  transportation  plants  should  be  built. 

Eagle  Point,  on  the  southside  opposite  Ankirg,  should  be 
cut  away  to  make  the  river  curve  more  gently  and  to  give  the 
channel  a  uniform  width.  A  new  city  should  be  laid  out  at  this 
point,  for  from  here  we  command  the  vast  tea  districts  of  southern 
Anhwei  and  western  Chekiang.  The  rich  inland  city  of  Hweichow, 
with  the  highly  productive  country  around  it,  will  have  to  make 
this  port  its  shipping  station.  As  Wuhu  is  the  center  of  the  rice 
trade  these  twin  cities  of  Anking  will  be  the  centers  of  the  tea 
trade.  Like  Wuhu,  these  twin  cities  are  also  situated  in  the 
midst  of  rich  iron  and  coal  fields  which  will  assist  them  to  become 
important  industrial   centers  in   the  near    future.     So  to   build 


THE    CONSTRUCTION    OF    KWl'.R    PORTS  39 

twin  cities  at  this  point  of   the  river  will  be  a  very  profitable 
undertaking:. 


■6" 


e.  The  Poyang  Port 

I  propose  to  construct  a  port  at  a  point  between  the  Poyang 
Lake  and  the  Yangtse  River.  This  will  be  the  sole  port  of  the 
Kiangsi  province.  Every  city  of  this  province  is  connected  by 
natural  waterways  which,  if  improved,  will  become  a  splendid 
water  transportation  system.  The  province  of  Kiangsi  has  a 
population  of  30,000,000  and  is  extremely  rich  in  mineral 
resources.  A  modern  port  acting  as  a  commercial  and  industrial 
center  for  the  development  of  this  resourceful  province  would  be 
a  most  remunerative  proposition  in  our  project. 

The  site  of  the  port  will  be  on  the  west  side  of  the  entrance 
to  the  Poyang  Lake  and  the  right  bank  of  the  Yangtse.  It  will 
be  an  entirely  new  city  built  on  new  ground,  part  of  which  will 
be  reclaimed  from  the  shallow  side  of  the  lake.  In  the  regulating 
work  of  the  Poyang  Channel,  a  training  wall  should  be  built 
from  the  foot  of  the  Taku  Tang  Hill  to  Swain  Point  opposite  to 
Stone  Bell  Hill  of  Hukow.  A  closed  dock  should  be  constructed 
within  this  training  wall  for  the  accommodation  of  inland  water 
vessels.  The  city  should  be  laid  out  on  the  triangular  space 
formed  by  the  right  bank  of  the  Yangtse,  the  left  side  of  the  Po- 
yang Lake  and  the  foot  hill  of  the  Lushan  Mountain.  This 
triangle  is  about  10  miles  on  each  side,  excellent  for  city  develop- 
ment. The  porcelain  industry  should  be  established  here  instead  of 
at  Kingteh  Chen,  for  great  damages  often  occur  owing  to  the  lack 
of  transportation  facilities,  and  to  the  necessity  of  transhipment 
for  the  export  of  the  finished  articles  from  the  latter  place. 
Modern  plants  on  a  large  scale  should  be  adopted  for  the 
manufacturing  of  cheap  wares  as  well  as  fine  articles  in  our 
projected  Poyang  Port,  for  here  we  shall  have  the  greater 
advantage  of  collecting  raw  materials  than  at  Kingteh  Chen. 
Thus  the  concentrating  of  the  various  manufactures  in  an 
advantageous  center  will  result  in  quickening  the  growth  of  our 


40  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT    OF    CHINA 

new  city.  This  Poyang  Port  is  bound  to  grow  into  one  of  the 
great  commercial  and  manufacturing  centers  in  China,  judging 
from  the  possibilities  of  Kiangsi  alone.  It  will  not  only  be  a 
great  shipping  port  of  the  Yangtse  but  will  also  be  a  railway 
center  between  North  and  South  China.  Thus  to  develop  this 
port  on  a  large  scale  is  quite  justifiable  from  an  economic  point 
of  view. 

f.     Wuhan 

Wuhan  signifies  the  three  cities  of  Wuchang,  Hankow,  and 
Hanyang.  This  point  is  the  headwater  of  our  projected  ocean 
passage,  the  pivot  of  the  railway  system  of  China  Proper,  and 
will  become  the  most  important  commercial  metropolis  in  the 
country.  The  population  of  these  three  cities  is  over  a  million 
and  could  be  easily  doubled  or  trebled  if  improvements  would  be 
made.  At  present,  Hanyang  possesses  the  largest  iron  works  in 
China,  and  Hankow,  many  modern  industries,  while  Wuchang  is 
becoming  a  great  cotton  manufacturing  city.  Besides,  Hankow 
is  the  trade  center  of  Central  and  West  China,  and  the  greatest 
tea  market  we  have.  The  provinces  of  Hupeh,  Hunan,  Szechuen, 
and  Kweichow  and  a  part  of  Honan,  Shensi,  and  Kansu  all 
depend  upon  Hankow  as  their  only  port  to  the  outside  world. 
When  railways  are  developed  in  China,  Wuhan  will  be  still  more 
important  and  will  surely  become  one  of  the  greatest  cities  in  the 
world.  So  in  planning  the  future  city  of  Wuhan  we  must  adopt 
for  its  development  a  scale  as  large  as  that  of  New  York  or 
London. 

In  the  regulation  of  the  Yangtse  embankments,  we  have  to 
reclaim  the  front  of  Hankow  from  the  jetty  of  Lungwangmiao  at 
the  junction  of  the  Han  River  right  along  the  left  bank  to  the 
point  where  the  Yangtse  turns  eastward.  This  reclaimed  space 
will  be  at  an  average  of  about  500  to  600  yards  wide.  This  will 
narrow  down  the  river  at  this  part  to  give  a  uniform  channel  of 
5  to  6  cables  in  width  and  to  give  the  Hankow  settlement  a  strip 
of  valuable  land  along  its  waterfront.   This  will  a1so  help  to  pay  a 


the;  improvement  of  the  existing  waterways  and  canals  41 

part  of  the  expenses  for  city  construction.  The  sharp  bend  of 
the  Han  River  just  before  it  joins  the  Yangtse  should  be 
straightened  so  as  to  make  a  gentler  curve  around  Lungvvangmiao 
Point  and  thus  enable  the  currents  of  both  rivers  to  flow  in  the 
same  direction  at  their  junction.  The  Hanyang  embankment 
will  follow  pretty  closely  the  present  shore  line  but  not  beyond 
the  iron  works  jetty.  The  wide  space  of  the  river  above 
Wuchang  city  should  be  walled  in  to  make  a  closed  dock  for 
inland  water  as  well  as  ocean  going  vessels.  Below  Wuchang,  an 
embankment  parallel  to  that  of  the  left  side  should  be  built  so  as 
to  make  the  future  city  extend  far  below  the  present  one.  A 
tunnel  should  be  constructed  to  connect  both  embankments  at  a 
point  where  the  Kinghan  railway  makes  its  first  turn  when  it 
comes  to  the  Yangtse  River.  And  another  tunnel  or  bridge 
should  be  constructed  between  Hankow  and  Hanyang  on  one 
side  and  Wuchang  on  the  other  at  the  junction  of  the  Han  River 
and  the  Yangtse.  Additional  tunnels  or  bridges  may  be  constructed 
at  different  points  when  the  city  grows  larger  in  the  future.  All 
the  outlying  land  of  these  trio-cities  should  be  taken  up  on  the 
same  basis  as  at  our  projected  seaports,  so  that  private  monopoly 
and  speculation  in  land  may  be  prevented,  and  that  the  unearned 
increment  will  go  to  the  State  to  help  the  payment  of  capital  and 
interest  on  the  foreign  loans  which  are  to  be  made  in  this 
international  development  scheme. 

PART     IV. 
The  Improvement  of  the  Existing  Waterways  and  Canals 

The  existing  waterways  and  canals  in  connection  with  the 
Yangtse  may  be  enumerated  as  follows : 

a.  The  Grand  Canal. 

b.  The  Hweiho. 

c.  The  Kiangnan  Waterway  System. 

d.  The  Poyang  Waterway  System. 

e.  The  Han  River. 

f .  The  Tungting  System. 

g.  The  Upper  Yangtse. 


42  I  I!K    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

a.     The  Grand  Canal 

The  Grand  Canal  connects  with  the  Yangtse  at  a  point 
te  Chinkiang  and  runs  northward  right  up  to  Tientsin,  a 
distance  of  over  600  miles.  We  understand  that  a  detailed 
survey  of  the  Kiangpeh  part  of  the  canal  has  begun  and  the  work 
of  improving  it  will  commence  soon.  In  our  project,  I  propose 
to  substitute  the  Kiangpeh  portion  of  the  Grand  Canal  by  the 
Yangtse  outlet  of  the  Hweiho. 

b.     The  Hweiho 

The  Hweiho  rises  in  the  northwest  corner  of  Honan  and 
runs  southeast  and  east  to  the  north  of  Anhwei  and  Kiangsu. 
Its  outlets  have  been  sealed  up  in  recent  years  so  its  water  has 
accumulated  in  the  Hungtse  Lake  and  it  depends  upon  evaporation 
as  i:s  only  means  of  disposing  the  water.  Thus  in  the  heavy 
rainy  season,  it  floods  a  vast  extent  of  the  country  surrounding 
the  lake  and  causes  great  misery  to  millions  of  people.  So  the 
conservancy  of  the  Hweiho  is  a  very  urgent  question  of  China 
to-day.  Recently  many  investigations  have  been  made  and  many 
plans  proposed.  Mr.  Jameson,  chief  engineer  for  the  American 
Red  Cross  Society,  has  proposed  two  outlets  for  the  Hweiho: 
one  following  the  old  course  of  the  Yellow  River  to  the  sea  and 
another  through  Paoying  and  Kao-yu  Lakes  to  the  Yangtse.  In 
this  project  I  propose  to  follow  Mr.  Jameson's  plan  for  the  sea 
outlet  only  as  far  as  the  old  Yellow  River  and  for  the  Yangtse 
outlet  only  as  far  as  Yangchow.  When  the  sea  outlet  or  north 
branch  reaches  the  old  Yellow  River  I  will  lead  it  across  into  the 
Yenho  and  follow  the  Venho  to  its  northern  turn.  From  there, 
we  cut  across  the  narrow  strip  of  land  into  the  Kuanho  which 
enter-  the  sea  at  the  nearest  deep  water  line.  This  saves  a  great 
1  of  work  of  excavating  the  old  course  of  the  Hoangho. 
When  the  southern  branch  reaches  Yangchow,  I  propose  to  make 

canal  pass  east  of  that  city  instead  of  west  as  Mr.  Jameson 


THK  IMPROVEMENT  OE  THE  EXISTING  WATERWAYS  AND  CANALS    43 

proposed,  so  that  its  current  will  join  the  Yangtse  in  the  same 
direction  at  the  new  curve  below  Chinkiang  city. 

I!oth  of  these  outlets  or  branches  of  the  Hweiho  should  be 
made  at  least  twenty  feet  deep  right  along,  so  that  coastal  vessels 
from  the  north  to  the  Yangtse  could  use  them  as  passage  instead 
of  going  round  the  Yangtse  estuary,  thus  shortening  the  distance 
by  about  300  miles.  And  with  twenty  feet  depth  for  both  outlets, 
the  Hweiho  and  the  Hungtse  Lake  would  be  well  drained  and  the 
present  bottom  of  the  lake,  which  is  sixteen  feet  above  sea  level 
would  be  converted  into  agricultural  land  at  once.  Thus  6,000,000 
mow  of  land  could  be  reclaimed  according  to  the  estimate  of  Mr. 
Jameson,  from  the  Hungtse  and  the  neighboring  lakes.  If 
twenty  dollars  a  mow  be  taken  for  its  value,  a  sum  of  $120,000,000 
could  be  netted.  Oesides  this  direct  profit  to  the  Government, 
there  is  an  area  of  some  17,000  square  miles  of  occasionally 
flooded  land  which  would  be  made  flood-proof  so  that  normally 
we  shall  have  two  crops  a  year  instead  of  two  only  in  five  years. 
That  is  to  say,  the  17,000  square  miles  or  10,880,000  acres  will  be 
made  to  produce  five  times  more  than  at  present.  For  instance, 
if  the  value  of  the  gross  production  be  estimated  at  fifty  dollars 
an  acre,  then  the  total  value  would  be  $544,000,000  Mex.  and  five 
times  this  sum  would  amount  to  $2,720,000,000  Alex.  What  an 
enormous  profit  to  the  country  ! 

c.     The  Kiangnan  Waterway  System 

This  system  comprises  the  South  Grand  Canal,  the  Whangpoo, 
the  Taihu,  and  its  connections.  The  most  important  improvement 
I  intend  to  make  here  is  to  widen  and  deepen  the  Wuhu — Ihsing 
Waterway  between  the  Yangtse  and  the  Taihu,  and  from  there  to 
dredge  a  deep  channel  right  through  the  Taihu  to  a  point  midway 
of  the  Grand  Canal  between  Suchow  and  Kashing.  At  Kashing, 
divide  it  into  two  branches  : — one  following  the  Kashing  Sunkiang 
Canal  to  Whangpoo,  and  the  other,  to  the  Projected  Port  at 
Chapu.  This  waterway  between  the  Yangtse  and  the  Whangpoo, 
before  it  reaches  .Shanghai,  should  be  made  as  wide  and  deep  as 


44  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

possible  so  as  to  make  it  carry  sufficient  water  to  flush  the 
Shanghai  harbor  as  well  as  to  provide  a  shorter  passage  for 
inland  water  vessels  between  the  Yangtse  and  the  sea  ports.  This 
waterway  will  act  as  silt  carrier  by  which  the  Taihu  and  the 
various  lakes  along-side  of  it  may  be  reclaimed  in  the  future. 
Besides  the  main  object  for  which  this  canal  is  assigned,  the 
reclamation  scheme  and  the  local  traffic  would  also  add  profit  to 
it.  This  makes  its  remuneration  doubly  sure.  As  no  accurate 
surveys  of  the  shallow  Taihu  and  other  lakes  and  swamps  could 
be  obtained,  the  exact  number  of  mow  to  be  reclaimed,  could  not 
be  given  here.  But  in  a  rough  estimate  I  should  say  that  the 
reclaimed  space  of  the  Kiangnan  Lakes  would  be  about 
the  same  in  extent  as  those  of  Kiangpeh  (the  North  of  the 
Yangtse). 

d.     The  Poyang  Waterway  System 

This  system  drains  the  entire  area  of  Kiangsi  province. 
Every  hsien,  city,  and  important  town  is  reached  by  waterway. 
Waterways  are  the  only  means  of  communication  in  this  province 
as  well  as  in  all  the  provinces  of  Southeastern  China,  before  the 
advent  of  railways.  The  lower  part  of  the  Kiangsi  waterway 
system  suffers  the  same  irregularities  as  those  of  the  lower  Yangtse 
as  both  are  on  low  land.  So,  to  regulate  it,  a  similar  work  as 
that  for  the  Yangtse  should  be  applied.  The  Poyang  Lake 
should  be  divided  by  deep  channels  from  the  junction  of  each 
river,  and  these  should  join  together  to  form  larger  channels  and 
finally  unite  into  one  main  channel  at  a  point  near  Chuki  and, 
running  through  the  narrow  part  of  the  lake,  join  the  Yangtse  at 
Hukow.  The  sides  of  the  deep  channels  should  be  lined  with 
submerged  stone  ridges  as  high  as  the  shallow  part  of  the  lake, 
whereby  the  channels  would  serve  the  purpose  of  draining  as 
well  as  of  navigation. 

The  shallow  space  beside  those  channels  will  be  reclaimed 
into  arable  land  in  due  time.  So  the  work  of  regulating  the 
Poyang  channels  will  be  well  paid  by  reclamation. 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  OF  THE  EXISTING  WATERWAYS  AND  CANALS  45 

e.     The  Han  River 

This  river  is  navigable  for  small  crafts  through  its  main 
body  up  to  Hanchung  in  the  southwest  corner  of  Shensi;  and 
through  its  branches  up  to  Nanyang  and  Shekichen  in  the 
southwest  corner  of  Ilonan.  This  navigable  stream  commands 
quite  a  large  area  of  watershed.  The  upper  part,  that  is  above 
Siangyang,  is  in  mountainous  country.  From  Siangyang  to 
Shayang  it  is  in  a  wide,  open  valley  and  below  Shayang  it  runs 
into  the  Hupeh  swamp. 

To  improve  this  river  dams  should  be  built  above  Siangyang 
in  order  to  utilize  water  power  as  well  as  to  make  locks  for 
larger  crafts  to  ascend  to  the  navigable  point  now  navigable 
only  for  small  crafts.  Below  Siangyang,  where  the  river  is 
very  wide  and  shallow,  rudimental  dikes  should  be  constructed 
of  stones  or  piles  in  order  to  restrict  its  channel  and  to  reclaim 
the  shallow  space  on  both  sides  by  natural  process.  In  the 
swamp,  the  river  should  be  straightened  and  deepened.  A  new 
canal  between  the  Han  and  the  Yangtze  at  Shasi  should  be 
constructed  to  provide  a  shorter  passage  between  Hankow  and 
Shasi  and  beyond.  This  canal  in  the  swamp  should  be  open  to 
the  lakes  along  its  course  so  as  to  let  the  silt-carrying  water  enter 
into  them  in  the  flood  season,  thus  filling  them  up  quicker. 

f .     The  Tungting  System 

This  system  of  waterway  drains  the  whole  province  of  Hunan 
and  beyond.  The  most  important  branches  are  the  Siangkiang 
and  the  Yuankiang.  The  former  runs  through  Hunan  into  the 
northeast  corner  of  Kwangsi  province  and  connects  with  the  Sikiang 
system  by  a  canal  near  Kweilin.  The  latter  runs  across  the  west 
border  of  Hunan  into  the  eastern  part  of  Kweichow  province. 
Both  could  be  improved  for  the  navigation  of  larger  crafts.  The 
canal  between  the  Yangtse  and  the  Sikiang  watersheds  should  be 
reconstructed  and  modern  locks  should  be  provided  in  it  as  well 
as  along  the  two  waterways.     Thus,  vessels  of  ten  feet  draught 


46  .UK    INTERNATIONAL    DEVELOPMENT    OF    CHINA 

may  freely  pass  between  Uie  Yangtse  and  the  Sikiang.  The 
Tungting  Lake  should  be  drained  by  deep  channels  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  Poyang  Lake,  and  its  shallow  space  reclaimed  by 
natural  process. 

g.     The  Upper  Yangtse 

i  include  the  part  from  Hankow  to  Ichang  also  in  the  Upper 
Yangtse,  becauss  it  is  at  Hankow  that  the  ocean  navigation  ends, 
and  the  inland  water  communication  begins.  So,  in  dealing  with 
the  improvement  of  the  L'pper  Yangtse,  I  will  begin  at  Hankow. 
At  present  the  Upper  Yangtse  is  navigable  for  shallow  draught 
steamers  up  to  Kiating,  a  point  about  i.ioo  miles  above  Hankow 
by  river.  If  improvement  be  made  farther  on,  then  shallow  draught 
steamers  could  navigate  right  up  to  Chengtu,  the  capital  of 
Szechucn  province,  and  the  center  of  the  richest  plain  in  West 
China,  about  sixty  miles  up  the  Min  River. 

To  improve  the  Upper  Yangtse  from  Hankow  to  Yochow, 
the  work  is  much  similar  to  that  of  the  lower  part.  The  channel 
should  be  regulated  by  rudimental  dikes.  The  concave  embank- 
ments in  sharp  bends  should  be  protected  by  stone  or  concrete ; 
obstacles  midstream  should  be  removed.  The  great  loop,  called 
the  Farmer  Bend,  above  Kinkow,  should  be  cut  through  at  the 
neck  of  Paichow,  and  the  sharp  point  of  Hanchin  Kwang  should 
be  cut  away  to  make  the  curve  of  the  river  more  gentle. 

The  tortuous  part  of  the  Y'angtse,  north  of  the  Tungting 
Lake,  between  Kinho  Kow  and  Skipper  Point,  should  be  blocked 
up  altogether  and  a  new  channel  made  through  Tungting  Lake, 
returning  to  the  Yangtse  by  the  Yochow  Channel.  This  avoids 
the  crooked  passage  and  shortens  the  river  course  considerably. 
From  Skipper  Point  to  Ichang  the  dilatations  should  be  restricted 
by  dikes  of  stone  or  piling,  and  some  sharp  points  of  the  shores 
should  be  cut  away  to  make  the  curves  more  gentle. 

The  Yangtse  River  above  Ichang  enters  the  Gorges  which 
run  about  a  hundred  miles  up  to  the  Szechuen  depression,  known 
as  the  Red  Basin.     This  part  of  the  river  from  Ichang  right  along 


THE   ESTABLISHMENT   OF    LARGE   CE.MEXT    WORKS  47 

to  its  source  is  confined  by  rocky  banks,  very  narrow  and  deep, 
having  an  average  depth  of  six  fathoms  and  at  some  particular 
points  even  thirty  fathoms.  Many  rapids  and  obstructions  occur 
along  its  course. 

To  improve  the  Upper  Yangtse,  the  rapids  should  be  dammed 
up  to  form  locks  to  enable  crafts  to  ascend  the  river  as  well  as  to 
generate  water  power.  Obstructions  should  be  blasted  and 
boulders  removed.  Thus,  a  ten-foot  channel  right  along  from 
Hankow  to  Chungking  could  be  obtained  so  that  through  inland 
water  transportation  could  be  established  from  Chungking  to 
Peking  in  the  north  and  to  Canton  in  the  south,  as  well  as  to  all 
navigable  points  in  China  Proper  all  the  year  round.  In  this  way, 
transportation  expenses  to  the  richest  emporium  in  West  China 
could  be  reduced  hundredfold.  The  benefit  to  the  people  will  be 
enormous  and  the  encouragement  to  commerce  will  indeed  be 
great. 

PART     V. 

The  Establishment  of  Large  Cement  Works 

Steel  and  cement  are  the  basis  of  modern  construction,  and 
the  most  important  factors  of  the  material  civilization  of  the 
present  age.  In  the  various  projects  of  our  development  scheme, 
the  demand  for  steel  and  cement  will  be  so  enormous  that  all 
manufacturing  countries  combined  will  not  be  able  to  supply  the 
needs.  Therefore,  in  our  first  program,  1  have  proposed  to 
establish  large  steel  works  in  the  rich  iron  and  coal  fields  in  the 
provinces  of  Shansi  and  Chihli ;  so  in  this  second  program  I 
propose  to  establish  large  cement  works  along  the  shores  of  the 
Yangtse  River.  The  Yangtse  Valley  is  exceptionally  rich  in 
materials  for  cement, — limestone  and  coal  lying  side  by  side  at 
the  water  edge  along  the  navigable  channel  from  Chinkiang  up- 
ward.    Thus,  local  supplies  could  be  created  for  local  needs. 

At  present,  there  is  one  cement-works  at  Shihuiyau  near 
Hoangshikang  at  the  upper  reach.     It  is  situated  between  a  deep 


48  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

water  wharf  and  a  limestone  hill.  The  limestone  is  so  near  by 
that  it  can  be  cut  and  shoveled  into  the  kilns  immediately.  Between 
Hankow  and  Kiukiang  there  are  many  places  possessing  the  same 
advantage.  Below  Kiukiang,  there  are  also  many  such  advan- 
tageous positions  as  Matang,  Wushiki  and  many  others  between 
Kiukiang  and  Anking.  Between  Anking  and  Nanking  there  are 
exceptionally  good  locations  for  putting  up  cement  works  such  as 
Tatung,  Tikang,  and  Tsaishisze,  all  these  places  being  provided 
abundantly  with  limestone  and  coal  and  iron,  lying  side  by  side. 
With  the  huge  harbor  works,  city  building,  and  embankment 
construction,  the  market  for  cement  will  be  so  great  that  a  capital 
of  one  to  two  hundred  million  dollars  should  be  invested  for  the 
supply.  This  work  should  be  started  gradually  in  accord  with 
the  acceleration  of  the  other  works  of  the  general  development  so 
that  one  project  will  further  the  other,  and  over-production  and 
waste  of  capital  individually  in  any  of  the  general  scheme  will  be 
guarded  against.  This  will  help  make  each  of  them  a  profitable 
business  by  itself. 


PROGRAM     III. 

The  main  feature  of  the  third  program  will  be  the  construc- 
tion of  a  great  southern  port  which  will  complete  the  plan  for 
three  first-class  seaports  in  China  as  proposed  in  the  preliminary 
part  of  this  International  Development  Scheme.  Our  Great 
Southern  Port  will  naturally  be  Canton,  which  is  not  only  the 
center  of  commerce  in  South  China  but  also  the  largest  city  in  all 
China.  Until  recent  times  it  was  the  largest  city  on  the  coasts 
of  the  Pacific,  and  the  center  of  commerce  of  Asia.  With  the 
development  of  China,  Canton  will  surely  resume  its  former 
importance,  Around  this  southern  metropolis  I  formulate  the 
third  program  as  follows  : 

I.     The  Improvement  of  Canton  as  a  World  Port. 
II.     The  Improvement  of  the  Waterway  System  of  Canton. 

III.  The  Construction  of  the  Southwestern  Railway  System 

of  China. 

IV.  The  Construction  of  Coast  Ports  and  Fishing  Harbors. 
V.     The  Establishment  of  Shipbuilding  Yards. 

PART     I. 
The  Improvement  of  Canton  as  a  World  Port 

Canton's  position  as  a  seaport  has  been  taken  away  by 
Hongkong  since  its  cession  to  England  after  the  Opium  War. 
But  as  a  commercial  center  of  South  China,  Canton  still  holds  its 
own,  despite  the  advantages  of  deep-water  harbor,  the  artificial 
improvements  of  Hongkong,  and  the  political  dominance  of 
England.  The  loss  of  its  position  as  a  seaport  is  entirely  due  to 
the  ignorance  of  the  Chinese  people  who  never  made  any  com- 
bined effort  to  improve  the  welfare  of  the  country,  and  also  to 
the  corrupt  government  and  officials  of  the   Manchu   dynasty. 

(    49    ) 


50  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

Since  the  establishment  of  the  Republic,  the  people  have  begun  to 
awake  very  rapidly  and  many  schemes  have  been  suggested  to 
make  Canton  a  seaport.  This  awakening  of  the  millions  of 
Chinese  has  caused  much  apprehension  to  the  Hongkong  Govern- 
ment. The  authorities  of  that  colony  have  been  doing  their 
utmost  to  hinder  every  move  to  restore  Canton  as  a  seaport  and 
try  to  nip  every  scheme  in  the  bud.  Of  course,  if  Canton  is 
improved  and  made  into  a  world  port,  then  all  the  services  that 
Hongkong  performs  for  her  as  a  shipping  stage  would  be 
dispensed  with  altogether.  But  a  developed  Canton  and  a 
prosperous  China  will  recompense  Hongkong  in  various  ways  a 
hundred  times  more  than  its  present  position  as  the  monopolized 
ocean  port  of  a  backward  and  poor  China.  Just  look  at  the  port 
of  Victoria  in  British  Columbia,  which  was  once  the  only  seaport 
of  West  Canada  as  well  as  the  Northwestern  region  of  the 
United  States,  but  it  prospered  very  little  then  with  an  undeveloped 
hinterland  despite  its  monopolistic  character.  Whereas  as  soon 
as  the  rival  ports  arose  Vancouver  on  its  own  side,  and  Seattle 
and  Tacoma  on  the  American  side,  all  within  the  same  distance 
as  Hongkong  is  to  Canton,  all  of  them  because  of  a  developed 
hinterland  prospered  wonderfully,  despite  the  keen  competition 
between  them  as  seaports.  Thus,  we  see  that  competitive  seaports 
like  Vancouver,  Seattle,  and  Tacoma  instead  of  killing  Victoria, 
as  was  once  supposed  by  shortsighted  people,  have  made  it  more 
prosperous  than  ever.  Then,  why  doubt  that  a  prosperous 
Canton  and  a  developed  China  would  not  give  the  same  result  to 
Hongkong?  This  is  but  a  natural  outcome.  Therefore,  there 
should  be  no  fear  that  a  prosperous  Canton  and  a  developed 
China  would  be  harmful  to  Hongkong  as  a  free  port.  So,  instead 
of  doing  the  utmost  as  hitherto  to  hinder  the  development  of 
Canton  as  a  seaport,  the  Hongkong  authorities  should  do  their 
utmost  to  encourage  such  a  project.  Besides,  the  development  of 
Canton  and  South  China  will  benefit  the  English  as  a  whole 
commercially  a  hundred  times  more  than  Hongkong  can  do  at 
present.     Although  the  local  authorities  of  that  crown  colony  do 


THE   IMPROVEMENT   OF   CANTON    AS   A   WORLD    TORT  5 1 

not  see  far  enough  to  realize  it,  however,  I  believe  that  the  great 
statesmen  and  captains  of  industries  in  the  now  mightiest  empire 
of  the  world  would  surely  see  it.  With  this  belief  in  my  mind  I 
feel  quite  safe  in  giving  publicity  to  the  scheme  of  my  interna- 
tional development  of  Canton  as  a  world  port  in  South  China. 

Canton  is  situated  at  the  head  of  the  Canton  Delta,  which  is 
formed  by  the  junction  of  three  rivers — the  Sikiang  or  West 
River,  the  Peikiang  or  North  River,  and  the  Tungkiang  or  East 
River.  The  area  of  this  delta  is  about  3,000  square  miles  and 
has  the  most  fertile  alluvial  soil  known  in  China.  The  land  yields 
three  crops  a  year — two  crops  of  rice  and  one  crop  of  other 
products  such  as  potatoes  or  beets.  In  silk  culture,  it  gives  eight 
crops  every  year.  The  most  delicious  fruits  of  many  varieties 
are  produced  in  this  delta.  This  is  the  most  thickly  populated 
district  of  all  China.  Within  this  delta  and  its  immediate 
neighborhood,  more  than  half  of  the  population  of  Kwangtung 
province  is  found.  This  is  the  reason  why,  despite  the  great 
productivity  of  this  fertile  delta,  large  quantities  of  foods  have  to 
be  supplied  by  the  surrounding  country  as  well  as  by  foreign 
imports.  Before  the  age  of  machinery  Canton  for  centuries  was 
well  known  as  an  industrial  center  of  Eastern  Asia.  The 
workmanship  and  handicraft  of  its  people  are  still  unequaled  in 
many  parts  of  the  world.  If  machinery  will  be  introduced  in  its 
industries  under  our  international  development  scheme,Canton  will 
soon  recover  its  former  grandeur  as  a  great  manufacturing  center. 

As  a  world  port,  Canton  is  in  a  most  advantageous  position. 
Being  situated  at  the  junction  of  three  navigable  rivers  and  at 
the  head  of  the  ocean  navigation  it  is  a  pivot  of  inland  water  as 
well  as  ocean  communication  in  South  China.  If  the  South- 
western railway  system  is  completed,  then  Canton  will  be  equal 
in  importance  to  the  two  great  ports  in  North  and  East  China,  in 
regard  to  transportation  facilities.  The  ocean  approach  of 
Canton  is  generally  deep  excepting  at  two  points  which  can  be 
easily  trained  and  dredged  to  enable  modern  liners  to  pass  in  and 
out  at  any  hour.     The  deep  water  line  of  the  ocean  reaches  up 


52  THI-    INTERNATIONAL   DKVKLOPM  KNT    OF    CHINA 

to  Lingting  Island,  where  the  depth  is  from  8  to  10  fathoms. 
Above  Lingting,  the  channel  gets  shallower  (about  3  or  4  fathoms) 
and  runs  about  15  miles  up  to  the  Fumen  Entrance.  From  this 
point  the  water  becomes  deep  again  (between  6  and  10  fathoms) 
right  up  to  the  Second  Bar — a  distance  of  20  miles.  At  the 
Second  Car,  the  water  is  about  18  to  20  feet  deep  for  only  a  few 
hundred  yards.  .After  crossing  the  Second  Bar,  the  water 
becomes  deep  again  for  a  distance  of  10  miles  averaging  about  30 
feet  deep  up  to  the  First  Bar  which  will  be  the  city  limit  of  our 
future  Canton. 

To  improve  the  Approach  to  Canton,  I  suggest  that  two 
submerged  training  walls  be  built  at  the  left  side  of  Canton 
Estuary  above  Lingting  Island — one  from  the  shore  to  the  head  of 
the  Kongsu  Bank,  and  another  from  the  end  of  the  same  bank  to 
the  head  of  the  Lingting  Bank.  The  first  training  wall  will  be 
3  to  4  feet  under  water  just  at  the  same  level  of  the  bank.  The 
second  wall  will  be  from  4  feet  at  one  end  to  16  feet  at  the 
other,  which  are  the  levels  of  the  respective  banks  which  it 
connects.  (See  (1)  (3)  Map  XL)  ft  will  cross  a  channel  of  24 
feet  deep  between  them.  These  two  walls  together  with  the 
four-foot  Kongsu  Bank  will  act  as  one  continuous  wall  and  will 
direct  the  undercurrent  which  now  runs  between  the  left  shore 
and  Lingting  Bank,  into  the  middle  part  of  the  estuary,  thus 
cutting  a  channel  between  the  bar  and  the  bank  of  the  same  name 
to  meet  the  deep  water  on  the  west  side  of  Lingting  Island.  On 
the  right  side  of  the  Canton  Estuary,  a  training  wall  should  be 
built  from  the  lower  part  of  Fraser  Bank  in  a  southeasterly 
direction  across  the  24-foot  channel  into  the  Lingting  Bar  ending 
at  the  east  edge  of  that  bar.  (See  (2)  Map  XL)  Thus,  with 
these  submerged  walls  on  both  sides  of  the  estuary  to  confine  the 
undercurrent  in  the  middle,  a  very  deep  channel  can  be  formed 
to  connect  with  the  Fumen  Entrance  at  one  end  and  the  Lingting 
trough  at  the  other  both  of  which  are  about  50  feet  deep  so  that 
a  thoroughfare  from  deep  sea  right  up  to  the  Second  Bar  of  the 
Pearl  River  will  be  created. 


S33     \ 


T2'' 


i  </ 


il 


:hs 


V,    8 


\ 

-.    v 


SJ.A--T 


M 


/$- 


Pi\dk. 


t\ 


\ 


Ik 


!(,•, 


%#.#/*' :5*^'"'\i* 


■■IV. 


lfr\ 


2.2- 


.  /§'■'    wif  \ 


,? 


/r   \  *■* 


'.    /? 


p  r 


/6 

/7 

/S 

U 

to 


\Z0;I7 


W. 


I*  ■■ 


:£/ 


3H 


«':/7 


,;  ■ 


/£ 


MAP  X 


*s 


THE    IMPROVEMENT   Of    CANTON    AS   A    WORLD   PORT  5 3 

These  submerged  sea  walls  taken  together  are  about  8  miles 
in  length  and  will  be  built  only  6  to  12  feet  from  the  bottom  of 
the  sea.  The  expenses  will  not  be  much  while  the  acceleration 
of  the  natural  reclamation  process  will  be  very  great.  Thus,  the 
lands  that  will  be  formed  on  both  sides  by  these  walls  will  far 
more  than  repay  the  expenses  of  the  work  of  building  these  walls. 

To  regulate  the  Approach  of  Canton,  in  that  part  of  the 
Pearl  River  from  the  Fumen  Entrance  to  Whampoa,  J  suggest 
that  the  East  River  Estuaries  be  concentrated  in  a  single  outlet 
by  using  the  uppermost  channel  which  joins  the  Pearl  River  at 
the  lower  point  of  Davids  Islands.  The  other  outlets  of  the  East 
River,  which  joins  the  Pearl  River  below  the  Second  Bar,  should 
be  closed  up  by  dams  built  to  the  height  of  the  normal  water 
level  so  as  to  permit  them  to  serve  as  flood  channels  in  the  rainy 
season.  By  concentrating  the  whole  volume  of  water  of  the  East 
River  above  the  Second  Bar,  a  stronger  current  could  be  obtained 
to  flush  the  upper  part  of  this  section  of  the  river. 

In  the  training  works  of  this  section,  I  propose  that  several 
jetties  should  be  built  as  follows:  First,  a  jetty  from  Elliot  Island 
at  point  (A)  to  the  farther  side  of  Calcutta  Shoal  opposite  the 
lower  point  of  Parker  Island.  This  will  block  the  current 
between  Elliot  Island  and  Calcutta  Shoal  and  divert  it  into  the 
present  36- foot  channel  thus  making  it  deeper  by  its  natural  force. 
Second,  another  jetty  from  Bolton  Island,  at  point  (B)  to  mid- 
stream terminating  at  the  lower  side  of  the  Second  Bar,  on  the 
right  side  of  the  river.  Third,  a  jetty  from  the  lower  point  of 
Pattinger  Island  at  (C)  to  midstream  terminating  at  the  lower 
side  of  the  same  bar  on  the  left  side  of  the  river.  Thus  the 
Second  Bar  would  be  flushed  by  the  concentrated  current  created 
by  these  two  jetties.  The  shallow  bottom  above  these  jetties 
should  be  dredged  to  the  required  depth.  Jf  a  rocky  bottom  is 
found  at  this  bar  it  should  be  blasted  and  removed,  so  as  to  give 
a  uniform  depth  to  the  whole  approach.  Fourth,  the  channel 
between  the  right  bank  of  the  river  and  Bolton  Island  should  be 
blocked  up  at  (D).     Fifth,  a  jetty  from  Pattinger  Island  at  (E) 


54  Till-:    IXTURXATIOX.U.    DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

to  the  head  of  the  Second  Bar  Bank  in  midstream  so  as  to 
cut  off  the  current  at  the  left  side  of  the  river  and  to  increase 
the  velocity  in  the  middle  channel.  Sixth,  a  jetty  from  the 
right  shore  at  (F)  about  midway  between  Danes  Island  and  the 
Second  Car,  should  be  built  to  the  head  of  the  Midstream  Shoal  so 
as  to  cut  off  the  current  at  the  right  side  of  the  river.  And 
seventh,  another  jetty  from  the  lower  point  of  Davids  Island  at 
(G)  to  midstream  opposite  to  the  end  of  jetty  (F).  Jetties  (G) 
and  (F)  will  concentrate  the  current  of  the  upper  Pearl  River 
while  at  the  same  time  Jetty  (G)  will  also  turn  the  East  River 
current  into  the  same  direction  as  that  of  the  Pearl  River.  (See 
Map  XI L) 

I  \y  these  seven  jetties,  the  current  between  Whampoa  and 
Fumen  could  be  controlled  and  the  bottom  of  the  river  flushed  to  a 
depth  of  40  feet  or  more,  thus  creating  a  thoroughfare  for  ocean- 
going steamers  from  the  open  sea  right  up  to  the  city  of  Canton. 
These  jetties  taken  together  will  be  not  more  than  5  miles  in 
length  and  mostly  in  very  shallow  water.  After  the  building  of 
these  jetties,  land  will  be  rapidly  formed  between  jetties  along 
both  sides  of  the  channel  by  natural  process.  The  reclaimed  land 
alone  will  be  quite  enough  to  pay  the  expenses  of  constructing 
these  jetties,  aside  from  the  fact  that  the  main  object  of  regulat- 
ing the  river  and  opening  up  a  deep  channel  for  ocean  transporta- 
tion will  have  been  realized. 

Having  dealt  with  the  approach  to  Canton,  we  may  now  take 
up  the  improvement  of  Canton  City  itself  as  a  world  port.  The 
harbor  limit  of  Canton  will  be  at  the  First  Bar.  From  there,  the 
harbor  will  follow  the  deep  water  of  Cambridge  Reach  and  the 
water  between  Whampoa  and  Danes  Island  into  American  Reach. 
this  point  it  will  cut  through  Actaeon  Island  to  the  south  of 
Honam  Island  and  follow  the  Elliot  Passage  to  Mariners  Island. 
From  Mariners  Island  following  the  Fatshan  Creek,  a  straight 
channel  should  be  cut  in  a  southwesterly  direction  to  the  Tamchow 
Channel.  Thus,  a  new  waterway  will  be  made  from  the  First 
Bar  to  Tamchow  Channel,  a  distance  of  about  25  miles.     This 


1  Elliot 1.  vX  WkW 
Z  Bolton  I .  »•&  tJ/ 
3  Calcutta  Shoal /jaaSmfc 

ArMidstreamSho&l  +  $l# 


^ 

^ 

1*1 

^ 

Sfe 

£ 

ft 

f-^ 

*> 

"»4 

£ 

ft 

§ 

3L 

ft* 

5» 

ft 

s. 

#    >f    ^    -r    $  3 

jB§»   M    Hffl    1    %*  ■$ 

&   is    U   >*    «  2 

#*            *    K     $  & 

Ifi-r    -HW     -£  > 

(Sf  (SI 


the;  improvement  of  canton  as  a  world  port         55 

waterway  will  be  the  main  outlet  of  the  North  River  as  well  as  a 
thoroughfare  for  the  West  River,  and  will  also  serve  as  the  harbor 
of  Canton.  By  conveying  all  the  water  of  the  Xorth  River  and  a 
part  of  that  of  the  West  River  through  this  waterway,  the  current 
will  be  strong  enough  to  flush  the  harbor  to  a  depth  of  40  feet  or 
more.     (See  Map  XIII.) 

The  new  city  of  Canton  will  be  extended  from  Whampoa  to 
Fatshan,  separated  by  the  Macao  Fort  and  Shameen  Reaches. 
The  section  that  lies  east  of  this  water  should  be  developed  into 
commercial  quarters  and  that  west  of  it  into  factory  quarters. 
The  factory  section  should  be  transected  by  canals  connecting 
with  the  Fati  and  Fatshan  creeks  so  as  to  give  cheap  transporta- 
tion facilities  to  every  factory.  In  the  commercial  section,  tidal 
wharves  with  modern  plants  and  warehouses  should  be  provided. 
A  bund  should  be  built  from  the  First  Bar  Island  along  the  north 
side  of  the  new  waterway,  the  west  side  of  Honam  to  connect  with 
the  bund  of  Shameen,  and  the  northwestern  side  of  Canton  city. 
Another  bund  should  be  built  from  above  Fati  along  the  east  side 
of  Fati  Island  to  Mariners  Island  thence  turning  southwest  along 
the  left  bank  of  the  new  waterway.  The  Front  Reach,  that  is, 
the  river  between  the  present  Canton  city  and  Honam  Island 
should  be  rilled  up  from  the  upper  point  of  Honam  to  Whampoa 
for  city  building. 

In  regard  to  the  question  of  remuneration,  the  development 
of  Canton  as  a  world  port  will  be  the  most  profitable  undertaking 
of  the  kind  in  the  International  Development  Scheme.  Because, 
besides  its  commanding  position  as  a  commercial  metropolis  and 
its  possession  of  advantageous  facilities  as  a  manufacturing  center 
of  South  China,  a  modern  residential  city  is  in  great  demand  in 
this  part  of  the  country.  The  well-to-do  people  and  merchants  of 
this  rich  delta  as  well  as  those  retired  Chinese  merchants  and 
millionaires  abroad  all  over  the  world  are  very  eager  to  spend 
their  remaining  days  at  home.  But  owing  to  the  lack  of  modern 
conveniences  and  comforts  they  reluctantly  remain  in  foreign 
countries.     Thus  to  build  a  new  city  with  modern  equipments  for 


56  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT    OF    CHINA 

residential  purposes  alone,  in  Canton,  would  pay  splendidly.  The 
land  outside  of  Canton  is  at  present  about  200  dollars  a  mow.  If 
the  land  marked  off  for  the  future  city  of  Canton  should  be  taken 
up  by  the  State  on  the  same  basis  as  elsewhere  in  this  International 
Development  Scheme,  immediately  after  the  streets  are  laid  out 
and  improvements  made,  the  price  of  land  would  rise  from  ten  to 
fifty  times  its  original  value. 

The  landscape  of  the  environment  of  Canton  is  exceptionally 
beautiful  and  charming.  It  is  an  ideal  place  for  planning  a 
garden  city  with  attractive  parks.  The  location  of  the  city  of 
Canton  resembles  that  of  Nanking  but  is  of  greater  magnitude 
and  beauty.  It  possesses  three  natural  elements — deep  water, 
high  mountains,  and  vast  extent  of  level  land  which  furnish 
facilities  for  an  industrial  and  commercial  center  and  provide  as 
well  natural  scenery  for  the  enjoyment  of  men.  The  beautiful 
valleys  and  hills  of  the  northern  shore  of  the  Pearl  River  could 
be  laid  out  for  ideal  winter  resorts  and  the  high  mountain  tops 
could  be  utilized  for  summer  resorts. 

Within  the  city  limits  at  the  northwest  corner,  a  rich  coal 
field  has  been  found.  When  the  coal  is  mined  and  modern  plants 
for  generating  electricity  and  producing  gas  are  provided,  then 
cheap  electricity  and  gas  could  be  had  for  transportation,  for 
manufacturing,  for  lighting,  heating,  and  cooking  purposes.  And 
so  the  present  wasteful  methods  of  transportation,  and  expensive 
fuels  for  manufacturing  and  cooking  for  the  populous  city  of 
Canton  can  be  done  away  with  entirely.  Thus  great  economic 
wonders  could  be  wrought  by  such  improvements.  The  present 
population  of  Canton  is  over  a  million  and  if  our  development 
plan  is  carried  out,  this  city  would  grow  in  leaps  and  bounds 
within  a  very  short  time.  The  population  will  become  greater 
than  any  other  city  and  the  profit  of  our  undertaking  will  become 
correspondingly  large. 

PART     If. 

The  Improvement  of  the  Waterway  System  of  Canton 

The  most  important  waterway  system  in  South  China  is  the 
Canton   system.       Ilesides   this    the    others    are    not    of    much 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  OE  THE  WATERWAY  SYSTEM  OF  CANTON    $7 

importance  and  will  be  dealt  with  else-where  with  their  ports. 
In  dealing  with  the  Canton  system  of  waterways,  ]  have  to  divide 
it  as  follows : 

a.  The  Canton  Delta. 

b.  The  West  River. 

c.  The  North  River. 

d.  The  East  River. 

a.     The  Canton  Delta 

To  improve  the  Canton  Delta  we  have  to  consider  the 
proposition  from  three  points  of  view:  First,  the  problem  of 
flood  prevention ;  second,  the  problem  of  navigation ;  and  third, 
the  problem  of  reclamation.  Each  of  these  problems  affects  the 
others  so  the  solution  of  one  will  help  that  of  the  others. 

First,  the  problem  of  flood  prevention.  The  frequent 
repetition  of  floods  in  recent  years  has  wrought  great  disasters  to 
the  people  in  the  neighborhood  of  Canton.  It  has  destroyed  lives 
by  the  thousands  and  property  by  the  millions.  The  part  which 
suffers  most  is  the  country  between  Canton  and  Lupao,  lying 
just  immediately  north  of  the  Canton  Delta.  This  fatal  spot  is 
I  think,  created  by  the  silting  up  of  the  main  outlet  of  the  North 
River  immediately  below  Sainam.  On  account  of  this,  the  North 
River  has  to  find  its  outlets  through  the  West  River  by  the  short 
canal  at  Samshui  and  through  two  small  streams  one  from 
Sainam,  and  another  from  Lupao.  The  former  runs  in  a 
northeasterly  direction  and  the  latter  in  a  southeasterly  direction 
and  they  join  at  Kuanyao.  From  this  point,  the  river  takes  a 
northeasterly  course  as  far  as  Kumli,  thence,  turning  southeast, 
passes  the  west  suburb  of  Canton.  Since  the  North  River  is 
silted  up  below  Sainam,  its  channel  above  that  spot  is  also 
getting  shallower  every  year.  At  present  the  river  above 
Samshui  city  is  only  about  four  or  five  feet  deep.  When  the 
North  River  rises  its  water  generally  finds  its  way  into  the  West 
River  through  the  Kongkun  Canal.    But  if  the  West  River  should 


58  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

rise  at  the  same  time,  then  there  would  be  no  outlet  for  the  North 
River  and  its  water  would  accumulate  until  it  overflows  its  dikes 
above  and  below  Lupao.  This  would  naturally  cause  the  dikes 
to  break  at  some  point  and  allow  the  water  to  rush  out  and  flood 
the  whole  country  that  is  meant  to  be  protected  by  these  dikes. 
The  remedy  for  the  North  River  is  to  reopen  the  main  outlet 
below  Sainam  and  have  the  whole  channel  dredged  deep  from 
Tsingyuen  to  the  sea.  Fortunately,  in  our  improvement  of  the 
navigation  of  the  Canton  Delta,  we  have  to  do  the  same  thing;  so 
this  one  work  will  serve  two  purposes. 

The  remedy  for  the  West  River  is  that  the  shallow  part  just 
at  its  junction  with  the  sea  between  Wangkum  and  Sanchoo 
Islands  should  be  trained  by  walls  on  both  sides — a  long  one  on 
the  left,  and  a  short  one  on  the  right — so  as  to  concentrate  the 
current  to  cut  the  river  bed  here  to  a  depth  of  twenty  feet  or 
more.  In  this  way,  a  uniform  depth  is  secured,  for  after  passing 
the  Moto  Entrance  the  West  River  has  an  average  depth  of 
20  to  30  feet  right  along  its  whole  course  through  this 
delta.  With  a  uniform  depth  all  the  way  to  the  sea,  the 
undercurrent  will  run  quicker  and  drain  off  the  flood  water  more 
rapidly.  Besides  the  deepening  process,  both  shores  should  be 
regulated  so  as  to  give  a  uniform  width  to  the  channel. 
Midstream  shoals  and  islands  should  be  removed. 

The  East  River  Valley  does  not  suffer  so  severely  from 
floods  as  those  of  the  other  two  rivers,  the  West  and  the  North, 
and  its  remedy  will  be  provided  in  the  regulation  of  the  river  for 
navigation.     This  will  be  dealt  with  in  that  connection. 

Second,  the  problem  of  navigation  in  the  Canton  Delta  in 
connection  with  the  three  rivers.  In  dealing  with  this  question 
we  commence  with  the  West  River.  In  former  days  the  traffic 
between  the  West  River  Valley  and  Canton  always  passed 
through  Fatshan  and  Samshui,  a  distance  of  about  35  miles.  But 
since  the  silting  up  of  the  Fatshan  Channel  below  Sainam,  the 
traffic  has  to  take  a  great  detour  by  descending  the  Pearl  River 
southeastward  as  far  as  Fumen,  then  turn  northwest  into  the 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  OE  THE  WATERWAY  SYSTEM  01'  CANTON    59 

Shawan  Channel,  then  southeast  into  the  Tamchow  Channel,  and 
then  west  into  the  Tailiang  Channel  and  south  into  the  Junction 
Channel  and  Mailing  Reach.  Here  it  enters  into  the  West  River 
and  runs  a  northwesterly  direction  up  to  Samshui  Junction  on 
this  river.  The  whole  journey  covers  a  distance  of  about  95 
miles,  which  compared  with  the  old  route  is  longer  by  60  miles. 
The  traffic  between  Canton  and  the  West  River  Valley  is  very 
great.  At  present  there  are  many  thousands  of  steam  launches 
plying  between  Canton  city  and  the  outlying  districts,  and  more 
than  half  of  that  number  are  carrying  traffic  to  and  fro  on  the 
West  River.  Every  boat  has  to  run  95  miles  on  each  trip  whereas 
if  the  channel  between  Samshui  and  Canton  is  improved,  the 
distance  would  be  only  35  miles.     What  a  great  saving  it  will  be ! 

In  our  project  to  improve  the  Canton  Approach  and  Harbor, 
I  suggested  the  draining  of  a  deep  channel  from  the  sea  to 
Whampoa  and  from  W'hampoa  to  Tamchow  Channel.  W'e  now 
have  to  prolong  this  channel  from  its  Tamchow  Junction  up  to 
Samshui  Junction  on  the  West  River.  This  channel  should  be 
made  at  least  20  feet  deep  so  as  to  join  the  deeper  water  of  the 
West  River  above  the  Samshui  Junction.  And  the  same  depth 
should  be  maintained  in  the  North  River  itself  some  distance 
above  Samshui,  so  as  to  give  facility  for  the  navigation  of  larger 
vessels  up  the  river  when  the  whole  wraterway  is  improved. 

To  improve  the  East  River  for  navigation  in  the  Canton 
Delta  we  should  concentrate  the  current  of  its  estuaries  into  one 
single  outlet  by  using  the  right  channel  which  joins  the  Pearl 
River  at  Davids  Island,  thus  deepening  the  channel  as  well  as 
shortening  the  distance  between  Canton  and  the  East  River 
districts  when  the  upper  part  of  the  river  is  improved. 

Another  improvement  in  the  Canton  Delta  for  navigation  is 
the  opening  of  a  straight  canal  between  Canton  city  and 
Kongmoon  so  as  to  shorten  the  passage  of  the  heavy  traffic 
between  this  metropolis  and  the  Szeyap  districts.  This  canal 
should  begin  by  straightening  the  Chanchun  Creek  south  of 
Canton  as  far  as  Tsznai.     Then  crossing  the  Tamchow  Channel 


60  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT    OE    CHINA 

it  should  enter  into  the  Shuntuck  Creek  and  follow  this  creek  to 
it?  end  emerging  into  the  Shuntuck  Branch  at  right  angles. 
From  there,  a  new  canal  must  be  cut  straight  to  the  turn  of  the 
Tailiang  Channel  near  Yungki,  then  the  canal  should  follow  this 
channel  through  Yellow  Reach  as  far  as  the  Junction  Bend. 
Here  another  new  canal  must  be  cut  through  to  the  Hoichow 
Creek,  then  it  should  follow  Kuchan  Channel  to  the  main  channel 
of  the  West  River,  and  crossing  it  enter  into  the  Kongmoon 
Branch.  Thus,  a  straight  canal  can  be  formed  between  Canton 
and  Kongmoon.  In  order  to  understand  the  improvement  of  the 
Canton  Delta  more  clearly  see  Maps  XIV  and  XV. 

Third,  the  problem  of  reclamation.     A  very  profitable  under- 
taking in  the  Canton  Delta  is  the  reclamation  of  new  land.     This 
process  has  been  going  on  for  centuries.      Many  thousands  of 
acres  of  new  land  are  thus  being  added  to  cultivation  from  year 
to  year.     But  hitherto  all  the  reclamation  has  been  effected  by 
private  enterprise  only,  and  there  are  no  regulations  for  it.     So 
s<  'inetimes  this  private  enterprise  causes  great  detriment  to  public 
welfare  such  as  blocking  up  navigable  channels  and  causing  floods. 
A   glaring   case   is  the  reclamation   work  just  above  the  Moto 
Islands,  which  blocks  more  than  half  of  the  Main  Channel  of  the 
West  River.     In  the  regulation  of  the  West  River,  I  propose  to 
cut  this  new  land  away.     In  order  to  protect  the  public  welfare, 
the  reclamation  work  in  this  Delta  must  be  taken  up  by  the  State 
and  the  profits  must  go  to  defray  the  expenses  of  improving  this 
waterway  system  for  navigation,  as  well  as  for  the  prevention  of 
floods.     At  present,  the  area  that  can  be  gradually  reclaimed  is 
large  in  extent.     On  the  left  side  of  the  Canton  Estuary,  the 
available  area  is  about  40  square  miles,  and  on  the  right  side, 
>ut    140  square  miles.     On  the  estuaries  of  the  West  River 
from   Macao  to   Tongkvva  Island,  there  is  an  available  area  of 
about  200  square  miles.     Of  the  three  hundred  eighty  square  miles, 
about  one  fourth  would  be  ready  for  reclamation  within  the  next 
ten  years.    That  is  to  say  about  95  square  miles  could  be  reclaimed 
and   put  to  cultivation   within  a  decade.      As  one  square   mile 


H 


MAP  XN 


~\  Kuei?iyao 


^      s 


AumH 


A  Canton 


^SaiflCLTF 


Qm^ 


;«ss^~ 


p»jM 


MB 


^ 


*» 


\K^2;  ^lyl'i^ 


^ 


\ 


'\?etnc&oo  .   *        r? 


'  %*   Or,  H£Mkon3 


E^V 
^ 


r  * 


b 


H      ~ci¥* 


n  *t  is  x  *  &  at  ig  - 

ft  2  3?  Bt  *  W  7k 


£+1 


MAP  XV 


l>   jfsamsfi 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  OF  THE  WATERWAY  SYSTEM  OF  CANTON    6l 

contains  640  acres  and  one  acre  six  mow,  so  95  square  miles  will 
be  equal  to  364,800  mow.  As  cultivated  land  in  this  part  of  China 
generally  costs  more  than  fifty  dollars  a  mow,  so,  if  fifty  dollars 
be  taken  as  the  average  rate,  the  value  of  these  364,800  mow 
would  amount  to  $18,240,000.  This  will  help  a  great  deal  to 
defray  the  expenses  of  improving  the  waterway  for  navigation 
and  for  preventing  floods  in  this  Delta. 

b.     The  West  River 

The  West  River  is  at  present  navigable  for  comparatively 
large  river  steamers  up  to  Wuchow,  a  distance  of  220  miles  by 
water  from  Canton,  and  for  small  steamers  up  to  Narming,  a 
distance  of  500  miles  from  Canton,  at  all  seasons.  As  for  small 
crafts,  the  West  River  is  navigable  in  most  of  its  branches,  west 
to  the  Yunnan  frontier,  north  to  Kweichow,  northeast  to  Hunan 
and  the  Yangtze  Valley  by  the  Shingan  Canal. 

In  improving  the  West  River  for  navigation  I  shall  divide 
the  work  into  subsections  as  follows : 

(1)  From  Samshui  to  Wuchow. 

(2)  From  Wuchow  to  the  junction  of  the  Liukiang. 

(3)  Kweikiang  or  the  North  Branch  of  the  West  River 

from  Wuchow  to  Kweilin  and  beyond. 

(4)  The  South  Branch  from  Shunchow  to  .Vanning. 

(1)  From  Samshui  to  Wuchow.  This  part  of  the  West 
River  is  generally  deep  and  does  not  need  much  improvement  for 
vessels  up  to  ten-foot  draught  excepting  at  a  few  points.  The 
midstream  rocks  should  be  blasted  and  removed  and  sand  banks 
and  dilating  parts  should  be  regulated  by  submerged  dikes  to 
secure  a  uniform  channel  and  to  make  the  velocity  of  the  current 
even,  so  that  a  stable  fairway  could  be  maintained  all  the  year 
round.  The  traffic  of  this  river  would  be  sufficiently  great  to  pay 
for  all  the  improvements  which  we  propose  to  make. 

(2)  From  Wuchow  to  the  Junction  of  the  Liukiang.  At  this 
junction,  a  river  port  should  be  built  to  connect  the  deep  naviga- 


62  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OE   CHINA 

tion  from  the  sea  and  the  shallow  navigation  of  Hungshui  Kiang 
and  the  Liukiang  which  penetrate  the  rich  mineral  districts  of 
Northwest  Kwangsi  and  Southwest  Kweichow.  This  port  will 
be  about  fifty  miles  from  Shunchow  which  is  the  junction  of  the 
Manning  branch  of  the  river.  So  here  we  have  only  to  improve 
a  distance  of  fifty  miles,  for  the  improvement  of  the  river 
between  Shunchow  and  Wuchow  will  be  included  in  the  plan  for 
the  X aiming  Port.  Dams  and  locks  would  be  necessary  to  make 
this  part  of  the  river  navigable  for  ten-foot  draught  vessels.  But 
these  dams  at  the  same  time  would  serve  the  purpose  of  producing 
water  power. 

(3)  Kweikiang  or  the  North  Branch  of  the  West  River 
from  Wuchow  to  Kweilin  and  beyond.  As  Kweikiang  is 
-mailer,  shallower  and  has  more  rapids  along  its  course,  so 
its  improvement  will  be  more  difficult  than  that  of  the  other 
parts  of  the  waterway.  But  this  will  be  a  very  profitable 
proposition  in  this  Southern  waterway  project,  for  this  river 
not  only  serves  the  purpose  of  transportation  in  this  rich 
territory  but  will  also  serve  as  a  passage  for  through  traffic 
between  the  Yangtze  and  the  West  River  valleys.  The 
improvement  should  commence  from  the  junction  at  Wuchow 
up  to  Kweilin,  and  thence  upward  to  the  Shingan  Canal,  then 
downward  to  the  Shang  River,  and  thereby  connecting  with 
the  Yangtze  River.  A  series  of  dams  and  locks  should  be 
built  for  vessels  to  ascend  to  the  inter-watershed  canal  and 
another  series  should  descend  on  the  other  side.  The  expenses 
of  building  these  two  series  of  dams  and  locks  could  not  be 
estimated  until  accurate  surveys  are  made.  But  I  am  sure  this 
project  will  be  a  paying  one. 

(4)  From  Shanchow  to  Xanning.  This  portion  of  the 
Vuhkiang  is  navigable  for  small  steamers  up  to  Xanning,  the 
center  of  commerce  in  South  Kwangsi.  From  Nanning  small 
crafts  can  navigate  through  the  Yuhkiang  as  far  as  the  east 
border  of  Yunnan,  and  through  Tsokiang  as  far  as  the  north 
border   of   Tongking.      Jf   this    waterway   be   improved   up   to 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  OE  THE  WATERWAY  SYSTEM  OE  CANTON    63 

Nanning,  then  it  would  be  the  nearest  deep  river  port  for  the 
rich  mineral  districts  of  the  whole  southwest  corner  of  China, 
which  includes  the  whole  province  of  Yunnan,  a  greater  part  of 
Kweichow  and  half  of  Kwangsi.  The  immediate  neighborhood 
of  Nanning  is  also  very  rich  in  minerals,  such  as  antimony,  tin, 
iron,  coal  and  also  in  agricultural  products.  So  to  make 
Nanning  the  head  of  a  deep  water  communication  system  will  be 
a  paying  proposition.  To  improve  the  waterway  up  to  Nanning, 
a  few  dams  and  locks  along  its  course  will  have  to  be  built  for 
vessels  of  ten-foot  draught  to  go  up  as  well  as  for  water  power. 
The  expense  for  this  work  cannot  be  estimated  without  detailed 
surveys  but  it  would  probably  be  much  less  than  the  improvement 
of  Kweikiang  from  Wuchow  to  the  Shingan  Canal. 

c.     The  North  River 

The  North  River  from  Samshui  to  Shiuchow  is  about  140 
miles  long.  The  greater  part  of  its  course  is  confined  in  the  hilly 
districts,  but  after  it  emerges  out  of  the  Tsingyuen  Gorge  it 
comes  into  a  wide,  open  country,  which  connects  with  the  plain 
of  Canton.  Here  the  dangerous  floods  occur  most  often.  Since 
the  silting  up  of  its  proper  outlet  below  Sainam,  the  North  River 
from  that  point  up  to  the  gorge  has  become  shallower  every  year, 
so  the  dikes  at  the  left  side,  that  is,  on  the  side  of  the  plain,  often 
break  thus  causing  the  inundation  of  the  whole  plain  above 
Canton.  Thus  the  regulation  of  the  river  at  this  part  has  two 
aspects  to  be  considered:  First,  the  prevention  of  floods  and 
second,  the  improvement  for  navigation.  In  dealing  with  the 
first  aspect  nothing  could  be  better  than  deepening  the  river  by 
dredging.  In  the  improvement  of  the  Canton  Approach  and 
Harbor  and  also  of  the  Canton  Delta,  we  have  to  cut  a  deep 
channel  right  from  the  deep  sea  up  to  Sainam.  In  the  improve- 
ment of  the  lower  part  of  the  North  River,  we  have  simply  to 
continue  the  cutting  process  higher  up  until  we  have  a  deep 
channel,  say  15  to  20  feet  as  far  as  the  Tsingyuen  Gorge, 
either  by  artificial  or  natural  means.     By  this  deepening  of  the 


64  Till-:    INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

bottom  of  the  river,  the  present  height  of  the  dikes  will  be  quite 
enough  to  protect  the  plains  from  being  flooded. 

In  dealing  with  the  second  aspect,  as  we  have  already 
deepened  the  part  of  the  river  from  Sainam  to  the  Tsingyuen 
Gorge  for  flood  prevention,  we  have  at  the  same  time  solved  the 
navigation  question.  It  has  now  only  the  upper  part  to  be  dealt 
with.  I  propose  to  make  this  river  navigable  up  to  Shiuchow, 
the  center  of  commerce  as  well  as  the  center  of  the  coal  and  iron 
fields  of  Northern  Kwangtung.  To  improve  the  part  above  the 
gorge  for  navigation,  dams  and  locks  should  be  built  in  one  or 
two  places  before  a  ten-foot  draught  vessel  can  ascend  up  to  that 
point.  Although  this  river  is  parallel  with  the  Hankow-Canton 
Railway,  yet  if  the  coal  and  iron  fields  of  Shiuchow  are  properly 
developed,  a  deep  waterway  will  still  be  needed  for  cheap 
transportation  of  such  heavy  freight  as  iron  and  coal  to  the  coast. 
So  to  build  dams  for  water  power  and  to  construct  locks  for 
navigation  in  this  river  will  be  a  profitable  undertaking  as  well  as 
a  necessary  condition  for  the  development  of  this  part  of  the 
country. 

d.     The  East  River 

The  East  River  is  navigable  for  shallow  crafts  up  to  Laolung 
Sze,  a  distance  of  about  170  miles  from  the  estuary  at  the  lower 
point  of  Davids  Island  near  Whampoa.  Along  its  upper  course, 
rich  iron  and  coal  deposits  are  found.  Iron  has  been  mined  here 
since  time  immemorial.  At  present  most  of  the  utensils  used  in 
this  province  are  manufactured  from  the  iron  mined.  So  to  make 
a  deep  navigable  waterway  up  to  these  iron  and  coal  fields  will  be 
most  remunerative. 

To  improve  the  East  River  for  navigation  as  well  as  for 
flood  prevention,  I  propose  to  start  the  work  at  the  lower  point 
of  Davids  Island  as  stated  in  the  improvement  of  the  Canton 
Approach.  From  here,  a  deep  channel  should  be  dredged  up  to 
Suntang,  and  a  mile  above  that  point  a  new  channel  should  be 
opened  in  the  direction  of  Tungkun  city,  by  connecting  the  various 


THE   SOUTHWESTERN    RAILWAY   SYSTEM  65 

arms  of  water  between  these  two  places  and  joining  the  left 
branch  of  the  East  River  immediately  above  Tungkun  city.  All 
other  channels  leading  from  this  new  channel  to  the  Pearl  River 
should  be  closed  up  to  normal  water  level  so  as  to  make  these 
closed-up  channels  serve  as  flood  outlets  in  rainy  seasons.  Thus 
by  blocking  up  the  rest  of  the  estuaries  of  the  East  River,  all  the 
water  would  form  one  strong  current  which  will  dredge  the  river 
bottom  deeper,  and  maintain  the  depth  permanently.  The  body 
of  the  river  should  be  trained  to  a  uniform  width  right  along  its 
course  up  to  tidal  point,  and  above  this  point,  the  river  should  be 
narrowed  in  proportion  to  its  volume  of  water.  Thus  the  whole 
river  would  dredge  itself  deep  far  up  above  Waichow  city.  The 
railway  bridge  at  the  south  side  of  Shelung  should  be  made  a 
turning  bridge  so  as  to  permit  large  steamers  to  pass  through  it. 
Some  sharp  turns  of  the  river  should  be  reduced  to  gentle  curves 
and  midstream  obstacles  should  be  removed.  The  portion  of 
the  river  above  Waichow  should  be  provided  with  dams  and  locks 
so  as  to  enable  ten-foot  draught  vessels  to  ascend  as  near  as 
possible  to  the  iron  and  coal  fields  in  the  valley. 

PART    in. 

The  Construction  of  the  Southwestern  Railway- 
System  of  China 

The  southwestern  part  of  China  comprises  Szechwan,  the 
largest  and  richest  province  of  China  Proper,  Yunnan,  the  second 
largest  province,  Kwangsi  and  Kweichow  which  are  rich  in 
mineral  resources,  and  a  part  of  Hunan  and  Kwangtung.  It  has 
an  area  of  600,000  square  miles,  and  a  population  of  over 
100,000,000.  This  large  and  populous  part  of  China  is  almost 
untouched  by  railways,  except  a  French  line  of  narrow  gauge 
from  Laokay  to  Yunnanfu,   covering  a  distance  of  290  miles. 

There  are  great  possibilities  for  railway  development  in  this 
part  of  the  country.  A  network  of  lines  should  radiate  fan-like 
from  Canton  as  pivot  to  connect  every  important  city  and  rich 


66  THE  INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

mineral  field  with  the  Great  Southern  Port.  The  construction 
of  railways  in  this  part  of  China  is  not  only  needed  for  the 
development  of  Canton  but  also  is  essential  for  the  prosperity  of 
all  the  southwestern  provinces.  With  the  construction  of  railways 
rich  mines  of  various  kinds  could  be  developed  and  cities  and 
towns  could  be  built  along  the  lines.  Developed  lands  are  still 
very  cheap  and  undeveloped  lands  and  those  with  mining 
possibilities  cost  almost  next  to  nothing  even  though  not  state 
owned.  So  if  all  the  future  city  sites  and  mining  lands  be  taken 
up  by  the  government  before  railway  construction  is  started,  the 
profit  would  be  enormous.  Thus  no  matter  how  large  a  sum  is 
invested  in  railway  construction,  the  payment  of  its  interest  and 
principal  will  be  assured.  Besides,  the  development  of  Canton 
as  a  world  port  is  entirely  dependent  upon  this  system  of  railways. 
If  there  be  no  such  network  of  railways  traversing  the  length 
and  breadth  of  the  southwestern  section  of  China,  Canton  could 
not  be  developed  up  to  our  expectations. 

The  southwestern  section  of  China  is  very  mountainous, 
except  the  Canton  and  Chengtu  plains,  which  have  an  area  of 
from  3,000  to  4,000  square  miles  each.  The  rest  of  the  country 
is  made  up  almost  entirely  of  hills  and  valleys  with  more  or  less 
open  space  here  and  there.  The  mountains  in  the  eastern  part 
of  this  section  are  seldom  over  3,000  feet  high  but  those  near  the 
Tibetan  frontier  generally  have  an  altitude  of  10,000  feet  or  more. 
The  engineering  difficulties  in  building  these  railways  are  much 
greater  than  those  of  the  northwestern  plain.  Many  tunnels  and 
loops  will  have  to  be  constructed  and  so  the  construction 
costs  of  the  railway  per  mile  will  be  greater  than  in  other  parts 
of  China. 

With  Canton  as  the  terminus  of  this  system  of  railroads,  1 
] propose  that  the  following  lines  be  constructed  : 

a.  The  Canton-Chungking  line  via  Hunan. 

b.  The  Canton-Chungking  line  via  Hunan  and  Kweichow. 

c.  The  Canton-Chcngtu  line  via  Kweilin  and  Luchow. 


THE   SOUTHWESTERN   RAILWAY    SYSTEM  67 

d.  The  Canton-Chengtu  line  via  Wuchow  and  Suifu. 

e.  The  Canton-Vunnanfu-Tali-Tengyueh  line  ending  at  the 
Burma  border. 

f.  The  Canton-Szemao  line. 

g.  The  Canton- Yamchow  line  ending  at  Tunghing,  on  the 
Annam  border. 

a.     The  Canton-Chungking  Line  via  Hunan 

This  line  will  start  from  Canton  and  follow  the  same 
direction  as  the  Canton-Hankow  line  as  far  as  the  junction  of  the 
Linkiang  with  the  North  River.  From  that  point  the  railroad  turns 
into  the  valley  of  Linkiang,  and  follows  the  course  of  the  river 
upward  above  the  city  of  Linchow.  There  it  crosses  the  watershed 
between  the  Linkiang  and  the  Taokiang  and  proceeds  to  Taochow, 
Hunan.  Thence  it  follows  the  Taokiang  to  Yungchow,  Paoking, 
Sinhwa,  and  Shenchow,  and  up  to  Peiho  across  the  boundary  of 
Hunan  into  Szechwan  by  Yuyang.  From  Yuyang  the  line 
proceeds  across  the  mountain  to  Nanchuen,  thence  to  Chungking 
after  crossing  the  Yangtse.  This  railway  which  has  a  total  length 
of  about  900  miles  passes  through  a  rich  mineral  and  agricultural 
country.  In  the  Linchow  district  north  of  Kwangtung,  rich  coal, 
antimony,  and  wolfram  deposits  are  found ;  in  southwestern 
Hunan,  tin,  antimony,  coal,  iron,  copper  and  silver;  and  at 
Yuyang,  east  of  Szechwan,  antimony  and  quicksilver.  Among 
agricultural  products  found  along  this  line  we  may  mention  sugar, 
ground-nuts,  hemp,  tung  oil,  tea,  cotton,  tobacco,  silk,  grains,  etc. 
There  is  also  an  abundance  of  timber,  bamboo  and  various  kinds 
of  forest  products. 

b.     The  Canton-Chungking  Line  via  Hunan  and  Kweichow 

This  line  is  about  800  miles  in  length,  but  as  it  runs  in  the 
same  track  with  line  (a)  from  Canton  to  Taochow,  a  distance  of 
about  250  miles,  it  leaves  only  550  miles  to  be  accounted  for. 
This  line,  therefore,   actually  begins  at  Taochow,  Hunan,  and 


68  THE   INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT   OF  CHINA 

goes  through  the  northeastern  corner  of  Kwangsi  passing  by 
Chuanchow,  and  then  through  the  southwestern  corner  of  Hunan 
passing  by  Chengpu  and  Tsingchow.  Thence  it  enters  into 
Kweichow  by  Sankiang  and  Tsingkiang  and  crosses  a  range  of 
hill  to  Chengyuan.  From  Chengyuan  this  line  has  to  cross  the 
watershed  between  Yuan  Kiang  and  Wukiang  to  Tsunyi.  From 
Tsunyi  it  will  follow  the  trade  route  which  leads  to  Kikiang  and 
then  crosses  the  Yangtse  by  the  same  bridge  as  line  (a)  to 
Chungking.  This  railway  will  also  pass  through  rich  mineral 
and  timber  districts. 

c.     The  Canton-Chengtu  Line  via  Kweilin  and  Luchow 

This  line  is  about  1,000  miles  long.  It  runs  from  Canton 
directly  west  to  Samshui,  where  it  crosses  the  North  River  to  the 
mouth  of  Suikong.  Then,  it  ascends  the  valley  of  the  same 
name  to  Szewui  and  Kwongning.  Next,  it  enters  into  Kwangsi 
at  Waisap,  thence  to  Hohsien  and  Pinglo.  From  there  it  follows 
the  course  of  the  Kweikiang  up  to  Kweilin.  Thus  the  rich  iron 
and  coal  fields  that  lie  between  these  two  provincial  capitals, 
Canton  and  Kweilin,  will  be  tapped.  From  Kweilin  the  road 
turns  west  to  Yungning  and  then  proceeds  to  follow  the  Liukiang 
valley  into  Kweichow  province  at  Kuchovv.  From  Kuchow  it 
goes  to  Tukiang  and  Pachai  and  following  the  same  valley  it 
crosses  a  range  of  hills  into  Pingyueh,  thence  it  goes  across  the 
Yuankiang  watershed  into  the  Wukiang  valley  at  Wengan  and 
Yoscjen.  From  Yosejen  it  follows  the  trade  route  through 
Luipien  hills  to  Jenhwai,  Chishui,  and  Nachi.  Then  it  crosses 
the  Yangtzekiang  to  Luchow.  From  Luchow,  it  runs  through 
Lungchang,  Xeikiang,  Tzechow,  Tseyang  and  Kienchow  to 
Chcngtu.  The  last  part  of  the  line  traverses  very  rich  and 
populous  districts  of  the  famous  Red  Hasin  of  Szechwan  province. 
The  middle  portion  of  this  line  between  Kweilin  and  Luchow  lies 
in  a  very  rich  mineral  country  which  possesses  great  possibilities 
for  further  development.  This  line  will  open  up  a  thinly  populated 
part  fur  the  crowded  districts  at  both  ends  of  the  line. 


THE   SOUTHWESTERN   RAILWAY    SYSTEM  69 

d.     The  Canton-Chengtu  Line  via  Wuchow  and  Suifu 

Tins  line  is  about  1,200  miles  in  distance.  It  commences  at 
the  west  end  of  the  Samshui  bridge  which  crosses  the  North 
River  at  that  point  for  line  (c),  and  following  the  left  bank  of 
the  West  River  enters  the  Shiuhing  Gorge  to  the  Shinning  city. 
It  passes  Takhing,  Wuchow,  and  Tahwang  along  the  same  bank. 
While  the  river  here  turns  southwestwards  the  line  turns  north- 
westwards to  Siangchow  and  then  crosses  Liukiang  to  Liuchow 
and  Kingyuan.  Then  it  goes  to  Szegenhsien  and  across  the 
Kwangsi  and  Kweichow  border  to  Tushan  and  Tuyun.  From 
Tuyun  the  line  turns  more  westerly  to  Kweiyang,  the  capital  of 
Kweichow  Province.  Next,  it  proceeds  to  Kiensi  and  Tating 
and  then  leaving  the  Kweichow  border  at  Pichieh  it  enters 
Yunnan  at  Chenhiung.  Turning  northward  to  Lohsintu  and 
crossing  the  Szechwan  border  at  that  point,  it  proceeds  to  Suifu. 
From  Suifu  the  road  follows  the  course  of  the  Minkiang,  passes 
by  Kiating  and  enters  the  Chengtu  plain  to  Chengtu,  the  capital 
of  Szechwan.  This  line  runs  from  one  densely  populated  district 
to  another  and  passes  through  a  wide  strip  of  thinly  populated 
and  undeveloped  country  in  the  middle.  Along  its  course  many 
rich  iron  and  coal  fields,  silver,  tin,  antimony,  and  other  valuable 
metal  deposits  are  found. 

e.     The  Canton-Yunnanfu-Tali-Tengyueh  Line 

This  line  is  about  1,300  miles  in  length  from  Canton  to  the 
Burma  border  at  Tengyueh.  The  first  300  miles  of  the  line  from 
Canton  to  Tahwang  will  be  the  same  as  line  (d).  From  the 
Tahwang  junction  this  line  branches  oft"  to  Wusuan  and  following 
in  a  general  way  the  course  of  the  Hungshui  Kiang  passes 
through  Tsienkiang  and  Tunglan.  Then  it  cuts  across  the 
southwestern  corner  of  Kweichow  province  passing  by  Sinyihsien 
and  thence  enters  Yunnan  province  at  looping  and  by  way  of 
Luliang  to  Yunnanfu,  the  capital  of  the  province.  From 
Yunnanfu  this  line  runs  through  Tsuyung  to  Tali,  then  turns 


yo  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

southwestwards  to  Yungchang  and  Tengyueh  ending  at  the 
Burma  border. 

At  Tunglan,  near  the  Kweichow  border  in  Kwangsi,  a  branch 
line  of  about  4C0  miles  should  be  projected.  This  line  should 
follow  the  Pepan  Kiang  valley,  up  to  Kotuho,  and  Weining. 
Thence  it  enters  Yunnan  at  Chaotung,  and  crosses  the  Yangtze 
River  at  Ilokeow,  where  it  enters  Szechwan.  Crossing  the 
Taliang  mountain,  it  goes  to  Xingyuan.  This  branch  line  taps 
the  famous  copper  field  between  Chaotung  and  Xingyuan,  the 
richest  of  its  kind  in  China. 

The  main  line  running  through  the  length  of  Kwangsi  and 
Yunnan  from  east  to  west,  will  be  of  international  importance, 
for  at  the  frontier  it  will  join  the  Rangoon  Bhamo  line  of  the 
Burmese  Railway  System.  It  will  be  the  shortest  road  from 
India  to  China.  It  will  bring  the  two  populous  countries  nearer 
to  each  other  than  now.  By  the  new  way  the  journey  can  be 
made  in  a  few  days,  whereas  by  the  present  sea-route  it  takes  as 
many  week.-. 

f.     The  Canton-Szemao  Line 

This  line  to  the  border  of  Burma  is  about  1,100  miles  long. 
It  starts  from  south  of  Canton,  passes  Fatshan,  Kunshan,  and 
crosses  the  West  River  from  Taipinghii  to  Samchowhii.  Thence 
it  proceeds  to  Koming,  Sinhing,  and  Loting.  After  passing 
Loting  it  crosses  the  Kwangsi  border  at  Pingho,  and  proceeds  to 
Junghsien  and  then  westward,  crossing  the  Yukiang  branch  of 
the  West  River,  to  Kweihsien.  Thence  it  runs  north  of  Yukiang 
to  Xanning.  At  Xanning  a  branch  line  of  120  miles  should  be 
projected.  Following  the  course  of  the  Tsokiang  it  goes  to 
Lungchow  where  it  turns  southward  to  Chennankwan  on  the 
Tongking  border  to  join  the  French  line  at  that  point.  The  main 
line  from  Xanning  proceeds  in  the  same  course  as  the  upper 
Yukiang  to  Poseh.  Then  it  crosses  the  border  into  Yunnan  at 
Poyai,  and  by  way  of  Pamen,  Koukan,  Tungtu  and  Putsitang 
to  Amichow,  where  it  crosses  the  French  Laokay-  Yunnan  line. 


THE    SOUTHWESTERN    RAILWAY    SYSTEM  71 

From  Amichow  it  proceeds  to  Linanfu,  Shihping  and  Yuankiang 
where  it  crosses  the  river  of  the  same  name.  Thence  it  passes 
through  Talang,  Puerhfu  and  Szemao  and  finally  ends  at  the 
border  of  Burma  near  the  Mekong  River.  This  line  taps  the 
rich  tin,  silver,  and  antimony  deposits  of  south  Yunnan  and 
Kwangsi,  while  rich  iron  and  coal  fields  are  found  right  along 
the  whole  line.  Gold,  copper,  mercury,  and  lead  are  also  found 
in  many  places.  As  regards  agricultural  products,  rice  and 
groundnuts  are  found  in  great  abundance,  also  camphor,  cassia, 
sugar,  tobacco,  and  various  kinds  of  fruits. 

g.     The  Canton-Yamchow  Line 

This  line  is  about  400  miles  long  measuring  from  the  west 
end  of  the  Sikiang  bridge.  Starting  from  Canton  it  runs  on  the 
tracks  of  line  (f)  as  far  as  the  farther  side  of  the  bridge  over 
the  West  River.  Thence  it  branches  off  to  the  southwest  to 
Hoiping  and  Yanping,  and  by  way  of  Yeungchun  to  Kochow  and 
Fachow.  At  Fachow,  a  branch  line  of  100  miles  should  be 
projected  to  Suikai,  Luichow  and  Haian  on  the  Hainan  Straits 
where,  by  means  of  a  ferry,  it  connects  with  Hainan  Island. 
The  mainline  continues  from  Fachow  westward  to  Sheshing, 
Limchow,  Yamchow  and  ends  on  the  Annam  border  at  Tunghing, 
where  it  may  connect  with  a  French  line  to  Haiphong.  This  line 
is  entirely  within  the  Kwangtung  province.  It  passes  through  a 
very  populous  and  productive  country.  Coal  and  iron  are  found 
along  the  whole  line  while  gold  and  antimony,  in  some  parts. 
Agricultural  products,  as  sugar,  silk,  camphor,  ramie,  indigo, 
groundnuts,  and  various  kinds  of  fruits  are  raised  here. 

The  total  length  of  this  system  as  outlined  above  is  about 
6,700  miles.  In  addition  there  will  be  two  connecting  lines 
between  Chengtu  and  Chungking;  another  from  east  of  Tsunyi 
on  line  (b)  southward  to  Wengan  on  line  (c)  ;  another  from 
Pingyueh  on  line  (c)  to  Tuyun  on  line  (d)  ;  another  from  the 
border  of  Kweichow  on  line  (d)  through  Nantan  and  Noti  to 
Tunglan  on  line  (e),  thence  through  Szecheng  to  Poseh  on  line 


72  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

(f).  These  connecting  lines  total  about  600  miles.  So  the  grand 
total  will  be  about  7,300  miles. 

This  system  will  be  intersected  by  three  lines.  First,  the 
existing  French  line  from  Laokay  to  Vunnanfu  with  a  projected 
line  from  Vunnanfu  to  Chungking  crosses  line  (f )  at  Amichow. 
line  (e)  at  Weining,  line  (d)  at  Suifu,  line  (c)  at  Luchow,  and 
meets  lines  (a)  and  (b)  at  Chungking.  Second,  the  projected 
British  line  from  Shasi  to  Sinyi  crosses  line  (a)  at  Shenchow, 
line  (b)  at  Chenyuen,  line  (c)  at  Pingyueh,  line  (d)  at  Kweiyang 
and  a  branch  of  line  (e)  at  a  point  west  of  Yungning.  Third,  the 
projected  American  line  from  Chuchow  to  Yamchow  crosses  line 
ta)  at  Yungchow,  line  (b)  at  Chuanchow,  line  (c)  at  Kweilin, 
line  ( d)  at  Liuchow,  line  (e)  at  Tsienkiang,  line  (f)  at  Xanning, 
and  meets  line  (g)  at  Yamchow.  Thus,  if  this  system  and  the 
three  projected  French,  Uritish,  and  American  lines  are  completed, 
Southwestern  China  would  be  well  provided  with  railway 
communications. 

All  these  lines  will  run  through  the  length  and  breadth  of  a 
vast  mineral  country,  in  which  most  of  the  essential  and  valuable 
metals  of  the  world  are  found.  There  is  no  place  in  the  world 
which  possesses  as  here  so  many  varieties  of  rare  metals,  such  as 
wolfram,  tin,  antimony,  silver,  gold,  and  platinum  and  at  the 
same  time  so  richly  provided  with  the  common  but  essential 
metals,  such  as  copper,  lead,  and  iron.  Furthermore,  almost  every 
district  in  this  region  is  abundantly  provided  with  coal,  so  much 
so  that  there  is  a  common  saying:  "Mu  mei  pu  lih  cheng,"  that 
is,  "Nobody  would  build  a  city  where  there  is  no  coal  under- 
neath." The  idea  was  that  in  case  of  a  siege  those  within  the 
city  might  obtain  fuel  from  under  the  ground.  In  Szechwan, 
petroleum   and  natural  gas  are  also  found  in  abundance. 

Thus,  we  see  that  this  Southwestern  Railway  System  for  the 
development  of  mineral  resources  in  the  mountainous  regions  of 
Southwestern  China  is  just  as  important  as  the  Northwestern 
Railway  System  is  for  the  development  of  agricultural  resources 
in  the  vast  prairies  of  Mongolia  and  Turkestan.     These  railway 


THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  COAST  PORTS  AND  PISHING  HARBORS     7$ 

systems  are  a  necessity  to  the  Chinese  people  and  a  very  profitable 
undertaking  to  foreign  capitalists.  They  are  of  about  equal 
length,  viz. — about  7,000  miles.  The  cost  per  mile  of  the 
Southwestern  system  will  be  at  least  twice  that  of  the  North- 
western System,  but  the  remuneration  from  the  development 
of  mineral  resources  will  be  many  times  that  from  the  development 
of  agricultural  resource. 

PART     IV. 

The  Construction  of  Coast  Ports  and  Fishing  Harbors 

After  planning  the  three  world  ports  on  the  coast  of  China, 
it  is  time  for  me  to  go  on  and  deal  with  the  development  of 
second  and  third  class  seaports  and  fishing  harbors  along  the 
whole  coast  in  order  to  complete  a  system  of  seaports  for  China. 
Recently,  my  projected  plan  of  the  Great  Northern  Port  was  so 
enthusiastically  received  by  the  people  of  Chihli  Province  that  the 
Provincial  Assembly  has  approved  the  project  and  decided  to 
carry  it  out  at  once  as  a  provincial  undertaking.  For  this  object, 
a  loan  of  $40,000,000  has  been  voted.  This  is  an  encouraging 
sign  and  doubtless  the  other  projects  will  be  taken  up  sooner  or 
later  by  either  the  provinces  or  the  Central  Government,  when 
the  people  begin  to  realize  their  necessity.  1  propose  that  four 
second  class  seaports  and  nine  third  class  seaports  and  numerous 
fishing  harbors  should  be  constructed. 

The  four  second  class  seaports  will  be  arranged  so  as  to  be 
placed  in  the  following  manner :  one  on  the  extreme  north,  one 
on  the  extreme  south,  and  the  other  two  midway  between  the 
three  great  world  portB. 

I  shall  deal  with  them  according  to  the  order  of  their  future 
importance  as  follows: 

a.  Yingkow. 

b.  Haichow. 

c.  Foochow. 

d.  Yamchow. 


74  1HK    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

a.     Yingkow 

Yingkow  is  situated  at  tlie  head  of  the  Liaotung  Gulf  and 
was  once  the  only  seaport  of  Manchuria.  Since  the  improvement 
of  Talien  as  a  seaport,  the  trade  of  Yingkow  has  dwindled  and 
lost  half  of  its  former  business.  As  a  seaport,  Yingkow  has  two 
disadvantages,  first,  the  shallowness  of  its  approach  from  the  sea 
and  second,  the  blocking  up  by  ice  for  several  months  in  winter. 
Its  only  advantage  over  Talien  is  that  it  is  situated  at  the  mouth 
of  the  Liaoho  and  has  inland  water  communication  throughout 
the  Liao  valley  in  south  Manchuria.  The  half  of  the  former 
trade  that  it  still  holds  at  present  against  Talien  is  entirely  due  to 
the  inland  water  facility.  To  make  Yingkow  outmatch  Talien 
again  in  the  future  and  become  first  in  importance  after  the  three 
great  world  ports,  we  must  improve  its  inland  water  communica- 
tion, as  well  as  deepen  its  approach  from  the  sea.  In  regard  to 
the  improvement  of  the  approach  work  similar  to  the  improvement 
of  the  Canton  Approach  should  be  adopted.  Besides  the 
construction  of  a  deep  channel,  about  twenty  feet  in  depth, 
reclamation  work  should  be  carried  out  at  the  same  time.  For, 
the  shallow  and  extensive  swamp  at  the  head  of  the  Liaotung 
Gulf  could  be  turned  into  rice-producing  land  from  which  great 
profit  could  be  derived.  Regarding  the  inland  water  communica- 
tion, not  only  the  water  system  in  the  Liao  valley  but  also  the 
Sungari  and  the  Amur  Systems  have  to  be  improved.  The  most 
important  work  is  the  construction  of  a  canal  to  connect  these 
systems  and  this   I   shall  now    discuss   in  the  next  paragraph. 

The  Liaoho-Sungari  Canal  is  the  most  important  factor  in 
the  future  prosperity  of  Yingkow.  It  is  by  this  canal  only  that 
this  port  can  be  made  the  most  important  of  the  second  class 
seaports  in  China  and  further  the  vast  forest  lands,  the  virgin 
soil  and  the  rich  mineral  resources  of  Xorth  Manchuria  can  be 
connected  by  water  communication  with  Yingkow.  So  this  canal 
\-  all  important  for  Yingkow,  without  which  Yingkow  as  a 
seaport   could   at   most    hold   her   present  position,  a  town  of 


THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  COAST  PORTS  AND  FISHING  HARBORS    75 

60,000  to  70,000  inhabitants  and  an  annual  trade  of  $30,000,000 
to  $40,000,000  only  and  could  never  gain  a  place  as  the  first  of 
the  second  class  seaports  in  China.  This  canal  can  be  cut  either 
south  of  Hwaiteh  in  a  line  parallel  to  the  South  Manchurian 
Railway  between  Fan  Kia  Tun  and  Sze  Tung  Shan,  a  distance 
of  less  than  ten  miles,  or,  north  of  Hwaiteh  in  a  line  between 
Tsing-shan-pao  and  Kaw-shan-tun,  a  distance  of  about  fifteen 
miles.  In  the  former  case  the  canal  is  shorter  but  it  makes  the 
waterway  as  a  whole  longer,  while  in  the  latter  case,  the  canal  is 
about  twice  as  long  but  it  makes  the  waterway  as  a  whole  shorter 
between  the  two  systems.  In  either  line,  there  are  no  impassable 
physical  obstacles.  Iloth  lines  are  on  the  plain  but  the  elevation 
of  the  one  may  be  higher  than  that  of  the  other,  which  is  the  only 
factor  that  will  determine  the  choice  between  the  two.  If  this 
canal  is  constructed,  then  the  rich  provinces  of  Kirin  and 
Heilungkiang  and  a  portion  of  Outer  Mongolia  will  be  brought 
within  direct  water  communication  with  China  Proper.  At 
present,  all  water  traffic  has  to  go  by  way  of  the  Russian  Lower 
Amur,  then  round  a  great  detour  of  the  Japan  Sea  before 
reaching  China  Proper.  This  canal  will  not  only  be  a  great 
necessity  to  Yingkow  as  a  seaport,  but  will  also  have  a  great 
bearing  on  the  whole  Chinese  nation  economically  and  politically. 
With  the  Liaoho-Sungari  Canal  completed  Yingkow  will  be  the 
grand  terminus  of  the  inland  waterway  system  of  all  Manchuria 
and  Northeastern  Mongolia;  and  with  the  approach  from  the 
sea  deepened  it  will  also  be  a  seaport  next  in  importance  only  to 
the  three  first  class  world  ports. 

b.     Haichow 

Haichow  is  situated  on  the  eastern  edge  of  the  central  plain 
of  China.  This  plain  is  one  of  the  most  extensive  and  fertile 
areas  on  earth.  As  a  seaport,  Haichow  is  midway  between  the 
two  great  world  ports  along  the  coast  line,  namely  the  Great 
Northern  and  the  Great  Eastern  Ports.  It  has  been  made  as  the 
terminus  of  the  Hailan  railway,  the  trunk  line  of  central  China 


76  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT    OF   CHINA 

from  east  to  west.  Haichow  also  possesses  the  facility  of  inland 
water  communication.  If  the  Grand  Canal  and  the  other  water- 
way systems  are  improved,  it  will  be  connected  with  the  Hoangho 
Valley  in  North  China,  the  Vangtse  Valley  in  Central  China,  and 
the  Sikiang  Valley  in  South  China.  Its  deep  sea  approach  is 
comparatively  good,  being  the  only  spot  along  the  250  miles  of 
the  North  Kiangsu  coast  that  could  be  reached  by  ocean  steamers 
to  within  a  few  miles  of  the  shore.  To  make  Haichow  a  seaport 
for  20  feet  draught  vessels,  the  approach  has  to  be  dredged  for 
many  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  river  before  the  four  fathom 
line  could  be  reached.  Although  possessing  better  advantages 
than  Vingkow,  in  being  ice  free,  Haichow,  as  a  second  class 
seaport,  has  to  be  content  to  take  a  second  place  after  Yingkow, 
because  she  does  not  have  as  vast  a  hinterland  as  Yingkow, 
nor  such  a  monopolistic  position  in  regard  to  inland  water 
communication. 

c.     Foochow 

Foochow,  the  capital  of  Fukien  Province,  ranks  third  among 
our  second  class  seaports.  Foochow  is  already  a  very  large  city, 
its  inhabitants  being  nearly  a  million.  Jt  is  situated  at  the  lower 
reach  of  the  Min  River,  about  30  miles  from  the  sea.  The 
hinterland  of  this  port  is  confined  to  the  Min  Valley  with  an  area 
1  -i  about  30,000  square  miles.  The  territory  beyond  this  valley 
will  be  commanded  by  other  coast  or  river  ports,  so  the  area 
commanded  by  this  port  is  much  smaller  than  that  by  Haichow. 
Consequently,  it  could  be  given  only  the  third  place  in  the  category 
of  second  class  seaports.  The  Foochow  approach  from  the  Outer 
Bar  to  Kinpci  Entrance  is  very  shallow.  After  this  Entrance  is 
passed,  the  river  is  confined  on  both  sides  by  high  hills  and  be- 
comes narrow  and  deep  right  up  to  Pagoda  Anchorage. 

I  propose  that  a  new  port  should  be  constructed  at  the  lower 
part  of  Xantai  Island.  For  here  land  is  cheap  and  there  will  be 
plenty  of  room  for  modern  improvement.  A  locked  basin  for 
-hipping   could   be    constructed   at   the   lower   point   of    Xantai 


THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  COAST  POUTS  AND  FISHING  HARBORS    77 

Island,  just  above  Pagoda  Anchorage.  The  left  branch  of  the 
Min  River  above  Foochow  City  should  be  blocked  up  so  as  to 
concentrate  the  current  to  flush  the  harbor  at  the  south  side  of 
Nantai.  The  blocked-up  channel  on  the  north  side  of  that  island 
should  be  left  to  be  reclaimed  by  natural  process  or  may  be  used 
as  a  tidal  basin  to  flush  the  channel  below  Pagoda  Anchorage,  if 
it  is  found  necessary.  The  upper  Min  River  must  be  improved  as 
far  as  possible  for  inland  water  traffic.  Its  lower  reach  from 
Pagoda  Anchorage  to  the  sea  must  be  trained  and  regulated  to 
secure  a  through  channel  of  30  feet  or  more  to  the  open  sea. 
Thus  Foochow  could  also  be  made  a  calling  port  for  ocean  liners 
that  ply  between  the  world  ports. 

d.     Yamchow 

Yamchow  is  situated  at  the  head  of  Tongking  Gulf  in  the 
extreme  south  of  the  China  Coast.  This  city  is  about  400  miles 
west  of  Canton — the  Great  Southern  Port.  All  the  districts 
lying  west  of  Yamchow  will  find  their  way  to  the  sea  by  this  port 
400  miles  shorter  than  by  Canton.  As  sea  transportation  is 
commonly  known  to  be  twenty  times  cheaper  than  rail  trans- 
portation, the  shortening  of  a  distance  of  400  miles  to  the  sea 
means  a  great  deal  economically  to  the  provinces  of  Szechuan, 
Yunnan,  Kweichow,  and  a  part  of  Kwangsi.  Although  Xanning, 
an  inland  water  port,  lying  northwest  of  Yamchow,  is  much 
nearer  to  the  hinterland  than  Yamchow,  yet  it  could  not  serve 
this  hinterland  as  a  seaport.  So  all  the  direct  import  and  export 
trade  will  find  Yamchow  the  cheapest  shipping  stage. 

To  improve  Yamchow  as  a  seaport  the  Lungmen  River 
should  be  regulated  in  order  to  secure  a  deep  channel  to  the  city, 
and  the  estuary  should  be  deepened  by  dredging  and  training  to 
provide  a  good  approach  to  the  port.  This  port  has  been  selected 
as  the  terminus  of  the  Chuchow  Yamchow  Railway  (Chu-Kin 
line)  which  will  run  from  Hunan  through  Kwangsi  into  Kwang- 
tung.  Although  the  hinterland  of  this  port  is  much  larger  than 
that  of  Foochow,  yet  I  still  rank  it  after  that  city  because  the 


J"8  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

area  commanded  by  it  is  also  commanded  by  Canton,  the  southern 
world  port,  and  by  Xanning,  the  river  port,  and  so  all  internal  as 
well  as  indirect  import  and  export  trade  must  go  to  the  other  two 
ports.  It  is  only  the  direct  foreign  trade  that  will  use  Yarachow. 
Thus,  in  spite  of  its  extensive  hinterland  it  is  very  improbable 
that  it  could  outmatch  Foochow  in  the  future  as  a  second-class 
port. 

Besides  the  three  great  world  ports,  and  the  four  second- 
class  ports,  I  propose  to  construct  nine  third-class  ports  along  the 
China  coast,  from  north  to  south,  as  follows : 

a.  Ilulutao.  d.     Xingpo.  g.     Swatow. 

b.  Hoangho  Port.         e.     Wenchow.  h.     Tienpak. 

c.  Chefoo.  f.     Amoy.  i.      Hoihou. 

a.     Hulutao 

Hululao  is  an  ice-free  and  deep-water  port,  situated  on  the 
west  side  of  the  head  of  Liaotung  Gulf,  about  60  miles  from 
Yingkow.  As  a  winter  port  for  Manchuria,  it  is  in  a  more 
advantageous  position  than  Talien  for  it  is  about  200  miles 
shorter  by  rail  to  the  sea  than  the  latter  and  is  on  the  edge  of  a 
rich  coal  held.  When  this  coal  field  and  the  surrounding  mineral 
resources  are  developed,  Hulutao  will  become  the  first  of  the 
third-class  ports  and  a  good  outlet  for  Jehol  and  Eastern  Mon- 
golia. This  port  may  be  projected  as  an  alternative  to  Yingkow, 
as  the  sole  port  of  Manchuria  and  Eastern  Mongolia,  if  a  canal 
could  be  constructed  to  connect  it  with  the  Liaoho.  It  is  only  by 
inland  water  communication  that  Yinkow  could  be  made  the 
important  port  of  Manchuria  in  the  future  and  it  will  be  the 
same  in  the  case  of  Hulutao.  So  if  inland  water  communication 
could  be  secured  for  Hulutao  it  will  entirely  displace  Yinkow.  If 
it  is  found  to  be  economically  cheaper  in  the  long  run  to  construct 
a  Hulutao-Liaoho  Canal  than  to  construct  a  deep  harbor  at 
Yingkow,  the  Hulutao  harbor  will  have  to  be  placed  on  the  north- 
west side  of  the  peninsula  instead  of  on  the  southwest  as  at 


THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  COAST  PORTS  AND  FISHING  HARBORS     ~g 

present  projected.  For  the  present  site  lias  not  enough  room  for 
anchorage  without  building  an  extensive  breakwater  into  the 
deep  sea,  which  will  be  a  very  expensive  work.  Furthermore, 
there  would  not  be  room  enough  for  city  planning  on  the  narrow 
peninsula,  whereas  on  the  other  side,  the  city  could  be  built  on 
the  mainland  with  unlimited  space  for  its  development. 

I  suggest  that  a  sea  wall  be  built  from  the  northern  point  of 
Lienshanwan  to  the  northern  point  of  Ilulutao  to  close  up  the 
Lienshan  Bay  and  make  it  into  a  closed  harbor,  and  an  entrance 
be  opened  in  the  neck  of  Hulutao  to  the  south  side  where  deep 
water  is  found.  This  closed  harbor  will  be  over  10  square  miles 
in  extent  but  only  some  parts  need  to  be  dredged  to  the  required 
depth  at  present.  On  the  north  side  of  the  harbor,  another 
entrance  into  the  neighboring  bay  should  be  left  open  between  the 
sea  wall  and  the  shore,  and  another  breakwater  should  be  built 
across  the  next  bay.  From  there,  a  canal  should  be  constructed 
either  by  cutting  into  the  shore  or  by  building  a  wall  parallel  with 
the  coast  line  until  it  reaches  the  lowland  from  where  a  canal 
should  be  cut  to  connect  with  the  Liaoho.  If  a  canal  is  thus 
constructed  for  Hulutao,  then  it  will  at  once  take  the  place  of 
Yingkow  and  become  the  first  of  the  second-class  ports. 

b.     The  Hoangho  Port 

The  Hoangho  Port  will  be  situated  at  the  estuary  of  the 
Hoangho  on  the  southern  side  of  the  Gulf  of  Pechihli,  about  80  miles 
from  our  Great  Northern  Port.  When  the  Hoangho  regulation 
is  completed  its  estuary  will  be  approachable  by  ocean  steamers, 
and  a  seaport  will  naturally  spring  up  there.  As  it  commands 
a  considerable  part  of  the  northern  plain  in  the  provinces  of 
Shantung,  Chihli,  and  Honan  and  possesses  the  facility  of  inland 
water  communication,  this  port  is  bound  to  become  an  important 
third-class  port. 

c.     Chef  00 

Chefoo  is  an  old  treaty  port  situated  on  the  northern  side  of 
the  Shantung  Peninsula.     Once  it  was  the  only  ice-free  port  in 


SO  THE   INTERNATIONAL    DEVELOPMENT    OF    CHINA 

the  whole  of  Xorth  China.  Since  the  development  of  Talien  in 
the  north  and  the  development  of  Tsingtau  in  the  south  its  trade 
has  dwindled  considerably.  As  a  seaport,  it  will  undoubted'}' 
hold  its  own  when  the  railroads  in  the  Shantung  Peninsula  are 
developed,  and  the  artilicial  harbor  is  completed. 

d.     Ningpo 

Xingpo  is  also  an  old  treaty  port,  situated  on  a  small  river, 
the  Yungkiang,  in  the  eastern  part  of  Chekiang  province.  It  has 
a  good  approach,  deep  water  reaching  right  up  to  the  estuary  of 
the  river.  The  harbor  can  be  easily  improved  by  simply  training 
and  straightening  two  bends  along  its  course  up  to  the  city. 
Xingpo  commands  a  very  small  but  rich  hinterland.  Its  people 
are  very  enterprising,  and  are  famed  for  their  workmanship  and 
handicrafts  second  only  to  those  of  Canton.  Thus  Ningpo  is 
bound  to  become  a  manufacturing  city  when  China  is  industrially 
developed.  But  owing  to  the  proximity  of  the  Great  Eastern 
Port,  Ningpo  will  not  likely  have  much  import  and  export 
trade  directly  with  foreign  countries.  Most  of  its  trade  will  be 
carried  on  with  the  Great  Eastern  Port.  So  a  moderate  harbor 
for  local  and  coast-wise  traffic  will  be  quite  sufficient  for  Xingpo. 

e.     Wenchow 

Wenchow  is  situated  near  the  mouth  of  the  Wukiang  in  south 
Chekiang.  This  seaport  has  a  wider  hinterland  than  Xingpo,  its 
surrounding  districts  being  very  productive.  If  railroads  are 
developed  it  will  undoubtedly  command  considerable  local  trade. 
At  present  the  harbor  is  very  shallow,  unapproachable  by  even 
moderate-sized  coastal  steamers.  I  suggest  that  a  new  harbor  at 
Panshiwei,  north  of  Wenchow  Island  be  constructed.  For  this 
purpose,  a  dike  should  be  built  between  the  northern  bank  and 
the  head  of  Wenchow  Island  to  block  up  the  river  entirely  on  the 
northern  side  of  that  island  leaving  only  a  lock  entrance.  The 
Wukiang  should  be  led  through  the  channel  on  the  south  side  of 
the  island  for  the  purpose  of  reclaiming  the  vast  expanse  of  the 


Till?,  CONSTRUCTION  Of  COAST  PORTS  AND  PISHING  HARBORS    8l 

near-by  shallows  as  well  as  for  draining  the  upper  stream.  The 
approach  from  the  southern  side  of  Hutau  Island  to  the  port 
should  be  dredged.  On  the  right  side  of  the  approach,  a  wall 
should  be  built  in  the  shallow  between  Wenchow  Island  and  Miau 
Island  and  in  the  shallows  between  Miau  Island  and  Sanpam 
Island  so  as  to  form  a  continuous  wall  to  prevent  the  silt  of  Wu- 
kiang  from  entering  into  the  approach.  Thus  a  permanent  deep 
channel  will  be  secured  for  the  new  port  of  Wenchow. 

f.     Amoy 

Amoy,  an  old  treaty  port,  is  situated  on  the  island  of  Siming. 
It  has  a  great,  deep,  and  fine  harbor,  commanding  a  considerable 
hinterland  in  southern  Fukien  and  Kiangsi,  very  rich  in  coal  and 
iron  deposits.  This  port  carries  on  a  busy  trade  with  the  Malay 
Archipelago  and  the  Southeastern  Asian  Peninsula.  Most  of  the 
Chinese  residents  in  the  southern  islands,  Annam,  Burma,  Siam, 
and  the  Malay  States  are  from  the  neighborhood  of  Amoy.  So 
the  passenger  traffic  between  Amoy  and  the  southern  colonies  is 
very  great.  If  railways  are  developed  to  tap  the  rich  iron  and 
coal  fields  in  the  hinterland,  Amoy  is  bound  to  develop  into  a 
much  larger  seaport  than  it  is  at  present.  I  suggest  that  a  modern 
port  be  constructed  on  the  west  side  of  the  harbor  to  act  as  an 
outlet  for  the  rich  mineral  fields  of  southern  Fukien  and  Kiangsi. 
This  port  should  be  equipped  with  modern  plants  in  order  to 
connect  land  and  sea  transportation  together. 

g.     Swatow 

Swatow  is  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  Hankiang  at  the 
extreme  east  of  Kwangtung.  In  relation  to  emigration,  Swatow 
is  much  similar  to  Amoy,  for  it  also  supplies  a  great  number  of 
colonists  to  southeastern  Asia  and  the  Malay  Archipelago.  So  its 
passenger  traffic  with  the  south  is  just  as  busy  as  Amoy.  As  a 
seaport  Swatow  is  far  inferior  to  Amoy,  on  account  of  its  shallow 
approach.  But  in  regard  to  inland  water  communication,  Swatow 
is  in]  a  better  position  as  the  Hankiang  is  navigable  for  many 


Sj  the  international  development  oe  china 

hundreds  of  miles  inland  by  shallow  crafts.  The  country  around 
Swatow  is  very  productive  agriculturally,  being  second  only  to 
the  Canton  Delta  along  the  Southern  seaboard.  In  the  upper 
reaches  of  the  Hankiang  there  are  very  rich  iron  and  coal  deposits. 
The  approach  to  the  port  of  Swatow  can  be  improved  easily  by  a 
little  training  and  dredging,  thus  making  it  a  fine  local  port. 

h.     Tienpak 

Tienpak  is  situated  at  a  point  on  the  coast  of  Kwangtung 
province  between  the  estuary  of  the  West  River  and  the  island  of 
Hainan.  Its  surrounding  districts  are  rich  in  agricultural  products 
and  mineral  deposits.  So  a  shipping  port  in  this  part  is  quite 
necessary.  Tienpak  can  be  made  into  a  fine  harbor  by  entirely 
walling  in  the  bay  from  its  west  side  and  by  opening  a  new  en- 
trance into  the  deep  water  in  the  neck  of  the  peninsula  southeast  of 
the  bay.  Thus  a  good  approach  could  be  secured.  The  harbor  is 
very  wide  but  only  a  part  need  be  dredged  for  large  vessels  and 
the  rest  of  the  space  could  be  used  by  fishing  boats  and  other 
shallow  crafts. 

i.     Hoihou 

Hoihou  is  situated  on  the  north  side  of  Hainan  Island  on  the 
strait  of  the  same  name,  opposite  Haian  on  the  Luichow 
Peninsula.  Hoihou  is  a  treaty  port,  similar  to  Amoy  and 
Swatow,  supplying  a  great  number  of  colonists  to  the  south  ; 
J  fainan  is  a  very  rich  but  undeveloped  island.  Only  the  land  along 
the  coast  is  cultivated,  the  central  part  being  still  covered  by 
thick  forests  and  inhabited  by  aborigines,  and  it  is  very  rich  in 
mineral  deposits.  When  the  whole  island  is  fully  developed,  the 
port  of  Hoihou  will  be  a  busy  harbor  for  export  and  import 
traffic.  The  harbor  of  Hoihou  is  very  shallow,  and  so  even  small 
vessels  have  to  anchor  miles  away  in  the  roadstead  outside. 
This  is  very  inconvenient  for  passengers  and  cargoes,  so  the 
improvement  of  the  Hoihou  harbor  is  a  necessity.  Furthermore 
this  harbor  will  be  the  ferry  point  between  this  island  and  the 


THE  CONSTRUCTION  Ob'  COAST  PORTS  AND  FISHING  HARBORS     83 

mainland   for    railway  traffic  when  the   railway  systems  of  the 
mainland  and  the  island  are  completed. 

Fishing  Harbors 

As  regards  fishing  harbors  all  our  first-,  second-,  and  third- 
class  ports  must  also  furnish  facilities  and  accommodations  for 
fishery.  Thus  all  of  these,  i.  e.,  three  first-class  ports,  four 
second-class  ports,  and  nine  third-class  ports,  will  be  fishing 
harbors  as  well.  But  besides  these  sixteen  ports  there  is  still 
room  and  need  to  construct  more  fishing  harbors  along  the  coast 
of  China.  I  propose,  therefore,  that  fixe  fishing  harbors  be 
constructed  along  the  northern  coast,  that  is,  along  the  coast  of 
Fengtien,  Chihli,  and  Shantung,  as  follows : 

(1)  Antung,  on  Yalu  River,  on  the  border  of  Korea. 

(2)  Haiyangtao,  on  the  Yalu  Bay,  south  of  Liaotung 
Peninsula. 

(3)  Chinwangtao,  on  the  coast  of  Chihli,  between  the  Liao- 
tung and  Pechihli  gulfs,  the  present  ice-free  port  of  Chihli  province. 

(4)  Lungkau,  on  the  northwestern  side  of  Shantung 
Peninsula. 

(5)  Shitauwan,  at  the  southeastern  point  of  the  Shantung 
Peninsula. 

Six  fishing  harbors  should  be  constructed  along  the  eastern 
coast,  that  is,  along  the  coasts  of  Kiangsu,  Chekiang,  and  Fukien, 
as  follows: 

(6)  Shiny angkang,  on  the  eastern  coast  of  Kiangsu,  south 
of  the  old  mouth  of  the  Hoangho. 

(7)  Luszekang,  at  the  northern  point  of  the  Yangtze 
Estuary. 

(8)  Changtukang,  in  the  midst  of  Chusan  Archipelago. 

(9)  Shipu,  north  of  Sanmen  Bay,  east  of  Chekiang. 

(10)  Funing,  between  Foochow  and  Wenchow,  east  of 
Fukien. 

(11)  Meichow  Harbor,  north  of  Meichow  Island,  between 
Foochow  and  Amoy. 


84  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

Four  fishing  harbors  should  be  constructed  on  the  southern 
coast,  that  is,  along  the  seaboard  of  Kwangtung  and  Hainan 
Island,  as  follows : 

(12)  Sanmei,  on  the  eastern  coast  of  Kwangtung,  between 
Hongkong  and  Swatow. 

(13)  Sikiang  Mouth.  This  harbor  should  be  on  the 
northern  side  of  Wangkum  Island.  When  the  Sikiang  Mouth  is 
regulated,  the  Wangkum  Island  will  be  connected  with  the 
mainland  by  a  sea  wall,  so  a  good  harbor  site  could  thus  be 
provided. 

(14)  Haian,  situated  at  the  end  of  the  Luichow  Peninsula 
opposite  to  Hoihou,  on  the  other  side  of  Hainan  Strait. 

( 15 )  Yulinkiang,  a  fine  natural  harbor  at  the  extreme  south 
of  the  Hainan  Island. 

These  fifteen  fishing  harbors  with  the  greater  ports,  numbering 
31  in  all,  will  link  up  the  whole  coast  line  of  China  from  Antung, 
on  the  Korean  border  to  Yamchow,  near  the  Annam  border, 
providing,  on  an  average,  a  port  for  every  100  miles  of  coast  line. 
This  completes  my  project  of  seaports  and  fishing  harbors 
E      China. 

At  first  sight  objections  might  be  raised  that  too  many 
seaports  and  fishing  harbors  are  provided  for  one  country.  But 
1  must  remind  my  readers  that  this  one  country,  China,  is  as 
big  as  Europe  and  has  a  population  larger  than  that  of  Europe.  If 
we  take  a  similar  length  of  the  coast  line  of  western  Europe  we 
would  see  that  there  are  many  more  ports  in  Europe  than  in 
China.  Besides,  the  coast  line  of  Europe  is  many  times  longer 
than  that  of  China,  and  in  every  hundred  miles  of  the  European 
coast  line  there  are  more  than  one  considerable-sized  port.  Take 
Holland,  for  instance.  Its  whole  area  is  not  larger  than  the 
hinterland  of  Swatow,  one  of  our  third-class  seaports,  yet  it 
possesses  two  first-class  ports,  Amsterdam  and  Rotterdam,  and 
numerous  small  fishing  ports.  Let  us  also  compa:e  our  country 
with  the  United  States  of  America  in  regard  to  seaports. 
America  has  only  one  fourth  the  population  of  China  yet  the 


MAP  m   1A  +  % 


First  CI  ass  Port 

5g  ^  s& 

®  SecowdClasxPort 

®   rhirdClassPort 
#      H     3r    « 

®  fvreiorv  Occupied  Port 


$    a  $ 


<i>Anticng  *%% 

(Z)/Jaiyart(ft(io  %  *¥  E 

{^Chpfurtvn^iuo  Hg 
(^ )  Z£*  n J  feci  u    f|Q 
i&ShitasUtran  ^  %  ^ 

{T)Lusz&M<zna  g    gg   jg 

'  GreaiSouthemP.  wAmoy/  f 


HaichoMrgs 


G/raif  Eastern  P. 


/ 

O 


(JO) 


ycimchoM- 


^Hoihou  a  ft 


THE  ESTABLISHMENT   OF   SHIPBUILDING   YARDS  85 

number  of  ports  on  her  Atlantic  coast  alone  is  many  times  more 
than  the  number  provided  in  my  plan.  Thus,  this  number  of 
ports  for  China  for  the  future  is  but  a  bare  necessity.  And  T 
have  considered  only  those  that  will  pay  from  the  beginning  so  as 
to  adhere  strictly  to  the  principle  of  remuneration  that  was  laid 
down  at  the  outset  of  my  first  program.     See  map  XVI. 

PART    V. 

The  Establishment  of  Shipbuilding  Yards 

When  China  is  well  developed  according  to  my  programs, 
the  possession  of  an  oversea  mercantile  fleet,  of  ships  for  coastal 
and  inland  water  transportation,  and  of  a  large  fishing  fleet  will 
be  an  urgent  necessity.  Before  the  outbreak  of  the  late  World 
War,  the  world's  seagoing  tonnage  was  45,000,000  tons.  If  China 
is  equally  developed  industrially,  according  to  the  proportion  of 
her  population,  she  would  need  at  least  10,000,000  tons  of  over- 
sea and  coastal  shipping  for  her  transportation  service.  The 
building  of  this  tonnage  must  be  a  part  of  our  industrial  develop- 
ment scheme.  For  cheap  materials  and  labor  can  be  obtained  in 
the  country,  and  so  we  could  build  ships  for  ourselves  much 
cheaper  than  any  foreign  country  could  do  for  us.  And  besides 
the  building  of  a  seagoing  fleet,  we  have  to  build  our  inland 
water  crafts  and  fishing  fleets.  Foreign  shipping  yards  could  not 
do  this  service  for  us  on  account  of  the  impracticability  of 
transporting  such  numerous  small  crafts  across  the  ocean.  Thus, 
in  any  case,  China  has  to  put  up  her  own  yards  to  build  her  inland 
water  crafts  and  fishing  fleets.  So  the  establishment  of  ship- 
building yards  is  a  necessary  as  well  as  a  profitable  undertaking 
from  the  beginning.  The  shipping  yards  should  be  established  at 
such  river  and  coastal  ports  that  have  the  facility  of  supplying 
materials  and  labor.  All  the  yards  should  be  under  one  central 
management.  Large  capital  should  be  invested  in  the  project  so 
as  to  procure  a  yearly  output  of  2,000,000  tons  of  various  kinds 
of  vessels. 


86  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT    OF    CHINA 

All  types  of  vessels  should  be  standardized  both  in  design 
and  equipment.  The  old  and  wasteful  types  of  inland  water 
crafts  and  fishing  boats  should  be  replaced  by  modern  efficient 
designs.  The  inland  water  crafts  should  be  designed  on  the 
basis  of  certain  standard  draughts  such  as  the  2-foot,  5-foot,  and 
io-foot  classes.  The  fishing  trawlers  should  be  standardized  into 
the  one-day,  the  five-day,  and  the  ten-day  service  class.  The 
coastal  transports  should  be  standardized  into  the  2,000-,  the 
4.000-,  and  the  6,000-ton  class,  and  for  oversea  transports  we 
should  have  standardized  ships  of  12,000-,  2.j,ooo-,  and  36,000-ton 
classes.  Thus,  the  many  thousands  of  inland  water  crafts  and 
fishing  junks  that  now  ply  the  rivers,  lakes,  and  coasts  of  China 
may  be  displaced  by  new  and  cheaper  crafts  of  a  few  standard 
types  which  could  perform  better  service  at  less  expense. 


PROGRAM     IV. 

In  my  first  and  third  programs,  I  have  described  my  plans 
for  the  Northwestern  Railway  System  and  the  Southwestern 
Railway  System.  The  former  is  for  the  purpose  of  relieving  the 
congestion  of  population  in  the  coast  districts  and  the  Yangtze 
Valley  by  opening  up  for  colonization  the  vast  unpopulated  territory 
in  Mongolia  and  Sinkiang,  as  well  as  of  developing  the  Great 
Northern  Port.  The  latter  is  for  the  purpose  of  exploiting  the 
mineral  resources  of  Southwestern  China,  as  well  as  of  develop- 
ing the  Great  Southern  Port — Canton.  More  railroads  will  be 
needed  for  the  adequate  development  of  the  whole  country.  So 
in  this  fourth  program,  I  shall  deal  entirely  with  railroads  which 
will  complete  the  100,000  miles  proposed  in  my  introductory  part 
of  this  International  Development  Scheme.  The  program  will  be 
as  follows : 

I.     The  Central  Railway  System. 
II.     The  Southeastern  Railway  System. 

III.  The  Northeastern  Railway  System. 

IV.  The  Extension  of  the  Northwestern  Railway  System. 
V.    The  Highland  Railway  System. 

VI.     The  Establishment  of  Locomotive  and  Car  Factories. 

PART     I 

The  Central  Railway  System 

This  will  be  the  most  important  railway  system  in  China. 
The  area  which  it  serves  comprises  all  of  China  Proper  north  of 
the  Yangtze  and  a  part  of  Mongolia  and  Sinkiang.  The  economic 
nature  of  this  vast  region  is  that  the  southeastern  part  is  densely 
populated  while  the  northwestern  part  is  thinly  populated,  and 
that  the  southeastern  part  possesses  great  mineral  wealth  while 

(    8;    ) 


88  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT    OF    CHINA 

the  northwestern  part  possesses  great  potential  agricultural 
resources.  So  every  line  of  this  system  will  surely  pay  as  the 
Peking-Mukden  line  has  proved. 

With  the  Great  Eastern  Port  and  the  Great  Northern  Port 
as  termini  of  this  system  of  railroads,  I  propose  that,  besides  the 
existing  and  projected  lines  in  this  region,  the  following  be  con- 
structed, all  of  which  shall  constitute  the  Central  Railway  System. 

a.  The  Great  Eastern  Port-Tarbogotai  line. 

b.  The  Great  Eastern  Port-Urga  line. 

c.  The  Great  Eastern  Port-Uliassutai  line. 

d.  The  Nanking-Loyang  line. 

e.  The  Nanking-Hankow  line. 

f.  The  Sian-Tatung  line. 

g.  The  Sian-Ninghsia  line, 
h.     The  Sian-Hankow  line. 

i.  The  Sian-Chungking  line. 

j.  The  Lanchow-Chungking  line. 

k.  The  Ansichow-lden  line. 

1.  The  Chochiang-Koria  line. 

m.  The  Great  Northern  Port-Hami  line. 

n.  The  Great  Northern  Port-Sian  line. 

o.  The  Great  Northern  Port-Hankow  line. 

p.  The  Hoangho  Port-Hankow  line. 

q.  The  Chefoo-Hankow  line. 

r.  The  Haichow-Tsinan  line. 

s.  The  Haichow-Hankow  line. 

t.  The  Haichow-Nanking  line. 

u.  The  Sinyangkang-Hankow  line. 

v.  The  Luszekang-Nanking  line. 

w.  The  Coast  line. 

x.  The  Hwoshan-Kashing  line. 

a.     The  Great  Eastern  Port-Tarbogotai  Line 

This  line  begins  at  the  Great  Eastern  Port  on  the  seaboard, 
and    runs   in   a    northwesterly    direction    to   Tarbogotai  on   the 


THE   CENTRAL  RAILWAY   .SYSTEM  89 

Russian  frontier,  covering  a  distance  of  about  3,000  miles.  I  f 
Shanghai  be  the  Great  Eastern  Port,  the  Shanghai-Xanking 
Railway  will  form  its  first  section.  But  if  Chapu  be  chosen, 
then  this  line  should  skirt  the  Taihu  Lake  on  the  southwest 
through  the  cities  of  Huchow,  Changhing,  and  Liyang  to  Nanking, 
then  crossing  the  Yangtze  at  a  point  south  of  Nanking,  to 
Chiantsiao  and  Tingyuen.  Thence,  the  line  turns  westward  to 
Showchow  and  Yingshang,  and  enters  Honan  province  at  Sintsai. 
After  crossing  the  Peking-Hankow  line  at  Kioshan,  and 
passing  Piyang,  Tanghsien,  and  Tengchow,  it  turns  northwest- 
ward to  Sichwan  and  Kingtsekwan,  and  enters  the  province  of' 
Shensi.  Ascending  the  Tan  Kiang  Valley,  it  passes  through 
Lungkucha  and  Shangchow,  and  crosses  the  Tsinling  Pass  to 
Lantien  and  Sian,  the  capital  of  Shensi,  formerly  the  capital 
of  China.  From  Sian,  it  goes  westward,  following  the  valley  of 
the  YVeiho.  It  passes  through  Chowchih,  Meihsien,  and  Paoki 
and  enters  the  province  of  Kansu  at  Sancha,  thence  proceeding 
to  Tsinchow,  Kungchang,  Titao,  and  Lanchow,  the  capital  of 
Kansu.  From  Lanchow  it  follows  the  old  highway  which  leads 
into  Liangchow,  Kanchow,  Suchow,  Yumen,  and  Ansichow. 
Thence  it  crosses  the  desert  in  a  northwesterly  direction  to  Hami, 
where  it  turns  westward  to  Turf  an.  At  Turf  an  this  line  meets 
the  Northwestern  Railway  System  and  runs  on  the  latter 's  track- 
to  Urumochi  and  Manass  where  it  leaves  that  track  and  proceeds 
northwesterly  to  Tarbogotai  on  the  frontier,  crossing  the  Shair 
Mountain  on  the  way.  This  line  runs  from  one  end  of  the 
country  to  the  other  encountering  in  its  entire  length  of  3,000 
miles  only  four  mountain  passes,  all  of  which  are  not  impassable 
for  they  have  been  used  from  time  immemorial,  as  trade  high- 
ways of  Asia. 

b.     The  Great  Eastern  Port-Urga  Line 

This  line  starts  from  the  Great  Eastern  Port  and  uses  the 
same  track  as  line  (a)  as  far  as  Tingyuen,  the  second  city  after 
crossing  the  Yangtze  River  at  Nanking.      From  Tingyuen,  its 


MO  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OE   CHINA 

own  track  begins  and  the  line  proceeds  in  a  northwesterly 
direction  to  Hwaiyuan,  on  the  Hwai  River,  thence  to  Mongcheng, 
Kwoyang,  and  Pochow.  Turning  more  northward,  it  crosses 
the  Anhwei  border  into  Honan,  and  passing  through  Kweiteh  it 
crosses  the  Honan  border  into  Shantung.  After  passing  through 
Tsaohsien,  Tingtao,  and  Tsaochow,  it  crosses  the  Hoangho  and 
enters  Chihli  province.  Passing  through  Kaichow  it  re-enters 
Honan  to  Changteh,  thence  it  follows  the  Tsingchangho  valley,  in 
a  northwesterly  direction,  across  the  Honan  border  into  Shansi. 
Here  the  line  enters  the  northeastern  corner  of  the  vast  iron  and 
coal  field  of  Shansi.  After  entering  Shansi,  the  line  follows  the 
river  valley  to  Liaochow  and  Yicheng,  and  crosses  the  watershed 
into  the  Tungkwoshui  Valley  to  Yutse  and  Taiyuan.  From 
Taiyuan,  it  proceeds  northwestward  through  another  rich  iron 
and  coal  field  of  Shansi  to  Kolan.  Thence,  it  turns  westward  to 
Poate,  where  it  crosses  the  Hoangho  to  Fuku,  in  the  northeastern 
corner  of  Shensi.  From  Fuku,  the  line  proceeds  northward,  cuts 
through  the  Great  Wall  into  the  Suiyuan  District  and  crosses  the 
Hoangho  to  Saratsi.  From  Saratsi,  the  line  runs  in  a  north- 
westerly direction  across  the  vast  prairie  to  Junction  A  of  the 
Xorthwestern  Trunk  Line,  where  it  joins  the  common  track  of 
the  Dolon  Nor-Urga  line  to  Urga.  This  line  runs  from  a  thickly 
populated  country  at  one  end  in  Central  China  to  the  vast  thinly 
populated  but  fertile  regions  of  Central  Mongolia,  having  a 
distance  of  about  1,300  miles  from  Tingyuen  to  Junction  A. 

c.     The  Great  Eastern  Port-Uliassutai  Line 

Starting  from  the  Great  Eastern  Port,  this  line  follows  line 
(a)  as  far  as  Tingyuen,  and  line  (b)  as  far  as  Pochow.  At 
['ochow,  it  branches  off  on  its  own  track  and  proceeds  westward 
across  the  border  to  Luye,  in  Honan.  Thence  it  turns  northwest- 
ward to  Taikang,  Tungsu,  and  Chungmow  where  it  meets  the 
Hailan  line  and  runs  in  the  same  direction  with  it  to  Chengchow, 
Jungyang,  and  Szeshui.  From  Szeshui  it  crosses  the  Hoangho 
in  Wenhsien,  thence  to  Hwaiking  and  over  the  Honan  border 


Tun    CI-N'TRAlv   RAILWAY    SYSTEM  91 

into  Shansi.  It  now  passes  through  Yangcheng,  Chinshui,  and 
Fowshan  to  Pingyang  where  it  crosses  the  Fen  River  and  proceeds 
to  Puhsien  and  Tailing,  then  westward  to  the  border  where  it 
crosses  the  Hoangho  into  Shensi.  Thence  it  proceeds  to  Yen- 
chang,  and  follows  the  Yenshui  Valley  to  Yenan,  Siaokwan,  and 
Tsingpien.  Then  running  along  the  south  side  of  the  Great  Wall, 
it  enters  Kansu,  and  crosses  the  Hoangho  to  Ninghsia.  From 
Ninghsia,  it  proceeds  northwestward  across  the  Alashan  Moun- 
tain to  Tingyuanying  at  the  edge  of  the  desert.  Thence  it 
proceeds  in  a  straight  line  northwestward  to  Junction  B  of  the 
Northwestern  Railway  System,  where  it  joins  that  system  and 
runs  to  Uliassutai.  This  part  of  the  line  passes  through  desert 
and  grassland  both  of  which  could  be  improved  by  irrigation. 
The  distance  of  this  line  from  Pochow  to  Junction  B  is  1,800 
miles. 

d.  The  Nanking-Loyang  Line 

This  line  runs  between  two  former  capitals  of  China,  passes 
through  a  very  populous  and  fertile  country,  and  taps  a  very 
rich  coal  field  at  the  Loyang  end.  It  starts  from  Nanking, 
running  on  the  common  track  of  lines  (a)  and  (b)  and  branches  off 
at  Hwaiyuan  westward  to  Taiho.  After  passing  Taiho,  it  crosses 
the  Anhwei  border  into  Honan.  Thence  it  runs  alongside  the 
left  bank  of  the  Tashaho  to  Chowkiakow,  a  large  commercial 
town.  From  Chowkiakow,  it  proceeds  to  Linying  where  it 
crosses  the  Peking-Hankow  line  thence  to  Hiangcheng  and  Yu- 
chow  where  the  rich  coal  field  of  Honan  lies.  After  Yuchow  it 
crosses  the  Sungshan  watershed  to  Loyang  where  it  meets  the 
Hailan  line  running  from  east  to  west.  This  line  is  about  300 
miles  from  Hwaiyuan  to  Loyang. 

e.  The  Nanking-Hankow  Line 

This  line  will  run  alongside  the  left  bank  of  the  Yangtse- 
kiang,  connecting  with  Kiukiang  by  a  branch  line.  It  starts  on 
the  opposite  side  of  Nanking  and  goes   southwest  to  Hochow, 


92  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

Wuweicbow  and  Anking,  the  capital  of  Anhwei  province.  After 
Anking,  it  continues  in  the  same  direction  to  Susung  and  Hwang- 
mei,  where  a  branch  should  be  projected  to  Siaochikow,  thence 
across  the  Yangtze  River  to  Kiukiang.  After  Hwangmei,  the 
line  turns  westward  to  Kwangchi,  then  northwestward  to  Kishui, 
and  finally  westward  to  Hankow.  It  covers  a  distance  of  about 
350  miles  through  a  comparatively  level  country. 

f.     The  Sian-Tatung  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Sian  and  runs  northward  to  Sanyuan, 
Yaochow,  Tungkwan,  Yichun,  Chungpu,  Fuchow,  Kanchuan, 
and  Yenan,  where  it  meets  the  Great  Eastern  Port-Uliassutai 
line.  From  Yenan,  it  turns  northeastward  to  Suiteh,  Michih, 
and  Kiachow  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Hoangho.  Thence  it 
runs  along  the  same  bank  to  the  junction  of  the  "\Yeifen  River 
with  the  Hoangho  (on  the  opposite  side),  where  it  crosses  the 
Hoangho  to  the  YVeifen  Valley  and  proceeds  to  Singhsien  and 
Kolan,  there  crossing  the  Great  Eastern  Port-Urga  line.  From 
Kolan,  it  proceeds  to  YYuchai  and  Yangfang,  where  it  crosses 
the  Great  Wall  to  Sochow  and  then  Tatung  there  meeting  the 
Peking-Suiyuan  line.  This  line  is  about  600  miles  long.  It 
passes  through  the  famous  oil  field  in  Shensi,  and  the  northern 
border  of  the  northwestern  Shansi  coal  field.  At  Tatung,  where 
it  ends,  it  joins  the  Peking-Suiyuan  line  and  through  the  section 
from  Tatung  to  Kalgan  it  will  connect  with  the  future  North- 
western System  which  will  link  Kalgan  and  Dolon  Xor  together. 

g.     The  Sian-Ninghsia  Line 

This  line  will  start  from  Sian  in  a  north-westerly  direction 
to  Kingyanghsien,  Shunhwa,  and  Sanshui.  After  Sanshui,  it 
crosses  the  Shensi  border  into  Kansu  at  Chengning  and  then 
turns  west  to  Xingchow.  From  Xingchow,  it  follows  the  Hwan 
Valley  along  the  left  bank  of  the  river  up  to  Kingyangfu  and 
Hwanhsien,  where  it  leaves  the  bank  and  proceeds  to  Tsingping 
;  nd  Pingyuan,  where  it  meets  the  Hwan  River  again  and  follows 


THE   CENTRAL   RAILWAY   SYSTEM  93 

that  valley  up  to  the  watershed.  After  crossing  the  watershed, 
it  proceeds  to  Lingchow,  then  across  the  Hoangho  to  Ninghsia. 
This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about  400  miles  and  passes  through 
a  rich  mineral  and  petroleum  country. 

h.     The  Sian-Hankow  Line 

This  is  a  very  important  line  connecting  the  richest  portion  of 
the  Hoangho  Valley  with  the  richest  portion  of  the  central  section 
of  the  Yangtze  Valley.  It  starts  from  Sian  on  the  track  of  line 
(a),  crosses  the  Tsingling  and  descends  the  Tankiang  Valley  as  far 
as  Sichwan.  At  this  point,  it  branches  off  southward  across  the 
border  into  Hupeh,  and  following  the  left  bank  of  the  Han  River, 
passes  Laohokow  to  Fencheng,  opposite  Siangyang.  After 
Fencheng,  it  follows  continuously  the  same  bank  of  the  Han 
River  to  Anlu,  thence  proceeding  in  a  direct  line  southeastward 
to  Hanchwan  and  Hankow.     This  line  is  about  300  miles  long. 

i.     The  Sian-Chungking  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Sian  almost  directly  southward,  crosses 
the  Tsingling  Mountain  into  the  Han  Valley,  passes  through 
Ningshen,  Shihchuan,  and  Tzeyang,  ascends  the  Jenho  Valley 
across  the  southern  border  of  Shensi  into  the  province  of 
Szechwan  at  Tachuho.  Then  crossing  the  watershed  of  the 
Tapashan  into  the  Tapingho  Valley,  it  follows  that  valley  down 
to  Suiting  and  Chuhsien.  Thence  it  turns  to  the  left  side  of  the 
valley  to  Linshui  and  follows  the  trade  road  to  Kiangpeh  and 
Chungking.  The  entire  distance  of  this  line  is  about  450  miles 
through  a  very  productive  region  and  rich  timber  land. 

j.     The  Lanchow-Chungking  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Lanchow  southwestward  and  follows 
the  same  route  as  line  (a)  as  far  as  Titao.  Thence,  it  branches 
off  and  ascends  the  Taoho  Valley  across  the  Minshan  watershed 
into  the  Heishui  Valley  following  it  down  to  Kiaichow  and 
Pikow.     After  Pikow,  it  crosses  the  Kansu  border  into  Szechwan 


94  THE   INTERNATIONAL    DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

and  proceeds  to  Chaohwa,  where  the  Heishuiho  joins  the  Kialing. 
From  Chaohwa,  it  follows  the  course  of  the  Kialing  River  down 
to  Paoning,  Shanking,  Hochow,  and  Chungking.  The  line  is 
about  600  miles  long,  running  through  a  very  productive  and 
rich  mineral  land. 

k.     Th3  Ansichow-Iden  line 

This  line  passes  through  the  fertile  belt  of  land  between  the 
Gobi  Desert  and  the  Altyntagh  Mountain.  Although  this  strip 
of  land  is  well  watered  by  numerous  mountain  streams  yet  it  is 
very  sparsely  populated,  owing  to  the  lack  of  means  of  com- 
munication. When  this  line  is  completed,  this  strip  of  land  will 
be  most  valuable  to  Chinese  colonists.  The  line  starts  from 
\nsichow  westward  to  Tunhwang,  and  skirts  the  southern  edge 
of  the  Lobnor  Swamp  to  Chochiang.  From  Chochiang,  it  proceeds 
in  the  same  direction  via  Cherchen  to  Iden  where  it  connects  with 
the  terminus  of  the  Northwestern  System.  With  this  System,  it 
forms  a  continuous  and  direct  line  from  the  Great  Eastern  Port 
to  Kashgar  at  the  extreme  west  end  of  China.  This  line  from 
Ansichow  to  Iden  is  about  800  miles  in  length. 


'£>' 


1.     The  Chochiang-Koria  Line 

This  line  runs  across  the  desert  alongside  the  lower  part  of 
the  Tarim  River.  The  land  on  both  sides  of  the  line  is  well 
watered  and  will  be  valuable  for  colonization  as  soon  as  the 
railroad  is  completed.  This  line  is  about  250  miles  in  length  and 
connects  with  the  line  that  runs  along  the  northern  edge  of  the 
desert.  It  is  a  short  cut  between  fertile  lands  on  the  two  sides 
of  the  desert. 

m.     The  Great  Northern  Port-Hami  Line 

This  line  runs  from  the  Great  Northern  Port  in  a  north- 
westerly direction  by  way  of  Paoti  and  Siangho  to  Peking.  From 
Peking  it  runs  on  the  same  track  with  the  Peking-Kalgan  Railway 
to  Kalgan,   where  it  ascends  the  Mongolian  Plateau.     Then  it 


THE   CENTRAL   RAILWAY    SYSTEM  95 

follows  the  caravan  road  northwestward  to  Chintai,  Uolutai, 
Sessy,  and  Tolibulyk.  From  Tolibulyk,  it  takes  a  straight  line 
westward  crossing  the  prairie  and  desert  of  both  the  Inner  and 
Outer  Mongolia  to  Hami  where  it  connects  with  the  Great  Eastern 
Port-Tarbogotai  line  which  runs  almost  directly  west  to  Urumochi, 
the  capital  of  Sinkiang.  Thus,  it  will  be  the  direct  line  from 
Urumochi  to  Peking  and  the  Great  Northern  Port.  This  line  is 
about  1,500  miles  in  length,  the  greater  part  of  which  will  run 
through  arable  land  and  so  when  it  is  completed  it  will  form  one 
of  the  most  valuable  railways  for  colonization. 

n.     The  Great  Northern  Port-Sian  Line 

This  line  will  run  westward  from  the  Great  Northern  Port 
to  Tientsin.  From  here  it  runs  southwestward  to  Hokien,  passing 
through  Tsinghai  and  Tachen.  From  Hokien,  it  runs  more 
westerly  to  Shentseh,  Wuki,  and  Chengting  where  it  joins  the 
Chengtai  line  as  well  as  crosses  the  Kinhan  line.  From  Chengting 
it  takes  the  same  road  as  the  narrow  gauge  Chengtai  line  which 
has  to  be  reconstructed  into  standard  gauge  so  as  to  facilitate 
through  trains  to  Taiyuan  and  farther  on.  From  Taiyuan  it  runs 
southwestward  to  Kiaocheng,  Wenshui,  Fenchow,  Sichow,  and 
Taning.  After  Taning  it  turns  westward  and  crossing  the  Hoang- 
ho,  it  turns  southwestward  to  Yichwan,  Lochwan,  and  Chungpu 
where  it  joins  the  Sian-Tatung  line  and  runs  on  the  same  track  to 
Sian.  Its  length  is  about  700  miles  over  very  rich  and  extensive 
iron,  coal,  and  petroleum  fields,  as  well  as  productive  agricultural 
lands. 

0.     The  Great  Northern  Port-Hankow  Line 

This  line  starts  from  the  Great  Northern  Port  skirting  the 
coast  to  Petang,  Taku,  and  Chikow,  thence  to  Yenshan  and  crosses 
the  Chihli  border  into  Shantung  at  Loling.  From  Loling,  it  goes 
to  Tehping,  Linyi,  and  Yucheng  where  it  crosses  the  Tientsin- 
Pukow  line,  proceeds  to  Tungchang  and  Fanhsien,  and  then 
crosses  the  Hoangho  to  Tsaochow.     After  Tsaochow  it  passes  the 


96  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT    OF    CHINA 

Shantung  border  into  Honan,  crossing  the  Hailan  line  to  Suichow. 
From  Suichow  it  proceeds  to  Taikang  where  it  crosses  line  (c), 
then  to  Chenchow  and  Chowkiakow  where  it  crosses  line  (d)  and 
thence  to  Siangcheng,  Sintsai,  Kwangchow,  and  Kwangshan. 
After  Kwangshan  it  crosses  the  boundary  mountain  into  Hupeh, 
passing  through  Ilwangan  to  Hankow.  This  line  is  about  700 
miles  long,  running  from  the  Great  Northern  Port  to  the  com- 
mercial center  of  central  China. 

p.     The  Hoangho  Port-Hankow  Line 

This  line  starts  from  the  Hoangho  Port  in  a  southwesterly 
direction  to  Pohsing,  Sincheng,  and  Changshan,  then  across  the 
Kiauchow-Tsinan  line  to  Poshan.  Thence  it  ascends  the  watershed 
into  the  Wen  Valley  to  Taian  where  it  crosses  the  Tientsin-Pukow 
line  to  Xingyang  and  Tsining.  From  Tsining  it  proceeds  in  a 
straight  line  southwestward  to  Pochow  in  Anhwei,  and  Sintsai  in 
I  lonan.  At  Sintsai  it  joins  the  Great  Northern  Port-Hankow 
line  to  Hankow.  The  distance  of  this  line  from  the  Hoangho 
Port  to  Sintsai  is  about  400  miles. 

q.     The  Chefoo-Hankow  Line 

This  line  starts  at  Chef 00  on  the  northern  side  of  the 
Shantung  Peninsula  and  crosses  that  Peninsula  to  Tsimo,  on  the 
southern  side,  via  Laiyang  and  Kinkiakow.  From  Tsimo  it 
proceeds  southwestward  across  the  shallow  mud  flat  at  the  head 
of  Kiauchow  Bay  in  a  straight  line  to  Chucheng.  After  Chucheng 
it  crosses  the  watershed  into  the  Shuho  Valley  to  Chuchow  and 
Idiow,  then  proceeds  to  Hsuchow  where  it  meets  the  Tientsin- 
Pukow  line  and  the  Hailan  line.  From  Hsuchow  it  runs  on  the 
same  track  with  the  Tientsin-Pukow  line  as  far  as  Suchow  in 
Anhwei,  then  branches  off  to  Mongcheng  and  Yinchow,  and 
crosses  the  border  into  Honan  at  Kwangchow,  where  it  meets 
the  Great  Northern  Port-Hankow  line  and  proceeds  together 
to  Hankow.  This  line  from  Chcfoo  to  Kwangchow  is  about 
550  miles  in  length. 


THE   CENTRAL   RAILWAY    SYSTEM  97 

r.     The  Haichow-Tsinan  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Haichow  following  the  Linhung  River 
to  Kwantunpu,  then  turns  westward  to  Ichow.  From  Tchow 
it  turns  first  northward  then  northwestward,  passing  by  Mongyin 
and  Sintai  to  Tai-an.  At  Tai-an  it  joins  the  Tsinpu  line  and 
proceeds  in  the  same  track  to  Tsinan.  This  line  covers  a 
distance,  from  Haichow  to  Tai-an,  of  about  no  miles,  tapping 
the  coal  and  iron  fields  of  southern  Shantung. 

s.     The  Haichow-Hankow  Line 

This  line  starts  at  Haichow  in  a  southwesterly  direction, 
goes  to  Shuyang  and  Sutsien,  probably  in  the  same  route  as  the 
projected  Hailan  line.  From  Sutsien  it  proceeds  to  Szechow 
and  Hwaiyuan,  where  it  crosses  the  Great  Eastern  Port  Urga 
and  Uliassutai  lines.  After  Hwaiyuan  it  goes  to  Showchow  and 
Chenyangkwan,  thence  continuing  in  the  same  direction  across 
the  southeastern  corner  of  Honan  and  the  boundary  mountain 
into  Hupeh,  proceeds  to  Macheng  and  Hankow,  covering  a 
distance  of  about  400  miles. 

t.     The  Haichow-Nanking  Line 

This  line  goes  from  Haichow  southward  to  Antung,  then 
inclining  a  little  south  to  Hwaian.  After  Hwaian  it  crosses  the 
Paoying  Lake  (which  will  be  reclaimed  according  to  the  regula- 
tion of  the  Hwaiho  in  Part  IV,  Program  II)  to  Tienchang  and 
Luho,  thence  to  Nanking.     Distance,  about  180  miles. 

u.     The  Sinyangkang-Hankow  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Sinyangkang  to  Yencheng,  then  crossing 
the  Tasung  Lake  (which  will  be  reclaimed)  to  Hwaian.  From 
Hwaian  it  turns  southwestward  passing  over  the  southeastern 
corner  of  the  Hungtse  Lake  (which  will  also  be  reclaimed)  to 
Suyi,  in  Anhwei.  After  Suyi,  it  crosses  the  Tientsin-Pukow  line 
near  Mingkwang,  to  Tingyuen,  where  it  meets  lines  (b)  and 
(c).     After  Tingyuen,  it  proceeds  to  Lu-an  and  Hwoshan,  then 


98  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   01'   CHINA 

crosses   the   boundary    mountain   into   Hupeh    passing    through 
Lotien  to  Hankow,  a  distance  of  about  420  miles. 

v.     The  Luszekang-Nanking  Line 

This  line  startsatLuszekang,a  fishing  harbor  to  be  constructed 
at  the  extremity  of  the  northern  point  of  the  Yangtze  Estuary. 
From  Luszekangit  proceeds  westward  to  Tungchow  where  it  turns 
northwestward  to  Jukao,  and  then  westward  to  Taichow,  Yang- 
chow,  Luho,  and  Nanking.     This  line  is  about  200  miles  long. 

w.     The  Coast  Line 

This  line  starts  at  the  Great  Northern  Port,  and  follows  the 
Great  Northern  Port-Hankow  line  as  far  as  Chikow,  where  it 
begins  its  own  line.  Keeping  along  the  coast,  it  crosses  the 
Chihli  border  to  the  Hoangho  Port,  in  Shantung,  then  proceeds 
to  I.aichow  where  it  takes  a  straight  cut  away  from  the  coast  to 
Chaoyuan  and  Chefoo,  thus  avoiding  the  projected  Chefoo- 
Weihsien  line.  From  Chefoo  it  proceeds  southeastward  through 
Xinghai  to  Wenteng,  where  one  branch  runs  to  Jungcheng  and 
another  to  Shihtao.  The  main  line  turns  southwestward  to 
Ilaiyang  and  Kinkiakow,  where  it  joins  the  Chefoo-Hankow  line, 
and  follows  it  as  far  as  the  western  side  of  Kiauchow  Bay,  thence 
southward  to  Lingshanwei.  From  Lingshanwei  the  line  proceeds 
southwestward  along  the  coast  to  Jichao,  and  crosses  the 
Shantung  border  into  Kiangsu,  passing  Kanyu  to  Haichow. 
Thence  it  proceeds  southeastward  to  Yencheng,  Tungtai,  Tung- 
chow, Haimen,  and  Tsungming  Island  which  will  be  connected 
with  the  mainland  by  the  regulation  works  of  Yangtze  embank- 
ment. From  Tsungming  trains  can  be  ferried  over  to  Shanghai. 
This  line  from  Chikow  to  Tsungming  is  about  1,000  miles  in 
length. 

x.     The  Hwoshan-Wuhu-Soochow-Kashing  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Hwoshan  to  Shucheng  and  Wuwei, 
then  across  the  Yangtze  River  to  Wuhu.     After  YVuhu  it  goes  to 


THE    SOUTHEASTERN    RAILWAY    SYSTEM  99 

Kaoshun,  Liyang,  and  Ihing,  then  crosses  over  the  northern  end 
of  Taihu  (which  will  be  reclaimed)  to  Soochow,  where  it  meets  the 
Shanghai-Nanking  line.  From  Soochow  it  turns  southward  to 
Kashing  on  the  Shanghai-Hangchow  line.  This  line  runs  over 
very  populous  and  rich  districts  of  Anhwei  and  Kiangsu  provinces, 
covering  a  distance  of  about  300  miles,  which  will  form  the 
greater  part  of  the  shortest  line  from  Shanghai  to  Hankow. 

PART     II. 

The  Southeastern  Railway  System 

This  system  covers  the  irregular  triangle  which  is  formed  by 
the  Coast  line  between  the  Great  Eastern  and  the  Great 
Southern  Ports,  as  the  base,  by  the  Yangtze  River  from 
Chungking  to  Shanghai,  as  one  side,  and  by  line  (a)  of  the 
Canton-Chungking  Railway  as  the  other  side,  with  Chungking 
as  the  apex.  This  triangle  comprises  the  provinces  of  Chekiang, 
Fukien,  and  Kiangsi,  and  a  part  respectively  of  Kiangsu,  Anhwei, 
Hupeh,  Hunan,  and  Kwangtung.  This  region  is  very  rich  in 
mineral  and  agricultural  products,  especially  iron  and  coal 
deposits  which  are  found  everywhere.  And  the  whole  region  is 
thickly  populated.  So  railway  construction  will  be  very 
remunerative. 

With  the  Great  Eastern  Port  and  the  Great  Southern  Port 
and  the  second-  and  third-class  ports  that  lie  between  the  two  as 
termini  of  this  system  of  railroads,  I  propose  that  the  following 
lines  be  constructed : 

a.  The  Great  Eastern  Port-Chungking  Line. 

b.  The  Great  Eastern  Port-Canton  Line. 

c.  The  Foochow-Chinkiang  Line. 

d.  The  Foochow- Wuchang  Line. 

e.  The  Foochow-Kweilin  Line. 

f.  The  Wenchow-Shenchow  Line. 

g.  The  Amoy-Kienchang  Line. 


100  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

h.  The  Amoy-Canton  Line. 

i.  The  Swatow-Changteh  Line. 

j.  The  Nanking-Siuchow  Line. 

k.  The  Xanking-Kaying  Line. 

I.  The  Coast  Line  between  the  Great  Eastern  and  the 

Great  Southern  Ports, 

m.  The  Kienchang-Yuanchow  Line. 

a.     The  Great  Eastern  Port-Chungking  Line 

This  line  connects  the  commercial  center  of  western  China — 
Chungking — with  the  Great  Eastern  Port  in  almost  a  straight 
route  south  of  the  Yangtze  River.     It  starts   from  the  Great 
Eastern  Port  and  goes  to  Hangchow,  then  through  Linan,  Chang- 
hwa,  to  Hweichow,  in  Anhwei.     From  Hweichow  it  proceeds  to 
Sinning  and  Kimen,  then  crosses  the  border  into  Kiangsi  and 
passing  Hukow  reaches  Kiukiang.    From  Kiukiang  it  follows  the 
right    bank    of    the    Yangtze,    crosses    the    Hupeh    border   to 
Hingkwochow  and  then  proceeds  to  Tungshan  and  Tsungyang, 
where  it  passes  over  the  border  to  Yochow  in  Hunan.     From 
Yochow  it  takes  a  straight  line  across  the  Tungting  Lake  (which 
will  be  reclaimed)  to  Changteh.     From  Changteh  it  proceeds  up 
the  Liu   Shui  Valley,  passing  through  Tzeli,  and  crossing  the 
Hunan  border  to  Hofeng,  in  Hupeh  and   then  to    Shinan  and 
Lichwan.      At    Shinan    a    branch    should    be    projected    north- 
eastward  to   Ichang,   and   at   Lichwan   another   branch    should 
be    projected    northwestward    to    Wanhsien,    both    on   the   left 
side   of    the   Yangtze   River.      After    Lichwan    it    crosses    the 
Hupeh   border   into   Szechwan,   passing   Shihchu   to    Foochow, 
then   passes   the    Wukiang   and   proceeds   along  the   right   side 
of    the    Yangtze   River   as   far   as   lines    (a)    and    (b)    of    the 
Canton-Chungking    Railway     and    then     crosses     together     on 
the    same    bridge    to    Chungking    on    the    other    side    of    the 

r.      The   length   of   this    line   including   branches,    is    about 
1,200  miles. 


THE   SOUTHEASTERN   RAILWAY    SYSTEM  IOI 

b.     The  Great  Eastern  Port-Canton  Line 

This  is  a  straight  line  from  one  first-class  seaport  to  another. 
Tt  starts  from  the  Great  Eastern  Port  and  goes  to  Hangehow, 
then  turning  southwestward,  follows  the  left  bank  of  the  Tsien 
Tang  River  through  Fuyang,  Tunglu  to  Yenchow  and  Chuchow. 
Then  it  proceeds  across  the  Chekiang-Kiangsi  border  to  Kwangsin. 
From  Kwangsin  it  goes  through  Shangtsing  and  Kinki  to  Kien- 
chang,  then  proceeds  to  Nanfeng,  Kwangchang,  and  Xingtu. 
After  Xingtu  it  proceeds  to  Yutu,  Sinfeng,  Lungnan,  and  cross- 
ing the  boundary  mountain  of  Kiangsi  and  Kwangtung,  to 
Changning.  Thence  via  Tsungfa  it  goes  to  Canton,  covering  a 
distance  of  about  900  miles. 

c.  The  Foochow-Chinkiang  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Foochow,  goes  by  way  of  Loyuan  and 
Xingteh  to  Fuan,  and  then  proceeds  across  the  Fukien-Chekiang 
border  to  Taishun,  Kingning,  Yunho,  and  Chuchow.  Thence  it 
proceeds  to  Wuyi,  Yiwu,  Chukih,  and  Hangehow.  After  Hang- 
chow  it  goes  to  Tehtsing  and  Huchow  and  then  crosses  the 
Chekiang  border  into  Kiangsu.  Then  it  proceeds  by  way  of 
Ihing,  Kintan,  and  Tanyang  to  Chinkiang.  This  line  is  about  550 
miles  in  length. 

d.  The  Foochow-Wuchang  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Foochow  and  following  the  left  bank  of 
the  Min  River  and  passing  Shuikow  and  Yenping  reaches  Shaowu. 
After  Shaowu,  it  proceeds  across  the  Fukien  border  into  Kiangsi 
and  then  passes  through  Kienchang  and  Fuchovv  to  Nanchang, 
the  capital  of  Kiangsi.  From  XTanchang  it  proceeds  to  Hingkwo, 
in  Hupeh,  and  passes  on  to  Wuchang,  the  capital  of  Hupeh.  It 
covers  a  distance  of  about  550  miles. 

e.  The  Foochow-Kweilin  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Foochow,  crosses  the  Min  River  and 
proceeds  by  way  of  Yungfu,  Tatien,  Xingyang,  and  Liencheng 


LIBRARY 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

SANTA    BARBARA 


102  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

to  Tingchow.  Thence  it  crosses  the  Fukien-Kiangsi  border  to 
Shuikin.  From  Shuikin  it  proceeds  to  Yutu  and  Kanchow  and 
then  to  Shangyiu  and  Chungyi.  After  Chungyi  it  crosses  the 
Kiangsi-Hunan  border  to  Kweiyanghsien  and  Chenchow,  where 
it  crosses  the  Canton-Hankow  line  to  Kweiyangchow.  Thence  it 
continues  to  Sintien,  Ningyuan,  and  Taochow,  where  it  meets 
lines  (a)  and  (b)  of  the  Canton-Chungking  Railway.  After 
Taochow  it  turns  southward  following  the  Taoho  Valley  to  the 
Kwangsi  border  and  then  crossing  it,  proceeds  to  Kweilin.  This 
line  covers  a  distance  of  about  750  miles. 

f.     The  Wenchow-Shenchow  Line 

This  line  begins  from  the  new  Wenchow  Port  and  follows 
the  left  bank  of  the  Wukiang  as  far  as  Tsingtien.  From  Tsingtien 
it  proceeds  to  Chuchow  and  Suenping  and  turning  westward 
across  the  Chekiang  border  to  Yushan  in  Kiangsi.  After  Yushan 
it  goes  to  Tensing,  Loping,  and  then  skirting  the  southern  shore 
of  Poyang  Lake  goes  through  Yukan  to  Nanchang,  the  capital  of 
Kiangsi.  From  Nanchang  it  proceeds  to  Juichow,  Shangkao,  and 
Wantsai,  then  crosses  the  Kiangsi  border  to  Liuyang  in  Hunan, 
and  Changsha,  the  capital  of  Hunan.  After  Changsha  it  goes  to 
Ningsiang,  Anhwa,  and  Shenchow  where  it  connects  with  line  (a) 
of  the  Canton-Chungking  Railway,  and  with  the  Shasi-Singyi 
line.     This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about  850  miles. 

g.     The  Amoy-Kienchang  Line 

This  line  starts  from  the  new  port  of  Amoy  and  goes  to 
Changtai,  then  following  the  Kiulungkiang  to  Changping,  Ning- 
yang,  Tsingliu,  and  Kienning.  After  Kienning  it  proceeds  across 
the  Kiangsi  border  to  Kienchang,  where  it  connects  with  the 
Great  Eastern  Port-Canton  line,  the  Foochow-Wuchang  line,  and 
the  Kienchang-Yuanchow  line.  This  line  covers  a  distance  of 
about  250  miles. 


THE   SOUTHEASTERN    RAILWAY    SYSTEM  IO3 

h.     The  Amoy-Canton  Line 

This  line  starts  at  the  new  port  of  Amoy,  and  proceeds  to 
Changchow,  Nantsing,  and  Siayang,  where  it  crosses  the  Fukien 
border  to  Tapu,  in  Kwangtung.  From  Tapu  it  goes  to  Tsung- 
kow,  Kaying,  Hinning,  and  W'uhwa.  After  VVuhwa  it  crosses 
the  watershed  between  the  Hankiang  and  the  Tungkiang  rivers 
to  Lungchiin,  then  following  the  Tungkiang  down  to  Hoyun,  it 
crosses  another  watershed  to  Lungmoon,  Tsengshin  and  Canton. 
This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about  400  miles. 

i.     The  Swatow-Changteh   Line 

This  line  starts  from  Swatow,  proceeds  to  Chaochow,  Ka- 
ying, and  then  crosses  the  Kwangtung  border  to  Changning  in 
Kiangsi.  From  Changning  it  crosses  the  watershed  into  Kung- 
kiang  Valley  and  follows  that  river  down  to  Hweichang  and 
Kanchow.  From  Kanchow  it  proceeds  to  Lungchuan,  Yungning, 
and  Lienhwa,  where  it  crosses  the  Kiangsi  border  into  Hunan. 
After  that,  it  proceeds  to  Chuchow  and  Changsha,  the  capital  of 
Hunan.  From  Changsha  it  goes  to  Ningsiang,  Yiyang,  and 
Changteh  where  it  ends,  connecting  with  the  Great  Eastern  Port- 
Chungking  line,  and  the  Shasi-Singyi  line.  This  line  covers  a 
distance  of  about  650  miles. 

j.     The  Nanking-Siuchow  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Nanking  and  runs  along  the  right  bank 
of  the  Yangtze  to  Taiping,  Wuhu,  Tungling,  Chichow,  and 
Tungliu.  After  Tungliu  it  passes  over  the  Anhwei  border  into 
Kiangsi,  at  Pengtseh,  and  goes  to  Hukow.  At  Hukow  it  meets 
the  Great  Eastern  Port-Chungking  line  and  crosses  the  bridge 
together  with  that  line  to  the  projected  Poyang  Port.  From  the 
Poyang  Port  it  runs  along  the  west  shore  of  the  Poyang  Lake 
through  Nankang  and  Wucheng  to  Nanchang,  where  it  meets 
the  Wenchow-Shenchow  and  Fooehow-Wuchang  lines.  From  Xan- 
chang  it  proceeds  up  the  Kan  Kiang  Valley,  via  Linkiang  to  Kian. 


104  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

where  it  crosses  the  projected  Kienchang-Yuanchow  line.  After 
Kian,  it  proceeds  to  Kanchow  where  it  crosses  the  Foochow- 
Kweilin  line.  Thence  it  goes  to  Nankanghsien  and  Nanan. 
After  Nanan  it  crosses  the  boundary  mountain,  Tayuling,  into 
Kwangtung  at  Nanyung,  thence  passes  through  Chihing  to  Siu- 
chow,  where  it  meets  the  Canton-Hankow  line.  This  line  covers 
distance  of  about  800  miles. 

k.     The  Nanking-Kaying  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Nanking,  proceeds  to  IJshui  and  Kao- 
shun  and  then  crosses  the  Kiangsu  border  into  Anhwei  at  Suen- 
cheng.  From  Suencheng  it  proceeds  to  Ningkwo  and  Hweichow. 
After  Hweichow  it  crosses  the  Anhwei  border  into  Chekiang, 
passing  through  Kaihwa,  Changshan,  and  Kiangshan,  and  leaving 
Chekiang  enters  Fukien  at  Pucheng.  From  Pucheng  it  proceeds 
via  Kienningfu  to  Yenping  where  it  crosses  the  Foochow- 
Wuchang  line  and  then  goes  through  Shahsien  and  Yungan  to 
Ningyang,  where  it  meets  the  Foochow-Kweilin  and  Amoy- 
Kienchang  lines.  From  Ningyang  it  proceeds  to  Lungyen  and 
Yungting,  then  joining  the  Amoy-Canton  line  at  Tsungkow 
proceeds  together  to  Kaying,  its  terminus.  This  line  runs  over 
a  distance  of  about  750  miles. 

1.     The  Coast  Line  Between  the  Great  Eastern  and  the 

Great  Southern  Ports 

This  line  starts  from  the  Great  Southern  Port— Canton- 
proceeds  in  the  same  direction  as  the  Canton-Kowloon  line  as  far 
as  Shelung  and  then  goes  its  own  way  following  the  course  of 
the  Tungkiang  River  to  Waichow.  From  Waichow  it  proceeds 
to  Samtochuck,  Haifung,  and  Lukfung,  then  turning  northeast- 
ward goes  to  Kityang  and  Chaochow.  After  Chaochow  it  goes 
to  Jaoping,  then  crossing  the  Kwangtung-Fukien  border  to  Chaoan. 
Thence  it  proceeds  to  Yunsiao,  Changpu,  Changchow,  and  Amoy. 
From  Amoy  it  proceeds  to  Chuanchow,  Hinghwa,  and  Foochow, 
the  capital  of  Fukien.     After  Foochow  it  proceeds  in  the  same 


THE    NORTHEASTERN    RAILWAY    SYSTEM  IO5 

direction  as  the  Foochow-Chinkiang  line,  as  far  as  Fuan,  then  turns 
eastward  to  Funing,  and  northward  to  Futing.  After  Futing  it 
crosses  the  Fukien  border  into  Chekiang  and  proceeds  through 
Pingyang  to  Wenchow.  At  Wenchow  it  crosses  the  Wwkiang 
and  proceeds  to  Lotsing,  Hwangyen,  and  Taichow.  Thence,  it 
proceeds  through  Ninghai  to  Ningpo,  its  own  terminus,  where  it 
connects  with  the  Ningpo-Hangchow  line,  thus  linking  it  up  with 
the  Great  Eastern  Port  via  Hangchow.  This  line  covers  a  distance 
from  Canton  to  Xingpo  of  about  1,100  miles. 

m.     The  Kienchang-Yuanchow  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Kienchang  and  runs  through  Yihwang, 
Loan,  Yungfeng,  and  Kishui  to  Kian,  where  it  crosses  the 
Nanking-Siuchow  line.  After  Kian  it  proceeds  to  Yungsin  and 
Lienhwa  where  it  meets  the  Swatow-Changteh  line.  Thence  it 
crosses  the  Kiangsi  border  into  Hunan,  at  dialing,  then  through 
Anjen  to  Hengchow  where  it  crosses  the  Canton-Hankow  line. 
From  Hengchow  the  line  proceeds  to  Paoking  where  it  crosses 
line  (a)  of  the  Canton-Chungking  Railway  then  westward  to 
Yuanchow,  its  terminus,  where  it  joins  with  the  Shasi-Singyi  line. 
This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about  550  miles.  The  total  length 
of  this  Southeastern  Railway  System  is  about  9,000  miles. 

PART    III. 
The  Northeastern  Railway  System 

This  system  will  cover  the  whole  of  Manchuria,  a  part  of 
Mongolia,  and  a  part  of  Chihli  province — an  area  of  nearly  500,000 
square  miles,  with  a  population  of  25,000,000.  This  region  is 
surrounded  by  mountains  on  three  sides  and  opens  on  the  south 
to  the  Liaotung  Gulf.  Amidst  these  three  mountain  ranges  lies  a 
vast  and  fertile  plain  drained  by  three  rivers — the  Nonni  on  the 
north,  the  Sungari  on  the  northeast,  and  the  Liaoho  on  the  south. 
This  part  of  China  was  once  regarded  as  a  desert,  but  since  the 


106  THE   INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT  OF   CHINA 

completion  of  the  Chinese  Eastern  Railway  it  has  been  found  to 
be  the  most  productive  soil  in  China.  It  supplies  the  whole  of 
Japan  and  a  part  of  China  with  nitrogenous  food  in  the  form  of 
soya  bean.  This  bean,  the  wonderful  properties  of  which  were 
early  discovered  by  the  Chinese,  contains  the  richest  nitrogenous 
substance  among  vegetables  and  has  been  used  as  a  meat  substitute 
for  many  thousand  years.  Vegetable  milk  is  extracted  from  this 
bean,  and  from  this  milk  various  kinds  of  preparations  are  made. 
The  extraction  from  this  bean  has  been  proved  by  modern 
chemists  to  be  richer  than  any  kind  of  meat.  The  Chinese  and 
the  Japanese  have  used  this  kind  of  artificial  meat  and  milk  from 
time  immemorial.  Recently  food  administrators  in  Europe  and 
America  have  paid  great  attention  to  this  meat  substitute,  while 
the  export  of  soya  bean  to  Europe  and  America  has  steadily 
increased.  This  Alanchu-Mongolian  plain  is  destined  to  be  the 
source  of  the  world's  supply  of  soya  bean.  Besides  soya  bean, 
this  plain  also  produces  a  great  quantity  of  various  kinds  of  grains, 
and  supplies  the  entire  Eastern  Siberia  with  wheat.  The  Man- 
churian  mountains  are  exceedingly  rich  in  timber  and  minerals — 
gold  being  especially  found  in  great  quantities  in  many  localities. 

Railway  construction  in  this  region  has  proved  to  be  a  most 
profitable  undertaking.  At  present  there  are  already  three  railway 
systems  tapping  this  rich  country,  viz.,  the  Peking-Mukden  line, 
the  best  paying  railroad  in  China,  the  Japanese  South-Manchurian 
Railway,  also  a  very  remunerative  line,  and  the  Chinese  Eastern 
Railway,  the  best  paying  portion  of  the  whole  Siberian  system. 
Besides  these,  there  are  many  lines  projected  by  the  Japanese.  In 
order  to  develop  this  rich  region  properly  a  network  of  railways 
should  be  projected. 

ilefore  dealing  with  the  separate  lines  of  this  network  of 
railways,  I  should  like  to  propose  a  center  for  them,  just  as  the 
spider's  nest  is  to  a  cobweb.  I  shall  name  this  central  city 
"  Tungchin,''  the  Eastern  Mart,  which  should  be  situated  at  a 
point  southwest  of  the  junction  of  the  Sungari  and  Nonni  rivers, 
about  1 10  miles  west  by  south  from  Harbin,  and  will  be  in  a  more 


THE   NORTHEASTERN    RAILWAY    SYSTEM  IO7 

advantageous  position  than  the  latter.  This  new  city  will  be  the 
center  not  only  of  the  railway  system  but  also  of  the  inland  water 
communication  when  the  Liaoho-Sungari  Canal  is  completed. 

With  the  projected  city  of  Tungchin  as  a  center,  I  propose 
the  following  lines : 

a.  The  Tungchin-Hulutao  line. 

b.  The  Tungchin-Great  Northern  Port  line. 

c.  The  Tungchin-Dolon  Nor  line. 

d.  The  Tungchin-Kerulen  line. 

e.  The  Tungchin-Moho  line. 

f.  The  Tungchin-Korfen  line. 

g.  The  Tungchin- Yaoho  line. 
h.  The  Tungchin- Yenchi  line. 

i.  The  Tungchin-Changpeh  line. 

j.  The  Hulutao-Jehol-Peking  line. 

k.  The  Hulutao-Kerulen  line. 

1.  The  Hulutao-Hailar  line. 

m.  The  Hulutao-Antung  line. 

n.  The  Moho-Suiyuan  line. 

o.  The  Huma-Chilalin  or  Shihwei  line. 

p.  The  Ussuri-Tumen-Yalu-Coast  line. 

q.  The  Linkiang-Dolon  Nor  line. 

r.  The  Chikatobo-Sansing  or  Ilan  line. 

s.  The  Sansing  or  Ilan-Kirin  line. 

t.  The  Kirin-Dolon  Nor  line. 

a.     The  Tungchin-Hulutao  Line 

This  is  the  first  line  that  radiates  from  this  projected 
Manchurian  railway  center,  and  is  the  shorter  of  the  two  direct 
lines  that  lead  to  the  ice-free  ports  on  the  Liaotung-Chihli  Gulf. 
It  runs  almost  parallel  to  the  South  Manchurian  Railway,  the 
distance  between  the  two  lines  being  about  80  miles  at  the  northern 
end,  converging  to  40  miles  at  Sinmin,  and  diverging  again  after 
that  point.  According  to  the  original  agreement  with  the  former 
Russian  Government,  no  parallel  line  within  100  miles  was  allowed 


108  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

to  be  built.  But  such  restriction  must  be  abolished  under  this 
new  International  Development  Scheme  for  the  benefit  of  all 
concerned.  This  line  starts  from  Tungchin,  and  proceeds 
southward  across  the  vast  Manchurian  plain  by  Changling, 
Shuangshan,  Liaoyuan,  and  Kangping,  to  Sinmin  in  a  straight 
line  covering  a  distance  of  about  270  miles.  After  Sinmin,  the 
line  joins  the  Peking-Mukden  Railway  and  runs  on  the  same 
track  for  a  distance  of  about  130  miles  to  Hulutao. 

b.     The  Tungchin-Great  Northern  Port  Line 

This  line  is  the  second  that  radiates  from  this  railway  center 
direct  to  a  deep  water  ice-free  seaport.  It  starts  from  Tungchin, 
proceeding  in  a  southwesterly  direction,  passes  Kwangan, 
midway  between  Tungchin  and  the  West  Liaoho,  and  many  other 
small  settlements  before  it  crosses  the  Liaoho.  After  crossing 
the  Liaoho,  it  enters  the  mountainous  regions  of  the  Jehol 
district  by  a  valley  to  Fowsin,  a  hsien  city,  and  crosses  the 
watershed  into  the  Talingho  Valley.  After  passing  through  the 
Talingho  Valley,  the  line  crosses  another  watershed  into  the 
Luan  Valley  by  a  branch  of  the  same  river.  Then  it  penetrates 
the  Great  Wall  and  proceeds  to  the  Great  Northern  Port  by  way 
of  Yungping  and  Loting.  The  whole  length  of  this  line  is  about 
550  miles,  the  first  half  of  which  is  on  level  land  and  the  second 
half  in  mountainous  country. 

c.     The  Tungchin- Dolon  Nor  Line 

This  is  the  third  line  that  radiates  from  the  railway  center 
and  proceeds  nearly  in  a  westerly  direction  across  the  plain  to 
Taonan  where  it  crosses  the  projected  Aigun-Jchol  line(Japanese), 
and  also  meets  the  termini  of  two  other  projected  lines,  the 
Changchun-Taonan  and  the  Tsengkiatun-Taonan  (Japanese). 
After  Taonan,  the  line  turns  more  southward  by  skirting  along 
the  foothills  of  the  southeastern  side  of  the  Great  Khingan  range 
where  vast  virgin  forests  and  rich  minerals  are  found.  Then  it 
passes  through  the  upper  Liaoho  Valley  formed  by   the    Great 


THE   NORTHEASTERN   RAILWAY   SYSTEM  109 

Khingan  Mountain  on  the  north,  and  the  Jehol  Mountain  on  the 
south  and  through  the  towns  of  Linsi  and  Kingpang  to  Dolon 
Nor,  where  it  meets  the  trunk  line  of  the  Northwestern  Railway 
system.  This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about  480  miles,  a  greater 
part  of  which  is  on  level  land. 

d.  The  Tungchin-Kerulen  Line 
This  is  the  fourth  line  that  radiates  from  the  Tungchin 
Railway  center.  It  runs  in  a  northwesterly  direction  almost 
parallel  with  the  Harbin-Manchuli  line  of  the  Chinese  Eastern 
Railway,  the  distance  between  the  two  lines  varying  from  100  to 
130  miles.  The  line  starts  from  Tungchin  on  the  north  side  of 
the  junction  of  the  Nonni  and  Sungari  rivers  and  proceeds 
westward  across  the  Nonni  River  to  Talai,  and  then  turns 
northwestward  across  the  plain  into  the  valley  of  the  north  branch 
of  the  Guileli  River.  After  entering  the  valley,  it  follows  the 
stream  up  to  its  source,  then  crosses  the  Great  Khingan  Mountain 
watershed  into  the  Mongolian  Plain  by  the  Khalka  River,  and 
follows  the  right  bank  of  this  river  to  the  north  end  of  Bor  Nor 
Lake.  Thence  it  turns  directly  westward  to  the  Kerulen  River, 
and  follows  the  south  bank  of  the  river  to  Kerulen.  This  line 
covers  a  distance  of  about  630  miles. 

e.     The  Tungchin-Moho  Line 

This  is  the  fifth  line  that  radiates  'from  this  railway  center. 
It  starts  from  the  north  side  of  the  junction  of  the  Nonni  and 
Sungari  rivers,  and  proceeds  northwestward  across  the  northern  end 
of  the  Great  Manchurian  Plain  to  Tsitsiha.  At  Tsitsiha,  it  joins 
the  projected  Kinchow-Aigun  line  and  proceeds  together  north- 
westward alongside  the  left  bank  of  the  Nonni  River  as  far  as 
Nunkiang  where  it  separates  from  the  other.  Thence  it  resumes 
the  northwesterly  direction  and  proceeds  into  the  upper  Nonni 
Valley  until  the  headwater  is  reached.  Then  it  crosses  the 
northern  extremity  of  the  Great  Khingan  Range  to  Moho,  where 
it  joins  the  terminus  of  the  Dolon  Nor-Moho  line.     This  line  is 


110  THE   INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT  OF   CHINA 

about  600  miles  long.  About  a  quarter  of  this  length  runs  on  the 
plain,  the  second  quarter  runs  along  the  lower  Nonni  Valley, 
the  third  along  the  Upper  Valley,  and  the  fourth  runs  in 
mountainous  but  gold-bearing  region,  where  only  physical 
difficulties  are  to  be  expected. 

f.     The  Tungchin-Korfen  Line 

This  is  the  sixth  line  from  the  railway  center.  It  also  starts 
on  the  northern  side  of  the  Nonni-Sungari  junction,  and  proceeds 
across  the  plain  by  the  cities  Chaotung  and  Tsingkang.  After 
Tsingkang  it  crosses  the  Tungkun  River,  proceeds  to  Hailun* 
and  then,  ascending  the  Tungkun  Valley,  crosses  the  watershed 
of  the  Little  Khingan  Mountain.  Thence  it  descends  into  the 
Korfen  Valley  and  proceeds  by  Chelu  to  Korfen  on  the  right 
bank  of  the  Amur  River.  This  line  covers  a  distance  of  350 
miles,  two  thirds  of  which  run  on  comparatively  level  land 
and  one  third  in  mountainous  district.  This  is  the  shortest 
line  from  Tungchin  to  the  Amur  River  and  the  Russian 
territory  on  yonder  side. 

g.     The  Tungchin-Yaoho  Line 

This  is  the  seventh  line  that  radiates  from  this  railway 
center.  It  starts  from  the  northern  side  of  the  Nonni-Sungari 
junction  and  traverses  the  plain  on  the  left  of  the  Sungari 
River  by  Chaochow,  then  crosses  the  Chinese  Eastern  Railway, 
and  the  Hulan  River  to  Hulan.  After  Hulan.  it  proceeds  to 
Payen,  Mulan,  and  Tungho,  then  crosses  the  Sungari  River  to 
Sansing,  now  called  Ilan.  Thence  it  proceeds  into  the  Wokan 
Valley  and  crosses  the  watershed  by  Chihsingshitse  and  Takokai 
into  the  Xoloho  Valley  and  passing  by  various  villages  and  towns 
along  this  river  to  Vaohohsien,  ends  at  the  junction  of  the 
Xoloho  and  the  Ussuri  River.  This  line  covers  a  distance  of 
500  miles  in  very  fertile  country. 


THE    NORTHEASTERN    RAILWAY    SYSTEM  III 

h.     The  Tungchin-Yenchi  Line 

This  is  the  eighth  line  that  radiates  from  this  railway  center. 
It  starts  from  the  eastern  side  of  the  Xonni-Sungari  junction 
and  proceeds  in  a  southeasterly  direction  on  the  right  side  of  the 
Sungari  River  to  Fuyu  or  Petunai  and  various  towns  along  the 
road  on  the  same  side  of  the  river  until  it  comes  across  the 
Harbin-Talien  Railway,  then  turns  away  from  the  road  and 
proceeds  eastward  to  Yushu  and  Wuchang.  After  Wuchang, 
the  line  turning  more  southward,  proceeds  to  Fengtechang  and 
then  follows  the  same  direction  to  Omu.  At  Omu,  it  crosses  the 
Mutan  River,  then  proceeds  to  Liangshuichuan  and  Shehtauho, 
where  it  joins  the  Japanese  Hweining-Kirin  line  and  proceeds 
together  to  Yenchi.  This  line  covers  a  length  of  about  330  miles 
through  very  rich  agricultural  and  mineral  country. 

i.     The  Tungchin-Changpeh  Line 

This  is  the  ninth  line  that  radiates  from  the  Tungchin  railway 
center.  It  starts  from  the  south  side  of  the  Nonni-Sungari 
junction  and  proceeds  in  a  southeasterly  direction  across  the  plain 
to  Nungan.  After  Nungan,  it  crosses  the  Itung  River  and 
proceeds  continuously  in  the  same  direction  across  several 
branches  of  the  same  river  to  Kiudaichan,  where  it  joins  the 
Changchun-Kirin  line  and  proceeds  together  as  far  as  Kirin. 
After  Kirin,  it  goes  its  own  way  following  the  right  bank  of  the 
Sungari  River  in  a  southeasterly  direction  to  the  junction  of 
Lafaho  River  and  turns  southward  along  the  same  bank  of  the 
Sungari  to  Huatien.  After  Huatien,  it  continues  in  the  same 
course  up  to  Toutaokiang,  as  far  as  Fusung,  then  turns  south- 
eastward into  the  Sunghsiangho  Valley  and  proceeds  upward  to 
the  Changpeh  Shan  watershed  by  skirting  the  south  side  of  the 
Celestial  Lake,  then  turns  southward  following  the  Aikiang  River 
to  Changpeh  on  the  Korean  frontier.  This  line  covers  a  distance 
of  about  330  miles.  Some  great  difficulties  are  to  be  overcome  in 
the  last  portion  of  the  line  where  it  crosses  the  Changpeh  watershed. 


112  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

j.     The  Hulutao- Jehol-Peking  Line 

With  this  line  I  shall  begin  to  deal  with  a  new  group  of  the 
Northeastern  Railway  System  which  will  make  Hulutao,  the 
ice-free  port  on  the  Liaotung  Gulf  as  their  center  and  terminus. 
This,  the  first  line,  starts  from  Hulutao  and  proceeds  westward 
up  the  Shaho  Valley  to  Sintaipienmen.  Thence  it  crosses  the 
mountainous  district  through  Haiting,  Mangniuyingtse,  and 
Sanshihkiatse  to  Pingchuan,  and  continues  in  the  same  direction 
to  Jehol  or  Chengteh.  After  Jehol,  it  proceeds  by  the  old 
imperial  highway  to  Lwanping,  then  turns  southwestward  to 
Kupehkow  where  it  penetrates  the  Great  Wall.  Thence  it  follows 
the  same  highway  through  Miyun  and  Shunyi  to  Peking.  This 
line  covers  a  distance  of  about  270  miles. 

k.     The  Hulutao-Kerulen  Line 

This  is  the  second  line  of  the  Hulutao  radiation.  It  starts 
from  this  seaport  and  proceeds  northward  through  the  moun- 
tainous region  of  Jehol  by  Kienping  and  Chihfeng.  Thence,  the 
line  follows  the  highway  across  the  Upper  Valley  of  Liaoho  to 
Chianchang,  Sitoo,  Takinkou,  and  Linsi.  After  Linsi,  it  proceeds 
up  the  Lukiako  Valley  and  crosses  the  watershed  at  the  southern 
extremity  of  the  Great  Khingan  Mountain,  through  Kanchumiao 
and  Yufuchih.  Then  it  proceeds  to  Payenbolak,  Uniket,  and 
Khombukure  where  it  joins  with  the  Dolon  Nor-Kerulen  line 
and  proceeds  together  to  Kerulen.  This  line  up  to  Khombukure 
covers  a  distance  of  about  450  miles,  tapping  a  very  rich  mineral, 
timber,  and  agricultural  country. 

1.     The  Hulutao-Hailar  Line 

This,  the  third  line,  starts  from  Hulutao  and  proceeds  by 
way  of  Chinchow  along  the  west  side  on  the  Talingho  River 
to  Yichow,  where  it  crosses  the  Talingho  to  Chinghopienmen 
and  Fowsin.  After  Fowsin,  the  lines  goes  northward  to 
Suitung,   thence,    crossing  the    Siliaoho    to    Kailu,    it    proceeds 


THE    NORTHEASTERN    RAILWAY   SYSTEM  113 

between  the  Great  and  Little  Fish  Lakes  to  Kinpan  and  Tachuan. 
Then  it  proceeds  across  the  Great  Khingan  Mountain  into  the 
Oman  Valley  and  follows  the  same  river  to  Hailar.  This  line 
covers  a  distance  of  about  ^600  miles  passing  through  rich 
mineral  and  agricultural  land  and  virgin  forests. 

m.     The  Hulutao-Antung  Line 

This,  the  fourth  line,  starts  from  Hulutao  and  proceeding 
northeastward,  follows  the  course  of  the  projected  Liaoho-Hulutao 
Canal,  and  then  goes  eastward  to  Newchwang  and  Haicheng. 
From  there  it  proceeds  southeastward  to  Simuchen,  where  it  joins 
the  Antung-Mukden  line  and  proceeds  together  to  Antung  on  the 
Korean  border.  This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about  220  miles. 
This  together  with  the  Hulutao-Jehol-Peking  line  will  make  the 
shortest  line  from  Antung  and  beyond,  i.  e.,  Korea,  to  Peking. 

n.     The  Moho-Suiyuan  Line 

With  this  as  the  first  I  am  going  to  deal  with  another  group 
of  lines  in  this  system.  These  will  be  the  circumferential  lines 
which  link  up  the  radii  from  the  Tungchin  center  in  two  semicir- 
cles, the  outer  and  the  inner.  This  Moho-Suiyuan  line  starts 
from  Moho  and  proceeds  along  the  right  bank  of  the  Amur  River 
to  Ussuri,  Omurh,  Panga,  Kaikukang,  Anlo,  and  Woshimen. 
After  this  point,  the  river  bends  more  southward  and  the  line 
follows  the  same  bend  to  Ankan,  Chahayen,  Wanghata,  and  Huma. 
From  Huma,  it  proceeds  to  Sierhkenchi,  Chila,  Manchutun, 
Heiho,  and  Aigun  where  it  meets  the  terminus  of  the  Chinchow- 
Aigun  line.  After  Aigun,  the  line  turns  more  eastward  to 
Homolerhchin,  Chilirh,  and  Korfen  where  it  meets  the  terminus 
of  the  Tungchin-Korfen  line.  Thence  it  proceeds  to  Wuyun, 
Foshan,  and  Lopeh.  After  Lopeh,  it  goes  to  Hokang  at  the 
junction  of  the  Amur  and  Sungari.  At  this  point,  the  line  crosses 
the  Sungari  River  to  Tungkiang  and  proceeds  to  Kaitsingkow, 
Otu,  and  Suiyuan  where  it  ends.  This  line  covers  a  distance  of 
900  miles  running  all  its  way  through  the  gold-producing  region. 


114  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OE   CHINA 

o.     The  Huma-Chilalin  or  Shihwei  Line 

This  is  merely  a  branch  of  the  Moho-Suiyuan  line.  It  starts 
from  Huma  and  follows  the  Kumara  River  passing  by  the 
Taleitse  Gold  Mine  and  Wapalakow  Gold  Mine.  Then  it  proceeds 
up  the  Kumara  River  in  a  westerly  and  southwesterly  direction 
to  its  southern  source  and  there  it  crosses  the  watershed  into  the 
Halarh  Valley,  thence  descending  the  valley  to  Chilalin  or  Shihwei. 
This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about  320  miles  running  in  an 
extremely  rich  gold  district. 

p.     The  Ussuri-Tumen-Yalu-Coast  Line 

This,  the  second  line  of  the  outer  semicircle,  starts  by 
continuing  the  first  line  at  Suiyuan,  and  proceeds  along  the  left 
bank  of  the  Ussuri  River,  passing  Kaulan,  Fuyeu,  and  Minkang, 
to  Yaoho,  where  it  meets  the  terminus  of  the  Tungchin-Yaoho 
line.  From  Yaoho,  it  runs  parallel  to  the  Russian  Ussuri  Railway 
on  the  east  side  of  the  river  as  far  as  Fulin.  After  Fulin,  it  parts 
from  the  Russian  line  by  turning  westward  following  the  Mulingho 
River  to  Mishan  on  the  northwestern  corner  of  the  Hanka  Lake. 
Thence  it  goes  to  Pinganchin,  turns  southward  alongside  the 
boundary  line  and  crosses  the  Harbin-Vladivostok  line  at  Siusuifen 
Station  to  Tungning.  After  Tungning,  it  continues  the  same 
southward  course  alongside  the  boundary  line  to  a  point  between 
Szetaukow  and  Wutaukow,  then  turns  westward  to  Hunchun, 
and  northwestward  to  Yenchi  where  it  meets  the  projected 
Japanese  Hweining-Kirin  line.  From  Yenchi,  it  follows  the 
Japanese  line  to  Holung,  and  proceeds  southwestward  by  the  left 
side  of  the  Tumen  River  across  the  watershed  into  the  Yalu 
Valley,  where  it  meets  the  Tungchin-Changpeh  line.  After 
Changpeh  it  turns  westward  and  northwestward  following  the 
right  bank  of  the  Yalu  to  Linkiang,  thence  southwestward,  still 
following  the  right  bank  of  the  Yalu,  to  Tsianhsien  and  then 
continues  in  the  same  direction,  along  the  Yalu  bank,  to  Antung, 
where  it  meets  the  Antung-Mukden  Railway.    After  Antung,  it 


THE    NORTHEASTERN    RAILWAY    SYSTEM  115 

proceeds  to  Tatungkow  at  the  mouth  of  the  Yalu,  thence  along 
the  coast  to  Takushan  and  Chwangho,  then  westward  through  Shun 
and  Pingfangtien  to  join  the  South  Manchurian  Railway  at 
Wukiatun.  This  line  covers  a  distance  of  1,100  miles,  which  runs 
from  end  to  end  right  along  the  southeastern  boundary  of 
Manchuria. 

q.     The  LinkiaDg-Dolon  Nor  Line 

This  is  the  third  line  of  the  outer  semicircle  of  the  Tungchin 
railway  center,  and  connects  the  radiating  lines  south  of  the 
center.  It  starts  from  Linkiang  at  the  southwestward  turn  of  the 
Yalu  River,  and  proceeds  across  the  mountainous  region  passing 
by  Tunghwa,  Hingking,  and  Fushun,  to  Mukden,  where  it  crosses 
the  South  Manchurian  Railway.  From  Mukden,  it  goes  together 
with  the  Peking- Mukden  line  as  far  as  Sinmin,  where  it  crosses 
the  Tungchin-Hulutao  line  and  proceeds  northwestward  through 
Sinlihtun  to  Fowsin.  After  Fowsin  the  line  enters  the  hilly 
district  of  the  upper  Liaoho  Valley,  and  proceeds  to  Chihfeng, 
after  passing  through  numerous  small  villages  and  camping  places 
in  this  vast  pasture.  After  Chihfeng  the  line  proceeds  through 
the  Yinho  Valley  by  Sanchotien,  Kungchuling,  and  Tachientse, 
to  Famuku,  thence  follows  the  Tulakanho  to  Dolon  Nor,  covering 
a  distance  of  about  500  miles. 

r.     The  Chikatobo-Sansing  or  Ilan  Line 

This  is  the  first  line  of  the  inner  semicircle  which  connects 
the  radiating  lines  from  the  Tungchin  railway  center  on  the 
northeast.  It  starts  from  Chikatobo  on  the  upper  reach  of 
the  Amur,  and  proceeds  eastward  and  southeastward  through 
many  valleys  and  mountains  of  the  Great  Khingan  Range  to 
Nunkiang.  After  Nunkiang,  it  goes  in  a  more  southerly 
direction  to  Keshan,  thence  to  Hailun,  and  then  crosses  the 
Sungari  to  Sansing  or  Ilan.  This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about 
700  miles,  passing  through  an  agricultural  and  gold-producing 
country. 


Il6  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

s.     The  Sansing  or  Ilan-Kirin  Line 

This  is  the  second  line  of  the  inner  semicircle.  It  starts 
from  Sansing  and  proceeds  southwestward  along  the  right  bank 
of  the  Mutan  River  through  Tauchan,  Erchan,  Sanchan,  and 
Szuchan,  to  Chengtse  where  it  crosses  the  Harbin-Vladivostok 
line.  Then  it  goes  to  Ninguta,  after  crossing  over  the  Mutan 
River  from  right  to  the  left  bank.  After  Ninguta  it  proceeds 
southwestward  passing  through  Wungcheng,  Lanchichan, 
Talachan,  and  Fungwangtien,  to  Omu.  From  Omu  it  joins  the 
Japanese  Hweining-Kirin  line  and  proceeds  westward  to  Kirin. 
This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about  200  miles,  along  the  fertile 
Mutan  Valley. 

t.     The  Kirin-Dolon  Nor  Line 

This  is  the  third  line  of  the  inner  semicircle  in  the  Tungchin 
system.  It  starts  from  Kirin  and  follows  the  old  highway 
westward  to  Changchun  where  it  meets  the  termini  of  the  Chinese 
Eastern  Railway  from  the  north  and  the  Japanese  South 
Manchurian  Railway  from  the  south.  After  Changchun,  it 
proceeds  across  the  plain  to  Shuangshan  where  it  meets  the 
Tungchin-Hulutao  line  and  the  Japanese  Szupingkai-Chengkiatun- 
Taonan  line.  From  Shuangshan,  it  crosses  the  Liao  River  to 
Liaoyuan,  thence  it  traverses  the  vast  plain,  crossing  the 
Tungchin-Great  Northern  Port  line  and  goes  to  Suitung  where  it 
meets  the  Hulutao-Hailar  line.  After  Suitung,  it  proceeds  up 
the  Liao  Valley  where  it  comes  across  the  Hulutao-Kerulen  line 
and  then  crosses  the  watershed  to  Dolon  Nor  where  it  ends. 
This  line  covers  a  distance  of  500  miles.  This  completes  the 
cobweb  system  of  the  projected  North-Eastern  Railway.  The 
total  length  of  this  entire  system  is  about  9,000  miles. 

PART     IV. 

The  Extension  of  the   Northwestern  Railway  System 

The  Northwestern  Railway  System  covers  the  region  of 
Mongolia,  Sinkiang,  and  a  part  of  Kansu,  an  area  of  1,700,000 


THE  EXTENSION  OE  THE  NORTHWESTERN  RAILWAY  SYSTEM      1 17 

square  miles.  This  territory  exceeds  the  area  of  the  Argentine 
Republic  by  Coo.ooo  square  miles.  Argentina  is  now  the  greatest 
source  of  the  world's  meat  supply,  while  the  Mongolian  pasture 
is  not  yet  developed,  owing  to  the  lack  of  transportation  facilities. 
As  Argentina  has  superseded  the  United  States  in  supplying  the 
world  with  meat,  so  the  Mongolian  pasture  will  some  day  take 
the  place  of  Argentina,  when  railways  are  developed  and  cattle 
raising  is  scientifically  improved.  Thus  the  construction  of 
railroads  in  this  vast  food-producing  region  is  an  urgent  necessity 
as  a  means  of  relieving  the  world  from  food  shortage.  In  the 
first  program  of  this  International  Development  Scheme,  I  pro- 
posed 7,000  miles  of  railways  for  this  vast  and  fertile  region,  for 
the  purpose  of  developing  the  Great  Northern  Port,  and  relieving 
the  congested  population  of  southeastern  China.  But  this  7,000 
miles  of  railways  form  merely  a  pioneer  line.  In  order  to  develop 
this  virgin  continent  properly,  more  railways  have  to  be  con- 
structed. Therefore  in  this  plan,  namely,  the  Extension  of  the 
Northwestern  Railway  System,  I  propose  the  following  lines : 

a.  The  Dolon  Nor-Kiakata  line. 

b.  The  Kalgan-Urga-Tannu  Ola  line. 

c.  The  Suiyuan-Uliassutai-Kobdo  line. 

d.  The  Tsingpien-Tannu  Ola  line. 

e.  The  Suchow-Kobdo  line. 

f.  The  Northwestern  Frontier  line. 

g.  The  Tihwa  or  Urumochi-Ulankom  line, 
h.  The  Gaskhiun-Tannu  Ola  line. 

i.  The  Uliassutai-Kiakata  line. 

j.  The  Chensi  or  Barkul-Urga  line. 

k.  The  Snchow-Urga  line. 

1.  The  Desert  Junction-Kerulen  line. 

m.  The  Khobor-Kerulen-Chikatobo  line. 

n.  The  Wuyuan-Taonan  line. 

o.  The  Wuyuan-Dolon  Nor  line. 

p.  The  Yenki-Ili  line. 

q.  The  Ili-Hotien  line. 

r.  The  Chensi-Kashgar  line  and  its  branches. 


Il8  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OE   CHINA 

a.     The  Dolon  Nor-Kiakata  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Dolon  Nor  and  proceeds  in  a  north- 
westerly direction,  following  the  caravan  road  across  the  vast 
pasture  to  Khorkho,  Kuoto,  and  Suliehto.  After  Suliehto,  it 
crosses  the  boundary  line  into  Outer  Mongolia  by  the  same  road 
to  Khoshentun,  Lukuchelu,  and  Yangto.  Thence  it  crosses  the 
Kerulen  River  to  Otukunkholato,  and  enters  the  hilly  region 
where  it  crosses  the  Kerulen  watershed  and  the  Chikoi  watershed. 
The  water  from  the  Kerulen  watershed  flows  into  the  Amur,  and 
thence  into  the  Pacific  Ocean,  while  the  water  from  the  Chikoi 
watershed  flows  into  Lake  Baikal,  and  thence  to  the  Arctic 
Ocean.  After  crossing  the  Chikoi  watershed,  it  follows  a  branch 
of  the  Chikoi  River  to  Kiakata.  This  line  covers  a  distance  of 
about  800  miles. 

b.     The  Kalgan-Urga-Tannu  Ola  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Kalgan  at  the  Great  Wall,  and  proceeds 
northwestward  up  the  plateau,  crosses  a  range  of  hills  into  the 
Mongolian  prairie,  and  goes  to  Mingan,  Boroldshi,  Ude,  and 
Khobor,  where  it  crosses  the  Dolon  Nor-Urumochi  trunk  line. 
After  Khobor,  it  proceeds  across  the  vast  and  rich  pasture  of 
Mubulan,  then  proceeds  in  a  straight  line  through  Mukata  and 
Nalaiha  to  Urga.  From  Urga,  it  goes  into  the  hilly  district 
crossing  Selenga  Valley  to  a  point  opposite  the  southern  end  of 
Lake  Kos  Gol,  and  then  turns  northward  across  a  range  of 
mountains  to  Khatkhyl  on  the  southern  shore  of  Kos  Gol.  After 
Khatkhyl,  it  skirts  Kos  Gol  Lake  along  the  western  shore  for 
some  distance,  then  turns  northwestward  and  westward,  following 
the  course  of  the  Khua  Kem  River  to  a  point  near  its  exit  at  the 
frontier  line,  then  turns  southwestward  up  the  Kemtshik  Valley 
to  its  headwater,  passes  through  Pakuoshwo,  and  ends  at  the 
boundary  line  between  the  Russian  and  Chinese  territories.  This 
line  covers  a  distance  of  about  1,700  miles. 


THE  EXTENSION  OE  THE  NORTHWESTERN  RAILWAY  SYSTEM      119 

c.     The  Suiyuan-Uliassutai-Kobdo  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Suiyuan  in  the  northwestern  corner  of 
Shansi,  and  proceeds  in  a  northwesterly  direction  across  the  hilly 
country  into  the  Mongolian  pasture  to  Tolibulyk,  where  it  crosses 
the  Great  Northern  Port-Hami  line,  and  the  Great  Eastern  Port- 
Urga  line.  After  Tolibulyk,  it  proceeds  in  a  straight  line  in  the 
same  direction  passing  through  Barunsudshi  to  the  capital  of 
Tuchetu.  Thence  it  continues  in  the  same  straight  line  north- 
westward to  Gorida.  After  Gorida,  it  follows  the  caravan  road 
to  Kolitikolik  where  it  crosses  the  Great  Northern  Port-Urumochi 
trunk  line.  From  Kolitikolik,  the  line  turns  northwestward,  then 
westward  and  proceeds  across  many  streams  and  valleys  and 
passes  by  many  small  towns  to  Uliassutai.  At  Uliassutai,  it 
crosses  the  B.  Junction-Frontier  branch  of  the  Great  Eastern  Port- 
Urumochi  line.  After  Uliassutai,  the  line  proceeds  westward 
following  the  trade  road,  passes  through  Khuduku,  Bogu, 
Durganor,  and  Sakhibuluk  to  Kobdo.  Thence  the  line  turns 
northwestward  to  Khonga,  Ukha,  and  Clegei,  then  westward  to 
Beleu  and  ends  at  the  frontier.  This  line  is  about  1,500  miles 
long. 

d.     The  Tsingpien-Tannu  Ola  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Tsingpien  at  the  Great  Wall,  on  the 
northern  border  of  Shensi,  proceeds  through  the  Ordos  country 
by  Bonobalgasun,  Orto,  and  Shinchao,  and  then  crosses  the 
Hoangho  to  Santaoho.  From  Santaoho,  it  proceeds  across 
Charanarinula  Mountain  into  the  Mongolian  prairie  in  a  north- 
westerly direction  to  Kurbansihata  where  it  crosses  the  Peking- 
Hami  line,  then  it  goes  to  Unikuto  and  Enkin,  where  it  crosses 
the  Great  Northern  Port-Urumochi  line.  After  Enkin,  the  line 
enters  into  a  valley  and  watered  district,  proceeds  northward  to 
Karakorum,  and  then  turns  northwestward  across  various  streams 
and  valleys  of  the  tributary  of  the  Selenga  River  by  Sabokatai  and 
Tsulimiau.     After  Tsulimiau,  it  proceeds  in  the  same  direction 


120  THE   INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT   OE   CHINA 

across  the  Selenga  River,  follows  its  branch,  the  Telgir  Morin 
River,  up  to  its  source  and  crosses  the  watershed  into  Lake  Teri 
Nor.  Then  it  follows  the  outlet  of  the  Teri  Nor  to  the  Khua 
Kern  River,  where  it  ends  by  joining  the  Kalgan  Urga-Tannu  Ola 
line.     This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about  1,200  miles. 

e.  The  Suchow-Kobdo  Line 
This  line  starts  from  Suchow  in  a  northwesterly  direction 
penetrating  the  Great  Wall  at  Chiennew,  and  proceeds  to  the  coal 
held,  about  150  miles  from  Suchow.  Then  it  goes  to  Habirhau- 
buluk  and  Ilatoli.  A  short  way  from  this  place  the  line  comes 
across  the  Peking-Hami  line  and  then  proceeds  to  Balaktai.  After 
this  the  line  passes  a  bit  of  pure  desert  to  Timenchi.  After  enter- 
ing the  hilly  and  watered  country  it  proceeds  to  Gaskhiun 
where  it  crosses  the  Great  Northern  Port-Urumochi  trunk  line. 
After  Gaskhiun,  it  proceeds  to  Wolanhutok,  Tabateng,  and 
Tabutu  where  it  joins  the  Kucheng  and  Kobdo  highway  and 
following  it,  proceeds  to  Kobdo,  through  Batokuntai  and  Sutai. 
Here  the  line  ends,  covering  a  distance  of  about  700  miles. 

f.     The  Northwestern  Frontier  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Hi  following  the  Urumochi-Ili  line  to 
Santai,  on  the  eastern  side  of  Zairam  Lake,  then  proceeds 
northeastward  by  itself  to  Tuszusai  on  the  west  side  of  Ebi  Lake. 
After  Tuszusai  it  proceeds  to  Toli  where  it  crosses  the  Central 
Trunk  line,  that  is,  the  Great  Eastern  Port-Tarbogotai  line. 
Thence  it  goes  to  Namukotai  and  Stolokaitai  by  passing  through 
a  vast  forest  and  a  rich  coal  field.  From  Stolokaitai,  the  line 
follows  the  highway  and  proceeds  to  Chenghwaszu,  the  capital  of 
Altai  province.  Thence  it  crosses  a  mountain  range  by  the 
Urmocaitu  Pass  into  the  Kobdo  Valley,  and  follows  the  course  of 
the  Kobdo  River  to  Beleu  where  it  joins  the  Suiyuan-Kobdo  line 
and  proceeds  to  Clegei.  From  Clegei,  it  proceeds  by  itself  to 
Tabtu  via  Usungola  and  Ulamkom.  At  Tabtu,  it  joins  the  other 
line  again  and  proceeds  together  to  the  Khua  Kem  River  in  the 


THE  EXTENSION  OE  THE  NORTHWESTERN  RAILWAY  SYSTEM      121 

Tannu  Ola  district.  It  then  turns  eastward  ascending  the  river 
to  the  junction  of  the  Bei  Kem  and  Khua  Kem  rivers,  then  starts 
again  on  its  own  course,  following  the  former  river  and  proceeds 
up  to  its  source  in  a  northeasterly  direction  ending  at  the 
frontier.     This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about  900  miles. 

g.     The  Tihwa  or  Urumochi-Ulankom  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Tihwa  following  the  Dolon  Nor  trunk 
line  to  Fowkang,  then  proceeds  by  its  own  route  almost  northward 
through  Chipichuan  to  Khorchute.  From  Khorchute,  it  turns 
northeastward  and  proceeds  across  a  hilly  district  to  Kaiche,  then 
to  Turhuta,  where  it  crosses  a  branch  line  from  Junction  C.  of 
the  Great  Northern  Port-Urumochi  line.  After  Turhuta,  it  turns 
northward,  proceeds  up  the  Pakaningale  Valley  to  Zehoshita,  and 
then  crosses  the  Tilikta  Pass.  Thence  it  turns  northeastward 
proceeding  across  the  newly  cultivated  country  to  Kobdo.  After 
Kobdo,  it  proceeds  through  a  fertile  plateau,  by  crossing  many 
rivers  and  skirting  many  lakes  to  Ulankom,  where  it  ends  by 
joining  the  Northwestern  Frontier  line.  It  covers  a  distance  of 
about  550  miles. 

h.     The  Gaskhiun-Tannu  Ola  Line 

This  line  starts  fram  Gaskhiun  and  proceeds  northeastward 
across  a  hilly  and  watered  country  through  Hatonhutuk  and 
Talangjoleu,  to  Pornulu.  After  Pornulu,  the  line  proceeds  across 
the  Sapkhyn  Valley  by  Huchirtu  and  Porkho  to  Uliassutai  where 
it  meets  the  Suiyuan-Kobdo,  and  the  Great  Eastern  Port-Uliassutai 
lines.  After  Uliassutai,  the  line  proceeds  northward  to  a  quite 
new  country  by  first  crossing  the  headwaters  of  Selenga,  then  the 
headwaters  of  the  Tess  River.  In  the  Tess  Valley  the  line 
crosses  a  vast  virgin  forest.  After  emerging  from  this  forest  it 
proceeds  northwestward  across  the  watershed  into  the  Khua  Kem 
Valley  in  Tannu  Ola  and  ends  by  joining  the  Northwestern 
Frontier  line.     This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about  650  miles. 


122  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OE    CHINA 

i.     The  Uliassutai-Kiakata  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Uliassutai  and  runs  on  the  track  of  the 
Gaskhiun-Tannu  Ola  line,  until  it  reaches  the  Eder  River,  a 
branch  of  the  Selenga.  Then,  turning  off  eastward,  it  begins  its 
own  course  and  proceeds  downward  following  the  course  of  the 
Hder  River,  crossing  the  Tsingpien-Tannu  Ola  line,  to  the 
junction  of  this  river  with  the  Selenga.  There  it  joins 
the  Kalgan-Urga-Tannu  Ola  line  and  proceeds  together  eastward 
in  the  common  track  for  some  distance  until  the  other  line  turns 
southeastward,  when  this  line  turns  northeastward  following  the 
Selenga  down  to  Kiakata.  This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about 
550  miles,  running  through  a  fertile  valley. 

j.     The  Chensi  or  Barkul-Urga  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Chensi  or  Barkul  and  proceeds  north- 
eastward across  a  cultivated  region  through  Tutaku  to  Urkesiat. 
After  Urkesiat,  it  crosses  the  Suchow-Kobdo  line,  then  traverses 
the  vast  pasture  on  the  north  side  of  the  Gobi  Desert  to  Suchi 
and  Dalantura.  Thence  it  turns  more  northward  across  the 
Great  Eastern  Port-Uliassutai  line,  and  the  Dolon  Nor-Urumochi 
line  to  Tashunhutuk.  After  this  point  the  line  crosses  the 
Suiyuan-Uliassutai  line  at  Ologai  and  proceeds  over  the  watershed 
into  the  Selenga  Valley  where  it  crosses  the  Tsingpien-Tannu 
Ola  line  at  Sabokatai.  From  here  it  turns  eastward  across  a  hilly 
and  watered  region  to  Urga.  This  line  covers  a  distance  of 
about  800  miles. 

k.     The  Suchow-Urga  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Suchow  and  proceeds  by  Kinta  to 
Maumu,  and  then  follows  the  Taoho  or  Edsina  River,  which 
waters  this  strip  of  oasis,  to  the  lakes.  Thence  it  crosses  the  Gobi 
Desert,  where  it  meets  the  crossing  lines  of  the  Peking-Hami  and 
the  Great  Eastern  Port-Uliassutai  railways  and  with  them  forms 
a  common  junction.     From  this  junction  it  proceeds  across  desert 


the  extension  of  the  northwestern  railway  system    123 

and  pasture  lands  to  another  railway  crossing  which  is  formed  by 
the  Suiyuan-Kobdo  and  Tsingpien-Tannu  Ola  lines,  also  forming 
a  common  junction  together.  Thence  it  proceeds  into  pasture 
land  through  Hatengtu  and  Tolik  to  Sanintalai,  where  it  crosses 
the  Dolon  Nor-Urumochi  line.  After  Sanintalai,  the  line  proceeds 
through  Ulanhoshih  and  many  other  small  towns  and  encamp- 
ments to  Urga.  This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about  700  miles. 
One  third  of  this  length  is  through  the  desert  and  the  other  two 
thirds  through  watered  pasture  land. 

1.     The  Desert  Junction-Kerulen  Line 

This  line  starts  from  the  Desert  Junction,  proceeds  north- 
eastward to  the  pastural  land  and  crosses  the  Tsingpien-Tannu 
Ola  line  south  of  Ulan  Nor  Lake.  Thence  it  proceeds  to  the 
Tuchetu  Capital  where  it  crosses  the  Suiyuan-Kobdo  line. 
After  the  Tuchetu  Capital  it  goes  across  a  pasture  to  Junction  A. 
From  Junction  A.  it  proceeds  to  Ulanhutuk  and  Chientingche, 
then  crosses  the  Kalgan-Tannu  Ola  line  to  Zesenkhana.  From 
Zesenkhana,  the  line  follows  the  course  of  the  Kerulen  River 
down  in  a  northeasterly  direction  to  the  city  of  Kerulen,  where 
it  crosses  the  Dolon  Nor-Kerulen  line,  and  meets  the  Kerulen- 
Tungchin  line.     This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about  800  miles. 

m.     The  Khobor-Kerulen-Chikatobo  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Khobor,  the  crossing  junction  of  the 
Dolon  Nor-Urumochi,  and  the  Kalgan-Urga-Tannu  Ola  lines, 
and  proceeds  northeastward  across  a  vast  pasture  to  Khoshentun, 
where  it  crosses  the  Dolon  Nor-Kiakata  line.  After  Khoshentun, 
it  proceeds  in  the  same  direction  across  a  similar  pasture  to 
Kerulen,  where  it  crosses  the  Dolon  Nor-Kerulen  line.  Then  it 
proceeds  first  along  the  right  bank  of  the  Kerulen  River,  then 
crosses  to  the  left  side,  and  passes  along  the  northwestern  side  of 
Hulan  Lake.  After  Hulan  Lake,  the  line  crosses  the  Chinese 
Eastern  Railway,  and  the  Arguna  River,  then  proceeds  along  the 
right  bank  of  the  river  to  Chikatobo,  where  the  line  ends  by 


124  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

joining  the  Dolon  Nor-Moho  and  the  Chikatobo-Sansing  lines. 
This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about  600  miles.  The  first  half  of 
it  runs  on  dry  land  and  the  second  half  on  watered  land. 

n.     The  Wuyuan-Taonan  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Wuyuan  at  the  northwest  bend  of  the 
Hoangho  and  proceeds  northeastward  across  the  Sheiten  Ula 
Mountain  and  pasture  to  Tolibulyk,  where  it  meets  the  crossing 
junction  of  three  lines — the  Peking-Hami  line,  the  Suiyuan- 
Kobdo  line,  and  the  Great  Eastern  Port-Urga  line.  From 
Tolibulyk  the  line  proceeds  continuously  in  the  same  direction 
across  a  pasture  to  Khobor  where  it  meets  the  crossing  junction 
of  the  Dolon  Nor-Urumochi  and  the  Peking-Urga  lines,  and 
also  the  terminus  of  the  Khobor-Kerulen  line.  After  Khobor 
the  line  turns  more  eastward  and  runs  across  the  Dolon  Nor- 
Kiakata  line  midway  to  Khombukure,  where  it  crosses  the  Dolon 
Nor-Kerulen  and  the  Hulutao-Kerulen  lines.  From  Khombukure 
the  line  proceeds  to  Dakmusuma,  where  it  crosses  the  Dolon  Nor- 
Moho  line.  Thence  it  goes  eastward  across  the  Great  Khingan 
Mountain  to  Tuchuan,  then  turns  southeastward  to  Taonan,  where 
it  ends.     This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about  900  miles 

0.     The  Wuyuan-Dolon  Nor  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Wuyuan  and  proceeds  northeastward 
across  the  Sheiten  Ula  Mountain  to  Maomingan,  where  it  crosses 
the  Great  Eastern  Port-Urga  line.  Then  it  proceeds  across  the 
vast  pasture  and  the  Suiyuan-Kobdo  line  to  Bombotu,  where  it 
passes  over  the  Peking-Hami  line.  After  Bombotu,  the  line  turns 
eastward  and  proceeds  across  the  Kalgan-Urga-Tannu  Ola  line, 
then  goes  to  Dolon  Nor,  where  it  ends  by  joining  the  Dolon  Nor- 
Mukden-Linkiang  line,  which  forms  a  direct  route  from  the  upper 
Hoangho  Valley  to  the  rich  Ljaoho  Valley.  This  line  covers  a 
distance  of  about  500  miles. 


THE  EXTENSION  OE  THE  NORTHWESTERN  RAILWAY  SYSTEM      125 

p.     The  Yenld-Ili  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Yenki  or  Karashar,  and  proceeds  north- 
westward across  the  mountain  pass  into  the  Hi  Valley.  It  then 
follows  the  Kunges  River  downward,  in  a  westerly  direction, 
traversing  a  most  fertile  valley,  to  Ining  and  Kuldja  or  Hi,  the 
principal  city  of  the  Hi  district  near  the  Russian  border,  where  it 
joins  the  Ili-Urumochi  line.  This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about 
400  miles. 

q.     The  Ili-Hotien  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Hi  or  Kuldja,  proceeds  southward  across 
the  Hi  River,  then  eastward  along  the  left  side  of  the  river  and 
then  southeastward  and  southward  to  Bordai.  From  here  it  turns 
southwestward  into  Tekes  Valley  and  proceeding  upward  crosses 
the  Tekes  River  to  Tienchiao  and  then  ascends  the  mountain  pass. 
After  the  mountain  pass  the  line  turns  southeastward,  traverses  a 
vast  coal  field  and  then  turns  southwestward  to  Shamudai,  where 
it  crosses  the  Turfan-Kashgar  line.  From  Shamudai  it  turns 
southward  across  the  fertile  zone  of  the  north  side  of  the  Tarim 
Valley,  to  Bastutakelak.  Then  it  proceeds  southwestward  to 
Hotien  passing  by  on  the  way  many  small  settlements  in  the 
fertile  zone  of  the  Hotien  River  which  flows  across  the  desert. 
At  Hotien  the  line  meets  the  Kashgar-Iden  line.  After  Hotien 
the  line  proceeds  upward  to  the  highland  south  of  the  city  and 
ends  at  the  frontier.  This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about  700 
miles. 

r.     The  Chensi-Kashgar  Line  and  Its  Branches 

This  line  starts  from  Chensi  and  proceeds  southwestward 
along  the  Tienshan  pasture  through  Yenanpoa,  Shihkialoong,  and 
Taolaitse  to  Chikoching,  then  along  the  Tienshan  forest  through 
Wutungkwo,  Tungyenchi,  Siyenchi,  and  Olong  to  Sensien,  where 
it  crosses  the  Central  Trunk  line.  After  Sensien  it  proceeds 
along  the  northern  edge  of  the  Tarim  Desert  through  Lakesun 


126  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OE    CHINA 

City  and  Shehchuan  to  Hora,  where  it  crosses  the  Cherchen-Koria 
line.  From  Hora  the  line  proceeds  along  the  course  of  the  Tarim 
River,  passing  by  many  new  settlements,  fertile  regions,  and 
virgin  forests,  to  Bastutakelak,  where  it  crosses  the  Ili-Hotien 
line.  Thence  it  goes  through  Pacini  to  Kashgar  where  it  meets 
the  Urumochi-Iden  line.  After  Kashgar  it  proceeds  northwest- 
ward to  the  frontier  where  it  ends.  Attached  to  this  line  are  two 
branches.  The  first  branch  proceeds  from  Hora  southwestward 
through  many  oases  to  Cherchen.  The  second  proceeds  from 
Pacini  southwestward  along  the  Yarkand  River  to  Sache  and  then 
westward  to  Puli  near  the  frontier.  This  line  including  the 
branches  covers  a  distance  of  about  1,600  miles.  The  total  length 
of  this  entire  system  is  about  16,000  miles.     See  general  map. 

PART     V. 

The  Highland  Railway  System 

This,  the  last  part  of  my  railway  program,  is  the  most 
difficult  and  most  expensive  undertaking  of  its  kind  ;  consequently, 
it  must  be  the  least  remunerative  of  all  the  railway  enterprises  in 
China.  So  no  work  should  be  attempted  in  this  part  until  all  the 
other  parts  are  fully  developed.  But  when  all  the  other  parts  are 
well-equipped  with  railways  then  railway  construction  in  this 
highland  region  will  also  be  remunerative,  despite  the  difficulties 
and  the  highly  expensive  work  in  construction. 

The  highland  region  consists  of  Tibet,  Kokonor,  and  a  part 
of  Sinkiang,  Kansu,  Szechwan,  and  Yunnan,  an  area  of  about 
1 ,000,000  square  miles.  Tibet  is  known  to  be  the  richest  country 
in  the  world  for  gold  deposits.  Furthermore  the  adjacent 
territories  possess  rich  agricultural  and  pastural  lands.  This  vast 
region  is  little  known  to  the  outside  world.  The  Chinese  call 
Tibet  "  the  Western  Treasury,"  for,  besides  gold,  there  are  other 
kinds  of  metals  especially  copper,  in  great  quantities.  Indeed  the 
name  of  the  Western  Treasury  is  most  appropriately  applied  to 


THE    HIGHLAND    RAILWAY    SYSTEM  12? 

this  unknown  region.  When  the  world's  supply  of  precious 
metals  are  exhausted,  we  have  to  resort  to  this  vast  mineral 
bearing  region  for  supply.  So  railways  will  be  necessary  at  least 
for  mining  purposes.     I  therefore  propose  the  following  lines: 

a.  The  Lhasa-Lanchow  line. 

b.  The  Lhasa-Chengtu  line. 
e.     The  Lhasa-Tali-Cheli  line. 

d.  The  Lhasa-Taklongshong  line. 

e.  The  Lhasa- Yatung  line. 

f .  The  Lhasa-Laichiyaling  line. 

g.  The  Lhasa-Nohho  line, 
h.  The  Lhasa-Iden  line. 

i.  The  Lanchow-Chochiang  line, 

j.  The  Chengtn-Dzunsasak  line. 

k.  The  Ningyuan-Cherchen  line. 

1.  The  Chengtu-Menkong  line, 

m.  The  Chengtu-Yuankiang  line, 

n.  The  Snifu-Tali  line, 

o.  The  Suifu-Mengting  line, 

p.  The  Iden-Gortok  line. 

a.     The  Lhasa-Lanchow  Line 

This  is  the  most  important  line  of  this  system  for  it  connects 
the  capital  city  of  Tibet — a  vast  secluded  region  with  several 
millions  of  people — with  the  central  trunk  line  of  the  country. 
The  route  which  it  passes  through  is  inhabitable  and  is  already 
slightly  inhabited  in  the  region  between  the  ends  of  the  proposed 
line.  So  it  will  probably  be  a  paying  line  from  the  beginning. 
This  line  starts  from  Lhasa,  following  the  old  imperial  highway 
in  a  northward  direction  and  proceeds  by  Talong  to  Yarh,  which 
lies  on  the  southeastern  side  of  Tengri  Nor  Lake.  After  Yarh, 
the  line  turns  more  eastward  and  proceeds  across  the  watershed 
from  the  Sanpo  Valley  to  the  Lukiang  Valley  by  the  Shuangtsu 
Pass.  Thence  turning  more  eastward  the  line  proceeds  across 
the  headwater  of  the  Lukiang  to  that  of  the  Yangtze  by  passing 


128  THE    INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHIxVA 

many  valleys,  streams,  and  mountain  passes.  Then  it  crosses  the 
main  body  of  the  Upper  Yangtze,  which  is  here  known  as 
the  Kinshakiang,  over  the  Huhusair  Bridge.  After  crossing 
the  bridge,  it  turns  southeastward,  then  eastward  across  the 
Yangtze  Valley  into  the  Hoangho  Valley,  where  it  passes 
through  many  small  towns  and  encampments  into  the  Starry  Sea 
region.  At  the  Starry  Sea,  the  line  passes  between  the  lakes  of 
Oring  Xor  and  Tsaring  Xor.  Thence  it  turns  northeastward 
across  the  southeast  valley  of  the  Zaidam  region,  and  returns  into 
the  Hoangho  Valley  again.  Then  it  proceeds  through  Katolapo 
and  various  towns  to  Dangar,  now  called  Hwangyuan,  situated 
near  the  border  between  Kansu  and  Kokonor.  After  Dangar, 
the  line  turns  southeastward  following  the  course  of  the  Sining 
River,  proceeds  downward  through  a  very  rich  valley  and  passes 
through  Sining,  Nienpai,  and  hundreds  of  small  towns  and 
villages  to  Lanchow.     This  line  covers  a  distance  of  1,100  miles. 

b.     The  Lhasa-Chengtu  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Lhasa  and  proceeds  northeastward  on  the 
former  imperial  highway  by  Teking  and  Nanmo  to  Motsukungchia. 
Thence  it  turns  southeastward  and  northeastward  to  Giamda. 
From  Giamda,  the  line  turns  northward,  then  northeastward  where 
it  proceeds  through  the  Tolala  Pass  to  Lhari.  After  Lhari  the  line 
goes  in  an  easterly  direction  and  passes  Pianpa,  Shihtuh,  and  many 
small  towns  to  Lolongchong.  Thence  it  crosses  the  Lukiang  by  the 
Kayu  Bridge  and  then  turns  northeastward  to  Kinda  and  Chiam- 
do.  After  Chiamdo,  the  line  instead  of  following  the  imperial 
highway  southeastward  to  Batang,  turns  northeastward,  following 
another  trade  route,  and  proceeds  to  Payung  at  the  northwestern 
corner  of  Szechwan.  From  Payung,  it  proceeds  across  the 
Kinshakiang  over  the  bridge  near  Sawusantusze.  The  line  then 
turns  southeastward,  enters  the  Ichu  Valley  and  proceeds  down- 
ward to  Kantzu  on  the  Yalung  River.  Thence  it  proceeds  to 
Chango  and  Yinker,  to  Badi  on  the  Great  Golden  River,  and 
Mongan  on  the  Little  Golden  River.     After  Mongan,   the   line 


THE    HIGHLAND    RAILWAY    SYSTEM  I29 

goes  through  the  Balan  Pass  to  Kwanhsien,  and  entering  the 
Chengtu  Plain,  reaches  Chengtu  by  Pihsien.  This  line  covers  a 
distance  of  about  1,000  miles. 

c.     The  Lhasa-Tali-Cheli  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Lhasa  by  the  same  track  as  the  Lhasa- 
Chengtu  line  as  far  as  Giamda.  From  Giamda,  it  proceeds  by 
its  own  track  southeastward,  following  a  branch  of  the  Sanpo 
River  to  Yulu,  where  this  branch  joins  its  main  stream.  After 
Yulu,  it  follows  the  left  bank  of  the  Sanpo  River  passing  by 
Kongposaga  to  Timchao.  From  Timchao,  the  line  turns  away 
from  the  Sanpo  River  and  proceeds  in  an  eastward  direction  to 
Timchong  city,  Ikung,  Kuba,  and  Shuachong.  After  Shuachong, 
the  line  proceeds  southeastward  to  Lima,  thence  eastward  to 
Menkong  on  the  Lukiang.  From  Menkong,  the  line  turns 
southward  and  goes  along  the  right  bank  of  the  Lukiang  passing 
Samotung  to  Tantau.  Then  crossing  the  Lukiang,  it  proceeds 
across  the  watershed  through  Gaiwa  village  to  the  Lantsang  (or 
Mekong)  River,  and  to  Hsiaoweisi  beyond  it.  After  Hsiaoweisi, 
it  follows  the  river  bank  to  the  Chenghsin  Copper  Mine,  thence 
it  turns  away  from  the  river  and  proceeds  by  Hosi,  Erhyuan, 
Tengchow,  and  Shangkwangto  Tali.  From  Tali,  the  line  proceeds 
to  Hsiakwang,  Fengyi,  Menghwa,  and  then  meets  the  Lantsang 
River  again  at  Paotien.  Thence  it  follows  the  left  bank  southward 
right  through  to  Cheli,  where  it  ends.  This  line  covers  a  distance 
of  900  miles. 

d.     The  Lhasa-Taklongshong  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Lhasa  and  proceeds  southward  by  way 
of  Teking  to  the  Sanpo  River  where  turning  eastward  it  follows 
the  left  bank  of  the  river  to  Sakorshong.  After  crossing  the 
Sanpo  River  to  Chetang,  it  proceeds  southward  by  Chikablung, 
Menchona,  Tawang,  Dhirangjong  to  Taklongshong  and  continues 
farther  on  until  it  reaches  the  Assam  frontier.  This  line  covers 
a  distance  of  200  miles. 


I3O  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

e.     The  Lhasa-Yatung  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Lhasa  and  proceeds  southwestward  by 
Chashih  following  the  former  imperial  highway  by  Yitang  and 
Kiangli  to  Chnshui.  At  Chushui,  it  crosses  to  Sanpo  River  over 
the  Mulih  Bridge  to  Chakamo  on  the  south  side,  thence  to  Tama- 
lung,  Paiti,  Tabolung,  and  Nagartse.  After  Nagartse,  the  line 
turns  westward  to  Jungku,  Lhaling,  and  Shachia.  At  Shachia, 
the  line  leaves  the  former  imperial  highway  and  turns  southwest- 
ward  again  and  proceeds  via  Kula  to  Yatung  at  the  Sikkim  border. 
This  line  covers  a  distance  of  250  miles. 

f .     The  Lhasa-Laichiyaling  Line  and  Branches 

This  line  starts  from  Lhasa  and  proceeds  northwestward  by 
Chashih  following  the  former  imperial  road  to  Little  Taking,  and 
westward  to  Yangpachin  and  Sangtolohai.  Thence  turning  south- 
westward,  it  proceeds  to  Namaling  and  Tangto,  and  crosses  the 
Sanpo  River  at  Lhaku.  After  Lhaku,  the  line  turns  westward  to 
Shigatse,  the  second  important  city  in  Tibet  whence  it  proceeds  in 
the  same  direction  to  Chashihkang,  Pangcholing,  and  Lhatse  all  on 
the  right  side  of  the  Sanpo  River.  From  Lhatse,  a  branch  line 
starts  southwestward  via  Chayakor  and  Dingri  to  Niehlamuh  on  the 
Nepal  border.  The  main  line,  however,  crosses  to  the  left  side  of 
the  Sanpo  River  and  proceeds  on  the  same  highway  via  Nabringtaka 
to  Tadum  where  another  branch  line  proceeds  southwestward  to 
the  Xepal  border.  The  main  line  continues  northwestward  via 
Tamusa  and  Choshan  to  Gartok,  thence  turning  westward  it 
proceeds  to  Laichiyaling  on  the  Sutlej  River  and  ends  on  the 
Indian  border.  This  line,  including  the  two  branches,  covers  a 
distance  of  850  miles. 

g.     The  Lhasa-Nohho  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Lhasa  and  runs  in  the  same  track  as 
line  (f)  to  Sangtolohai  where  it  proceeds  by  its  own  line  north- 
westward to  Teching,  Sangchashong,  and  Taktung.     Thence,  it 


THE    HIGHLAND   RAILWAY    SYSTEM  131 

enters  into  the  richest  gold  field  in  Tibet  and  through  Wengpo, 
Tulakpa,  Kwangkwei,  and  Ikar  reaches  Nohho,  where  the  line 
ends.     It  covers  a  distance  of  700  miles. 

h.     The  Lhasa-Iden  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Lhasa,  following  the  common  track  of 
lines  (f)  and  (g)  to  the  southwestern  corner  of  Tengri  Lake, 
whence  it  proceeds  by  its  own  track  northwestward  by  Lungma- 
jing,  Tipoktolo  and  four  or  five  other  small  places  to  Sari.  After 
Sari,  the  line  penetrates  a  vast  tract  of  uninhabited  land  to  Pakar 
and  Suketi.  Thence  crossing  the  mountain  passes  and  descending 
from  the  highland  to  the  Tarim  Basin  through  Sorkek  to 
Yasulakun,  the  line  joins  the  Cherchen-Iden  railway  of  the 
Northwestern  System  and  proceeds  on  the  same  track  to  Iden. 
This  line  covers  a  distance  of  700  miles. 

i.  The  Lanchow-Chochiang  Line 
This  line  starts  from  Lanchow,  on  the  same  track  of  the 
Lhasa-Lanchow  line  as  far  as  the  southeastern  corner  of  the  Lake 
Kokonor.  Thence  it  proceeds  on  its  own  track  by  skirting  along 
the  southern  shore  of  Lake  Kokonor  to  Dulankit,  where  it  turns 
southwestward  to  Dzunsasak.  From  Dzunsasak,  the  line  proceeds 
in  a  westerly  course  along  the  southern  side  of  the  Zaidam 
Swamp,  and  passes  Tunyueh,  Halori,  and  Golmot  to  Hatikair. 
After  Hatikair,  the  line  turns  northwestward  by  Baipa,  Nolinjoha, 
to  Orsinte.  Thence  turning  more  northward,  it  proceeds  across  the 
mountain  range  by  Tsesinvitusuik  and  Tuntunomik  to  Chochiang, 
where  it  ends  by  joining  the  Ansi-Iden  and  Chochiang-Koria  lines, 
covering  a  distance  of  700  miles. 

j.     The  Chengtu-Dzunsasak  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Chengtu  and  proceeds  to  Kwanhsien  on 
the  track  of  the  Lhasa-Chengtu  line,  thence  northward  on  its  own 
track  by  Wenchuan,  to  Mauchow.  Then,  it  proceeds  northwest- 
ward following  the  course  of  the  Minkiang  to  Sungpan.     After 


132  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

Sungpan,  it  ascends  the  Min  Valley  passing  Tungpi  to  Shangleyao, 
where  it  crosses  the  watershed  from  the  Yangtze  River  side  to 
that  of  the  Hoangho.  Thence  the  line  proceeds  to  Orguseri, 
and  following  a  branch  of  the  Hoangho  to  the  northwestern  turn 
of  its  main  stream,  it  proceeds  along  its  right  bank  via  Chahuntsin 
to  Peilelachabu.  There  it  crosses  the  Hoangho  to  the  northwest 
turn  of  the  old  imperial  road,  where  it  joins  the  Lhasa-Lanchow 
line  and  proceeds  as  far  as  Lanipar.  Then  turning  northwest- 
ward, it  proceeds  by  its  own  line  to  Dzunsasak,  where  it  ends  by 
joining  the  Lanchow-Chochiang  line.  This  line  covers  a  distance 
of  650  miles. 

k.     The  Ningyuan-Cherchen  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Ningyuan  and  proceeds  in  a  northwest- 
ward direction  via  Hwaiyuanchen  to  the  Yalungkiang.  Then  it 
ascends  along  the  left  side  of  that  river  to  Yakiang,  and  crossing 
to  the  right  side  of  that  river  it  proceeds  by  the  old  post  road  to 
Siolo,  where  it  turns  away  from  the  river  and  follows  the  same 
post  road  to  Litang.  From  Litang  it  proceeds  in  the  same 
direction  but  follows  another  road  to  Kangtu,  on  the  left  side  of 
the  Kinshakiang.  Following  the  same  side  of  the  river,  it 
proceeds  to  Sawusantusze,  where  it  crosses  the  Lhasa-Chengtu 
line.  After  Sawusantusze,  the  line  continues  in  the  same  direc- 
tion and  follows  the  same  side  of  the  Kinshakiang  via  Tashigompa, 
to  the  Huhusair  Bridge,  where  it  crosses  the  Lhasa  Lanchow  line. 
Then  following  a  northern  branch  of  the  Kinshakiang  to  its 
source  and  crossing  the  watershed,  it  proceeds  along  the  caravan 
road  by  Hsinszukiang  and  Olokung  to  Cherchen,  where  it  ends, 
covering  a  distance  of  about  1,350  miles.  This  is  the  longest  line 
of  this  system. 

1.     The  Chengtu-Menkong  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Chengtu  and  proceeds  southwestward 
by  Shuangliu,  Hsintsin,  Mingshan,  to  Yachow.  From  Yachow, 
it  turns  northwestward  and  proceeds  to  Tienchuan,  then  westward 


THE    HIGHLAND    RAILWAY    SYSTEM  I33 

to  Tatsienlu,  Tunyolo,  and  Litang.  After  Litang,  the  line 
proceeds  southwestward  through  Batang  and  Yakalo,  to 
Menkong,  covering  a  distance  of  about  400  miles  of  very 
mountainous  country. 

m.     The  Chengtu-Yuankiang  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Chengtu  on  the  same  track  of  the 
Chengtu-Menkong  line,  proceeds  to  Yachow  and  thence  by  its 
own  track  in  the  same  direction  via  Jungching,  to  Tsingliu.  After 
Tsingliu,  the  line  proceeds  southward  through  Yuehsi  to 
Ningyuan,  where  it  meets  the  head  of  the  Ningyuan-Cherchen 
line.  After  Ningyuan,  it  goes  to  Kwaili,  then  crosses  the 
Kinshakiang  to  Yiinnanf  u  where  it  crosses  the  Canton-Tali  line. 
From  Yiinnanf  u,  it  proceeds  along  the  west  side  of  the  Kunming 
Lake  to  Kunyang,  and  through  Hsinshing,  Hsingo,  toYuankiang, 
where  the  line  ends  by  joining  the  Canton-Szemo  line.  It  covers 
a  distance  of  about  600  miles. 

n.     The  Suifu-Tali  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Suifu  and  proceeds  along  the  left  bank 
of  the  Yangtze  River  to  Pingshan  and  Lupo.  After  Lupo,  it 
turns  away  from  the  river  in  a  southwesterly  direction  and 
scales  the  Taliangshan  Mountains  to  Ningyuan,  where  it  crosses 
the  Chengtu-Yuankiang  line  and  meets  the  termini  of  the  Canton- 
Ningyuan  line  and  the  Ningyuan-Cherchen  line.  Thence  continu- 
ing in  the  same  direction,  it  crosses  the  Yalungkiang  to  Yenyuan 
and  Yungpeh.  After  Yungpeh,  the  line  turns  more  southward, 
across  the  Kinshakiang  to  Sincheng  and  thence  to  Tali,  where  it 
ends  by  meeting  the  Canton-Tali  line  and  the  Lhasa-Tali  line.  It 
covers  a  distance  of  about  400  miles. 

0.     The  Suifu-Mengting  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Suifu  on  the  same  track  as  the  Suifu- 
Tali  line  as  far  as  Lupo.  From  Lupo,  it  goes  on  its  own  track 
across  the  Yangtze  River  here  known  as  the  Kinshakiang,  and 


134  THE    INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

follows  the  right  side  of  that  river  upward  to  its  southward 
bend  where  it  crosses  the  Chengtu-Yuankiang  line,  to  Yuanmow. 
From  Yuanmow.  it  proceeds  to  Tsuyung,  where  it  crosses  the 
Canton-Tali  line,  thence  to  Kingtung.  After  Kingtung,  it  pro- 
ceeds southwestward  across  the  Lantsangkiang  or  Mekong  River, 
to  Yunchow,  thence  turning  southwestward,  it  follows  a  branch 
of  the  Lukiang  River  to  Mengting  and  ends  on  the  frontier. 
This  line  covers  a  distance  of  about  500  miles. 

p.     The  Iden-Gartok  Line 

This  line  starts  from  Iden,  and  proceeds  southward  along 
the  Keriya  River  to  Polu,  thence  following  the  caravan  road  up 
the  highland  to  Kuluk.  From  Kuluk,  it  proceeds  southwestward 
via  Alasa  and  Tunglong  to  Xohho,  where  it  meets  the  terminus  of 
the  Lhasa-Nohho  line.  After  Nohho,  it  skirts  around  the  eastern 
end  of  the  Noh-tso  Lake  to  Rudok  and  proceeds  southwestward 
to  Demchok,  on  the  Indus  River.  From  Demchok,  it  proceeds 
southeastward  following  the  Indus  River  up  to  Gartok,  where  it 
ends  by  joining  the  Lhasa-Laichiyaling  line.  This  line  covers  a 
distance  of  about  500  miles.  This  highland  system  totals  about 
11,000  miles. 

PART    VI. 

The  Establishment  of  Locomotive  and  Car  Factories 

The  railways  projected  in  the  Fourth  Program  will  total 
about  62,000  miles;  and  those  in  the  First  and  the  Third  Programs 
about  14,000  miles,  Besides  these,  there  will  be  double  tracks  in 
the  various  trunk  lines,  which  will  make  up  a  grand  total  of  no 
less  than  100,000  miles,  as  stated  in  the  preliminary  part  of  these 
programs.  With  this  100,000  miles  of  railways  to  be  constructed 
in  the  coming  ten  years,  the  demands  for  locomotives  and  cars 
will  be  tremendous.  The  factories  of  the  world  will  be  unable  to 
supply  them,  especially  at  this  juncture  of  reconstruction  after 
the  great  world  war.     So  the  establishment  of  locomotive  and 


the;  establishment  of  locomotive  and  car  factories    135 

car  factories  in  China  to  supply  our  own  demands  of  railway 
equipment  will  be  a  necessary  as  well  as  a  profitable  undertaking. 
China  possesses  unlimited  supplies  of  raw  materials  and  cheap 
labor.  What  we  need  for  establishing  such  factories  is  foreign 
capital  and  experts.  What  amount  of  capital  should  be  invested 
in  this  project,  I  have  to  leave  to  experts  to  decide. 

I  suggest  that  four  large  factories  should  be  started 
simultaneously  at  the  beginning — two  on  the  coast  and  two  on  the 
Yangtze.  Of  those  on  the  coast,  one  should  be  at  the  Great 
Northern  Port,  and  the  other  at  the  Great  Southern  Port — Canton. 
Of  those  on  the  Yangtze,  one  should  be  at  Nanking  and  the  other 
at  Hankow.  All  four  are  in  centers  of  both  land  and  water 
communication,  where  skilled  labor  can  easily  be  obtained.  They 
are  also  near  our  iron  and  coal  fields.  Besides  these  four  great 
factories,  others  should  be  established  at  suitable  centers  of  iron 
and  coal  fields  when  our  railways  will  be  more  developed. 

All  the  factories  should  be  under  one  central  control.  The 
locomotives  and  cars  of  our  future  railways  should  be  standardized 
so  as  to  make  possible  the  interchange  of  parts  of  machinery  and 
equipment.  We  should  also  adopt  the  standard  gauge,  that  is,  the 
4  feet  8^  inch  gauge,  which  has  been  adopted  by  most  of  the 
railways  of  the  world.  In  fact,  almost  all  the  railways  hitherto 
built  in  China  are  of  this  gauge.  The  purpose  of  the  proposed 
standardization  is  to  secure  the  highest  efficiency  as  well  as  the 
greatest  economy. 


PROGRAM    V. 

In  the  preceding  four  programs,  I  dealt  exclusively  with  the 
development  of  the  key  and  basic  industries.  In  this  one,  I  am 
going  to  deal  with  the  development  of  the  main  group  of  in- 
dustries which  need  foreign  help.  By  the  main  group  of  in- 
dustries, I  mean  those  industries  which  provide  every  individual 
and  family  with  the  necessaries  and  comforts  of  life.  Of  course, 
when  the  key  and  basic  industries  are  developed,  the  various 
other  industries  will  spontaneously  spring  up  all  over  the  country, 
in  a  very  short  time.  This  had  been  the  case  in  Europe  and 
America  after  the  industrial  revolution.  The  development  of  the 
key  and  the  basic  industries  will  give  plenty  of  work  to  the 
people  and  will  raise  their  wages  as  well  as  their  standard  of 
living.  When  wages  are  high,  the  price  for  necessaries  and 
comforts  of  life  will  also  be  increased.  So  the  rise  in  wages  will 
be  accompanied  by  the  rise  in  the  cost  of  living.  Therefore,  the 
aim  of  the  development  of  some  of  the  main  group  of  industries 
is  to  help  reduce  the  high  cost  of  living  when  China  is  in  the 
process  of  international  development,  by  giving  to  the  majority 
of  the  people  plenty  of  the  essentials  and  comforts  of  life  as  well 
as  higher  wages. 

It  is  commonly  thought  that  China  is  the  cheapest  country 
to  live  in.  This  is  a  misconception  owing  to  the  common  notion 
of  measuring  everything  by  the  value  of  money.  If  we  measure 
the  cost  of  living  by  the  value  of  labor  then  it  will  be  found  that 
China  is  the  most  expensive  country  for  a  common  worker  to 
live  in.  A  Chinese  coolie,  a  muscular  worker,  has  to  work  14  to 
16  hours  a  day  in  order  to  earn  a  bare  subsistence.  A  clerk  in  a 
shop,  or  a  teacher  in  a  village  school  cannot  earn  more  than  a 
hundred  dollars  a  year.  And  the  farmer  after  paying  their  rents 
and  exchanging  for  a  few  articles  of  need  with  their  produce  have 

(    136    ) 


THE   FOOD    INDUSTRY  137 

to  live  from  hand  to  mouth.  Labor  is  very  cheap  and  plentiful 
but  food  and  commodities  of  life  are  just  enough  to  go  round 
for  the  great  multitude  of  the  four  hundred  millions  in  China  in 
an  ordinary  good  year.  In  a  bad  year,  a  great  number  succumb 
to  want  and  starvation.  This  miserable  condition  among  the 
Chinese  proletariat  is  due  to  the  non-development  of  the  country, 
the  crude  methods  of  production  and  the  wastefulness  of  labor. 
The  radical  cure  for  all  this  is  industrial  development  by  foreign 
capital  and  experts  for  the  benefit  of  the  whole  nation.  Europe 
and  America  are  a  hundred  years  ahead  of  us  in  industrial 
development ;  so,  in  order  to  catch  up  in  a  very  short  time  we 
have  to  use  their  capital,  mainly  their  machinery.  If  foreign 
capital  cannot  be  gotten,  we  will  have  to  get  at  least  their  experts 
and  inventors  to  make  for  us  our  own  machinery.  In  any  case, 
we  must  use  machinery  to  assist  our  enormous  man-power  to 
develop  our  unlimited  resources. 

In  modern  civilization,  the  material  essentials  of  life  are  five, 
namely :  food,  clothing,  shelter,  means  of  locomotion,  and  the 
printed  page.  Accordingly  I  will  formulate  this  program  as 
follows : 

I.     The  Food  Industry. 
II.     The  Clothing  Industry. 

III.  The  Housing  Industry. 

IV.  The  Motoring  Industry. 
V.     The  Printing  Industry. 

PART     I. 

The  Food  Industry 

The  food  industry  should  be  treated  under  the  following 
headings : 

a.  The  Production  of  Food. 

b.  The  Storage  and  Transportation  of  Food. 

c.  The  Preparation  and  Preservation  of  Food. 

d.  The  Distribution  and  Exportation  of  Food. 


138  THE   INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT   OF    CHINA 

a.     The  Production  of  Food 

Human  foods  are  derived  from  three  sources :  the  land,  the 
sea  and  the  air.  By  far  the  most  important  and  greatest  in 
quantity  consumed  is  aerial  food  of  which  oxygen  is  the  most 
vital  element.  But  this  aerial  food  is  abundantly  provided  by 
nature,  and  no  human  labor  is  needed  for  its  production  except 
that  which  is  occasionally  needed  for  the  airman  and  the  sub- 
mariner. So  this  food  is  free  to  all.  It  is  not  necessary  for  us 
to  discuss  it  here.  The  production  of  food  from  the  sea  which 
I  have  already  touched  upon  when  I  dealt  with  the  construction 
of  fishing  harbors  and  the  building  of  fishing  crafts,  will  also 
be  left  out  here.  It  is  the  specific  industries  in  the  production 
of  food  from  land,  which  need  foreign  help  that  are  to  be 
discussed  here. 

China  is  an  agricultural  country.  More  than  half  of  its 
population  is  occupied  in  the  work  of  producing  food.  The 
Chinese  farmer  is  very  skillful  in  intensive  cultivation.  He  can 
make  the  land  yield  to  its  utmost  capacity.  But  vast  tracts  of 
arable  lands  are  lying  waste  in  thickly  populated  districts  for  one 
cause  or  other.  Some  are  due  to  lack  of  water,  some  to  too  much 
of  it  and  some  to  the  "  dog  in  the  manger  "  system,— the  holding 
up  of  arable  land  by  speculators  and  land  sharks  for  higher  rents 
and  prices. 

The  land  of  the  eighteen  provinces  alone  is  at  present  sup- 
porting a  population  of  four  hundred  millions.  Yet  there  is  still 
room  for  development  which  can  make  this  same  area  of  land  yield 
more  food  if  the  waste  land  be  brought  under  cultivation,  and 
the  already  cultivated  land  be  improved  by  modern  machinery 
and  scientific  methods.  The  farmers  must  be  protected  and  en- 
couraged by  liberal  land  laws  by  which  they  can  duly  reap  the 
fruits  of  their  own  labor. 

In  regard  to  the  production  of  food  in  our  international 
development  scheme,  two  necessary  undertakings  should  be 
carried  out  which  will  be  profitable  at  the  same  time. 


THE   FOOD    INDUSTRY  1 39 

( i )     A  scientific  survey  of  the  land. 
(2)     The  establishment  of  factories  for  manufacturing 
agricultural  machinery  and  implements. 

( 1 )  A  scientific  survey  of  the  land.  China  has  never  been 
scientifically  surveyed  and  mapped  out.  The  administration  of 
land  is  in  the  most  chaotic  state  and  the  taxation  of  land  is  in 
great  confusion,  thus  causing  great  hardships  on  the  poor 
peasants  and  farmers.  So,  under  any  circumstance,  the  survey 
of  land  is  the  first  duty  of  the  government  to  execute.  But 
this  could  not  be  done  without  foreign  help,  owing  to  lack  of 
funds  and  experts.  Therefore,  I  suggest  that  this  work  be  taken 
up  by  an  international  organization.  This  organization  should 
provide  the  expenses  of  the  work  by  a  loan,  and  should  carry  out 
the  work  with  the  required  number  of  experts  and  equipment. 
How  much  will  be  the  expenses  for  the  survey  and  what  is  the 
amount  of  time  required  and  how  large  an  organization  is  suffi- 
cient to  carry  on  the  work,  and  whether  aerial  survey  by 
aeroplanes  be  practical  for  this  work  are  questions  which  I  shall 
leave  to  experts  to  decide. 

When  the  topographical  survey  is  going  on  a  geological 
survey  may  be  carried  out  at  the  same  time  so  as  to  economize 
expenses.  When  the  survey  work  is  done  and  the  land  of  each 
province  is  minutely  mapped  out,  we  shall  be  able  to  re-adjust  the 
taxation  of  the  already  cultivated  and  improved  land.  As  regards 
the  waste  and  uncultivated  lands  we  shall  be  able  to  determine 
whether  they  are  suitable  for  agriculture,  for  pasture,  for 
forestry,  or  for  mining.  In  this  way,  we  can  estimate  their  value 
and  lease  them  out  to  the  users  for  whatever  production  that  is 
most  suitable.  The  surplus  tax  of  the  cultivated  land  and  the 
proceeds  of  waste  land  will  be  for  the  payment  of  the  interest 
and  principal  of  the  foreign  loan.  Besides  the  eighteen  provinces, 
we  have  a  vast  extent  of  agricultural  and  pastural  lands  in 
Manchuria,  Mongolia,  and  Sinkiang,  and  a  vast  extent  of 
pastural    land    in   Tibet  and  Kokonor.      They   will  have  to  be 


140  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OE   CHINA 

developed  by  extensive  cultivation  under  the  colonization  scheme, 
which  is  alluded  to  in  the  first  program. 

(2)  The  establishment  of  factories  for  manufacturing 
agricultural  machinery  and  implements.  When  the  waste  land  is 
reclaimed,  cultivated  land  improved  and  waste  labor  set  to  work 
on  the  land,  the  demands  for  agricultural  machinery  and  imple- 
ments will  be  very  great.  As  we  have  cheap  labor  and  plenty  of 
iron  and  coal,  it  is  better  and  cheaper  for  us  to  manufacture  than 
to  import  the  implements  and  machinery.  For  this  purpose,  much 
capital  should  be  invested,  and  factories  should  be  put  up  in 
industrial  centers  or  in  the  neighborhood  of  iron  and  coal  fields, 
where  labor  and  material  could  be  easily  found. 

b.  The  Storage  and  Transportation  of  Food 

The  most  important  foodstuff  to  be  stored  and  transported  is 
grain.  Under  the  present  Chinese  method,  the  storage  of  grain 
is  most  wasteful  for  if  kept  in  large  quantities  it  is  often  destroyed 
by  insects  or  damaged  by  weather.  It  is  only  in  small  quantities 
and  by  great  and  constant  care  that  grains  can  be  preserved  for 
a  certain  period  of  time.  And  the  transportation  of  grains  is 
also  most  expensive  for  the  work  is  mostly  done  on  man's 
shoulders.  When  the  grains  reach  the  waterway  it  is  carried  in  a 
most  makeshift  way,  without  the  least  semblance  of  system. 
If  the  method  of  storing  and  transporting  of  grain  be  improved, 
a  great  economic  saving  could  be  accomplished.  I  propose  that  a 
chain  of  grain  elevators  be  built  all  over  the  country  and  a 
special  transport  fleet  be  equipped  all  along  the  waterways  by 
this  International  Development  Organization.  What  will  be  the 
capital  for  this  project  and  where  the  elevators  should  be  situated 
have  yet  to  be  investigated  by  experts. 

c.  The  Preparation  and  Preservation  of  Food 

Hitherto  the  preparation  of  food  is  entirely  by  hand  with  a 
few  primitive  implements.  The  preservation  of  food  is  either  by 
salt  or  sun  heat.     Mills  and  cannery  method  are  scarcely  known. 


THE    FOOD    INDUSTRY  I4I 

I  suggest  that  a  system  of  rice  mills  should  be  constructed  in  all 
the  large  cities  and  towns  in  the  Yangtse  Valley  and  South  China 
where  rice  is  the  staple  food.  Flour  mills  should  be  put  up  in 
all  large  cities  and  towns  north  of  the  Yangtse  Valley,  where 
wheat,  oats,  and  cereals  other  than  rice  are  the  staple  food. 
All  these  mills  should  be  under  one  central  management  so  as  to 
produce  the  best  economic  results.  What  amount  of  capital 
should  be  invested  in  this  mill  system  by  this  international 
development  scheme  should  be  subjected  to  detailed  investigation. 
In  regard  to  the  preservation  of  food,  fruits,  meats  and 
fishes  should  be  preserved  by  canning  or  by  refrigeration.  If 
the  canning  industry  is  developed  there  will  be  created  a  great 
demand  for  tinplates.  Therefore  the  establishment  of  tinplate 
factories  will  be  necessary  and  also  profitable.  Such  factories 
should  be  situated  near  the  iron  and  tin  fields.  There  are 
many  localities  in  south  China  where  tin,  iron,  and  coal  are 
situated  near  each  other,  thus  providing  ready  materials  for  the 
factories.  The  tinplate  factories  and  the  canneries  should  be 
combined  into  one  enterprise  so  as  to  secure  best  economic 
results. 

d.     The  Distribution  and  Exportation  of  Food 

In  ordinary  good  years,  China  never  lacks  food.  There  is  a 
common  saying  in  China  that  "  One  year's  tilling  will  provide  three 
years'  wants/'  In  the  richer  sections  of  the  country,  the  people 
generally  reserve  three  or  four  years  food  supply  in  order 
to  combat  a  bad  year.  But  when  China  is  developed  and 
organized  as  an  economic  whole,  one  year's  food  reserve  should 
be  kept  in  the  country  for  the  use  of  the  local  people  and  the 
surplus  should  be  sent  out  to  the  industrial  centers.  As  the 
storage  and  transportation  of  food  will  be  under  a  central 
management  so  the  distribution  and  exportation  of  food  should 
be  under  the  same  charge.  All  surplus  grains  of  a  country 
district  should  be  sent  to  the  nearest  town  for  storage  and  each 
town  or  city  should  store  one  year's  food.     All  the  staple  food 


142  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

should  be  sold  only  at  cost  price  to  the  inhabitants  according  to 
their  number,  by  the  distributing  department.  And  the  surplus 
food  should  be  exported  to  foreign  countries  where  it  is  wanted 
and  where  the  highest  price  can  be  obtained  by  the  export 
department  under  the  central  management.  Thus  the  surplus 
food  will  not  be  wasted  as  hitherto  under  the  prohibition  law. 
The  proceeds  of  this  export  will  surely  amount  to  a  huge  sum 
which  will  be  used  in  the  payment  of  the  interest  and  principal 
of  the  foreign  loan  invested  in  this  undertaking. 

We  cannot  complete  this  part  of  the  food  industry  without 
giving  special  consideration  to  the  Tea  and  Soya  industries.     The 
former,  as  a  beverage,  is  well  known  throughout  and  used  by  the 
civilized  world  and  the  latter  is  just  beginning  to  be  realized  as  an 
important  foodstuff   by   the   scientists  and  food  administrators. 
Tea,  the   most  healthy  and   delicious  beverage  of  mankind,  is 
produced  in  China.     Its  cultivation  and  preparation  form  one  of 
the  most  important  industries  of  the  country.     Once  China  was 
the  only  country  that  supplied  the  world  with  tea.     Now,  China's 
tea-trade  has  been  wrested  away  from  her  by  India  and  Japan. 
But  the  quality  of  the  Chinese  tea  is  still  unequalled.     The  Indian 
tea  contains  too  much  tannic  acid,  and  the  Japanese  tea  lacks  the 
flavor  which  the  Chinese  tea  possesses.     The  best  tea  is  only 
obtainable  in  China— the  native  land  of  tea.     China  lost  her  tea- 
trade  owing  to  the  high  cost  of  its  production.     The  high  cost  of 
production  is  caused  by  the  inland  tax  as  well  as  the  export  duty 
and  by  the  old  methods  of  cultivation  and  preparation.     If  the 
tax  and  duty  are  done  away  with  and  new  methods  introduced, 
China  can  recover  her  former  position  in  this  trade  easily.     In 
this  International  Development  Scheme,  I  suggest  that  a  system 
of  modern   factories   for   the  preparation  of  tea  should  be  est- 
ablished in  all  the  tea  districts,  so  that  the  tea  should  be  prepared 
by  machinery  instead  of,  as  hitherto,  by  hand.     Thus  the  cost  of 
production    can  be  greatly    reduced   and   the   quality   improved. 
As  the  world's  demand  for  tea  is  daily  increasing  and   will   be 
more  so  by  a  dry  United  States  of  America,  a  project  to  supply 
cheaper  and  better  tea  will  surely  be  a  profitable  one. 


THE   CLOTHING    INDUSTRY  143 

Soya  bean  as  a  meat  substitute  was  discovered  by  the 
Chinese  and  used  by  the  Chinese  and  the  Japanese  as  a  staple 
food  for  many  thousands  of  years.  As  meat  shortage  has  been 
keenly  felt  in  carnivorous  countries  at  present,  a  solution  must 
be  found  to  relieve  it.  For  this  reason  I  suggest  that  in  this 
International  Development  Scheme  we  should  introduce  this 
artificial  meat,  milk,  butter  and  cheese  to  Europe  and  America, 
by  establishing  a  system  of  soya  bean  factories  in  all  the  large 
cities  of  those  countries,  so  as  to  provide  cheap  nitrogenous  food 
to  the  western  people.  Modern  factories  should  also  be  establish- 
ed in  China  to  replace  those  old  and  expensive  methods  of  pro- 
duction by  hand,  so  as  to  procure  better  economic  results  as  well 
as  to  produce  better  commodities. 

PART  II. 

The  Clothing  Industry 

The  principal  materials  for  clothes  are  silk,  linen,  cotton, 
wool  and  animal  skins.  I  shall  accordingly  deal  with  them  under 
the  following  headings : 

a.  The  Silk  Industry. 

b.  The  Linen  Industry. 

c.  The  Cotton  Industry. 

d.  The  Woolen  Industry. 

e.  The  Leather  Industry. 

f.  The  Manufacturing  of  Clothing  Machinery. 

a.  The  Silk  Industry- 
Silk  is  a  Chinese  discovery  and  was  used  as  a  material  for 
clothes  for  many  thousands  of  years  before  the  Christian  Era. 
It  is  one  of  the  important  national  industries  of  China.  Up  to 
recent  times,  China  was  the  only  country  that  supplied  silk  to 
the  world.  But  now  this  dominant  trade  has  been  taken  away 
from  China  by  Japan,  Italy  and  France,  because  those  countries 
have  adopted  scientific  methods  for  silk  culture  and  manufacture, 


144  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

while  China  still  uses  the  same  old  methods  of  many  thousands 
years  ago.  As  the  world's  demand  for  silk  is  increasing  daily, 
the  improvement  of  the  culture  and  manufacture  of  silk  will  be  a 
very  profitable  undertaking.  In  this  International  Development 
Scheme,  I  suggest  first  that  scientific  bureaus  be  established  in 
every  silk  district  to  give  directions  to  the  farmers  and  to  provide 
healthy  silk-worm  eggs.  These  bureaus  should  be  under  central 
control.  At  the  same  time,  they  will  act  as  collecting  stations  for 
cocoons  so  as  to  secure  a  fair  price  for  the  farmers.  Secondly, 
silk  filiatures  with  up-to-date  machinery  should  be  established 
in  suitable  districts  to  reel  the  silk  for  home  as  well  as  for 
foreign  consumption.  And  lastly,  modern  factories  should  be 
put  up  for  manufacturing  silk  for  both  home  and  foreign 
markets.  All  silk  filiatures  and  factories  should  be  under  a 
single  national  control  and  will  be  financed  with  foreign  capital 
and  supervised  by  experts  to  secure  the  best  economic  results 
and  to  produce  better  and  cheaper  commodities. 

b.     The  Linen  Industry 

This  is  an  old  Chinese  industry.  In  southern  China  there  is 
produced  a  kind  of  very  fine  linen  in  the  form  of  ramie,  known 
as  China-grass.  This  fiber  if  treated  by  modern  methods  and 
machinery  becomes  almost  as  fine  and  glossy  as  silk.  But  in 
China,  so  far  as  I  know,  there  is  not  yet  such  new  method  and 
machinery  for  the  manufacturing  of  this  linen.  The  famous 
Chinese  grass-cloth  is  manufactured  by  the  old  method  of  hand- 
looms.  I  propose  that  new  methods  and  machinery  be  introduced 
into  China  by  this  International  Development  Organization  to 
manufacture  this  linen.  A  system  of  modern  factories  should  be 
established  all  over  the  ramie-producing  districts  in  south  China 
where  raw  materials  and  labor  are  obtainable. 

c.     The  Cotton  Industry 

Cotton  is  a  foreign  product  which  was  introduced  into 
China    centuries   ago.      It    became   a  very    important   Chinese 


THE   CLOTHING   INDUSTaY  145 

industry  during  the  hand-loom  age.  But  after  the  import  of 
foreign  cotton  goods  into  China,  this  native  handicraft  industry 
was  gradually  killed  by  the  foreign  trade.  So,  great  quantities  of 
raw  cotton  are  exported  and  finished  cotton  goods  are  imported 
in  large  quantities  into  China.  What  an  anomaly  when  we  consider 
the  enormous,  cheap  labor  in  China !  However  a  few  cotton 
mills  have  been  started  recently  in  treaty  ports  which  have 
made  enormous  profits.  It  is  reported  that  during  the  last 
two  or  three  years  most  of  the  Shanghai  cotton  mills  declared  a 
dividend  of  ioo  per  cent  and  some  even  200  per  cent !  The 
demand  for  cotton  goods  in  China  is  very  great  but  the  supply 
falls  short.  It  is  necessary  to  put  up  more  mills  in  China 
for  cotton  manufacturing.  Therefore,  I  suggest  in  this  Inter- 
national Development  Scheme  to  put  up  a  system  of  large  cotton 
mills  all  over  the  cotton-producing  districts  under  one  central 
national  control.  Thus  the  best  economic  results  will  be  obtained 
and  cotton  goods  can  be  supplied  to  the  people  at  a  lower  cost. 

d.     The  Woolen  Industry 

Although  the  whole  of  Northwestern  China — about  two- 
thirds  of  the  entire  country  is  a  pastural  land  yet  the  woolen 
industry  has  never  been  developed.  Every  year,  plenty  of  raw 
materials  are  exported  from  China  on  the  one  hand  and  plenty 
of  finished  woolen  goods  imported  on  the  other.  Judging  by  the 
import  and  export  of  the  woolen  trade  the  development  of 
woolen  industry  in  China  will  surely  be  a  profitable  business.  I 
suggest  that  scientific  methods  be  applied  to  the  raising  of  sheep 
and  to  the  treatment  of  wool  so  as  to  improve  the  quality  and 
increase  the  quantity.  Modern  factories  should  be  established 
all  over  northwestern  China  for  manufacturing  all  kinds  of 
finished  woolen  goods.  Here  we  have  the  raw  materials,  cheap 
labor  and  unlimited  market.  What  we  want  for  the  develop- 
ment of  this  industry  is  foreign  capital  and  experts.  This  will 
be  one  of  the  most  remunerative  projects  in  our  International 
Development  Scheme,  for  the  industry  will  be  a  new  one  and 
there  will  be  no  private  competitors  on  the  field. 


I46  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT  OF   CHINA 

e.     The  Leather  Industry 

This  will  also  be  a  new  industry  in  China,  despite  the  fact 
that  there  are  a  few  tanneries  in  the  treaty  ports.  The  export  of 
hides  from  and  the  import  of  leather  goods  into  China  are  in- 
creasing every  year.  So,  to  establish  a  system  of  tanneries  and 
factories  for  leather  goods  and  foot-gear  will  be  a  lucrative 
undertaking. 

f.     The  Manufacturing  of  Clothing  Machinery 

The  machinery  for  the  manufacturing  of  various  kinds  of 
clothing  materials  is  in  great  demand  in  China.  It  is  reported 
that  the  orders  for  cotton  mill  machinery  have  been  filled  up  for 
the  next  three  years  from  manufacturers  in  Europe  and  America. 
If  China  is  developed  according  to  my  programs,  the  demand  for 
machinery  will  be  many  times  greater  than  at  present  and  the 
supply  in  Europe  and  America  will  be  too  short  to  meet  it. 
Therefore  to  establish  factories  for  the  manufacturing  of  cloth- 
ing machinery  is  a  necessary  as  well  as  a  profitable  undertaking. 
Such  factories  should  be  established  in  the  neighborhood  of  iron 
and  steel  factories,  so  as  to  save  expenses  for  transportation  of 
heavy  materials.  What  will  be  the  capital  for  this  undertaking 
should  be  decided  by  experts. 

PART  III. 

The  Housing  Industry 

Among  the  four  hundred  millions  in  China  the  poor  still 
live  in  huts  and  hovels,  and  in  caves  in  the  loess  region  of  north 
China  while  the  middle  and  the  rich  classes  live  in  temples. 
All  the  so-called  houses  in  China,  excepting  a  few  after  western 
style  and  those  in  treaty  ports  are  built  after  the  model  of 
a  temple.  When  a  Chinese  builds  a  house  he  has  more  regard 
for  the  dead  than  for  the  living.     The  first  consideration  of  the 


THE   HOUSING   INDUSTRY  147 

owner  is  his  ancestral  shrine.     This  must  be  placed  at  the  center 
of  the  house,  and  all  the  other  parts  must  be  complement  and 
secondary  to  it.     The  house  is  planned  not  for  comfort  but  for 
ceremonies,  that  is,  for  "  the  red  and  white  affairs,''  as  they  are 
called   in   China.     The   "  red  affair  "   is  the  marriage  or  other 
felicitous  celebrations  of  any  member  of  the  family,   and   the 
u  white  affair  "  is  the  funeral  ceremonies.     Besides  the  ancestral 
shrine  there  are  the  shrines  of  the  various  household  gods.     All 
these  are  of  more  importance  than  man  and  must  be  considered 
before  him.     There  is  not  a  home  in  old  China  that  is  planned 
for  the  comfort  and  convenience  of  man  alone.     So  now  when 
we   plan   the   housing    industry  in    China   in   our  International 
Development  Scheme,   we  must  take  the  houses  of  the  entire 
population  of   China  into  consideration.     "  To  build  houses  for 
four   hundred  millions,  it  is   impossible!''  some  may  exclaim. 
This  is  the  largest  job  ever  conceived  by  man.     But  if  China  is 
going  to  give  up  her  foolish  traditions  and  useless  habits  and 
customs  of   the  last  three  thousand  years  and  begin  to  adopt 
modern    civilization,   as   our   industrial  development   scheme   is 
going  to  introduce,  the  remodelling  of  all  the  houses  according  to 
modern   comforts   and   conveniences  is  bound  to  come,   either 
unconsciously  by  social  evolution  or  consciously  by  artificial  con- 
struction.    The  modern  civilization  so  far  attained  by  western 
nations    is   entirely    an    unconscious    progress,    for   social    and 
economic  sciences  are  but  recent  discoveries.     But  henceforth  all 
human  progress  will  be  more  or  less  based  upon  knowledge,  that 
is  upon  scientific  planning.     As  we  can  foresee  now,  within  half 
a  century   under  our  industrial  development,  the  houses  of  all 
China  will  be  renewed  according  to  modern  comfort  and  con- 
venience.    Is  it  not  far  better  and  cheaper  to  rebuild  the  houses 
of  all  China  by  a  preconceived  scientific  plan  than  by  none?     I 
have  no  doubt  that  if  we  plan  to  build  a  thousand  houses  at  one 
time  it  would  be  ten  times  cheaper  than  to  plan  and  build  one  at 
a  time,  and  the  more  we  build  the  cheaper  terms  we  would  get. 
This  is  a  positive  economic  law.     The  only  danger  in  this  is 


I48  THE   INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

over-production.  That  is  the  only  obstacle  for  all  production 
on  a  large  scale.  Since  the  industrial  revolution  in  Europe  and 
America,  every  financial  panic  before  the  world  war  was  caused 
by  over-production.  In  the  case  of  our  housing  industry  in 
China,  there  are  four  hundred  million  customers.  At  least  fifty 
million  houses  will  be  needed  in  the  coming  fifty  years.  Thus 
a  million  houses  a  year  will  be  the  normal  demand  of  the  country. 
Houses  are  a  great  factor  in  civilization.  They  give  men 
more  enjoyment  and  happiness  than  food  and  clothes.  More  than 
half  of  the  human  industries  are  contributing  to  household  needs. 
The  housing  industry  will  be  the  greatest  undertaking  of  our 
International  Development  Scheme,  and  also  will  be  the  most 
profitable  part  of  it.  My  object  of  the  development  of  the 
housing  industry  is  to  provide  cheap  houses  to  the  masses.  A 
ten  thousand  dollar  house  now  built  in  the  treaty  port  can  be 
produced  for  less  than  a  thousand  dollars  and  yet  a  high  margin 
of  profit  can  be  made.  In  order  to  accomplish  this  we  have  to 
produce,  transport,  and  distribute  the  materials  for  construction. 
After  the  house  is  finished,  all  household  equipment  must  be 
furnished.  Both  of  these  will  be  comprised  in  the  housing 
industry  which  I  shall  formulate  as  follows  : 

a.  The  Production  and  Transportation  of  Building  Materials. 

b.  The  Construction  of  Houses. 

c.  The  Manufacturing  of  Furniture. 

d.  The  Supply  of  Household  Utilities. 

a.     The  Production  and  Transportation  of  Building 

Materials 

The  building  materials  are  bricks,  tiles,  timber,  skeleton 
iron,  stone,  cement  and  mortar.  Each  of  these  materials  must 
be  manufactured  or  cut  out  from  raw  materials.  So  kilns  for 
the  manufacture  of  tiles  and  bricks  must  be  put  up.  Mills  for 
timbers  must  be  established,  also  factories  for  skeleton  irons. 
Quarries  must  be  opened  and  factories  for  cement  and  mortar 


THE   HOUSING   INDUSTRY  149 

must  be  started.  All  these  establishments  must  be  put  up  at 
suitable  districts  where  materials  and  markets  are  near  one 
another.  All  should  be  under  one  central  control  so  as  to 
regulate  the  output  of  each  of  these  materials  in  proportion  to 
the  demand.  After  the  materials  are  ready  they  must  be  trans- 
ported to  the  places  where  they  are  wanted  by  special  bottoms  on 
waterways,  and  by  special  cars  on  railways  so  as  to  reduce  the 
cost  as  low  as  possible.  For  this  purpose  special  boats  and  cars 
must  be  built  by  the  shipbuilding  department  and  the  car  factory. 

b.     The  Construction  of  Houses 

The  houses  to  be  built  in  China  will  comprise  public  buildings 
and  private  residences.  As  the  public  buildings  are  to  be  built 
with  public  funds  for  public  uses  which  will  not  be  a  profitable 
undertaking,  a  special  Government  Department  should  therefore  be 
created  to  take  charge.  The  houses  that  are  to  be  built  under  this 
International  Development  Scheme  will  be  private  residences  only 
with  the  object  to  provide  cheap  houses  for  the  people,  as  well  as 
to  make  profit  for  this  International  concern.  The  houses  will 
be  built  on  standardized  types.  In  cities  and  towns  the  houses 
should  be  constructed  on  two  lines:  the  single  family  and  the 
group  family  houses.  The  former  should  again  be  sub-divided 
into  eight-roomed,  ten-roomed  and  twelve-roomed  houses,  and 
the  latter  into  ten-family,  hundred-family  and  thousand-family 
houses,  with  four  or  six  rooms  for  each  family.  In  the  country 
districts  the  houses  should  be  classified  according  to  the  occupation 
of  the  people,  and  special  annexes  such  as  barns  and  dairies  should 
be  provided  for  the  farmers.  All  houses  should  be  designed  and 
built  according  to  the  needs  and  comfort  of  man;  so  a  special 
architectural  department  should  be  established  to  study  the  habits, 
occupations  and  needs  of  different  people  and  make  improvements 
from  time  to  time.  The  construction  should  be  performed  as 
much  as  possible  by  labor-saving  machinery  so  as  to  accelerate 
work  and  save  expenses. 


150  THE   INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

c.     The  Manufacturing  of  Furniture 

As  all  houses  in  China  should  be  remodelled  all  furniture 
should  be  replaced  by  up-to-date  ones,  which  are  made  for  the 
comfort  and  needs  of  man.  Furniture  of  the  following  kinds 
should  be  manufactured:  the  library,  the  parlor,  the  bedroom, 
the  kitchen,  the  bathroom  and  the  toilet.  Each  kind  should  be 
manufactured  in  a  special  factory  under  the  management  of  the 
International  Development  Organisation. 

d.     The  Supply  of  Household  Utilities 

The    household    utilities    are   water,    light,   heat,   fuel   and 
telephones.      Except  in  treaty  ports,  there   is  no   water-supply 
system  in  any  of  the  cities  and  towns  of  China.     Even  many 
treaty  ports  possess  none  as  yet.    In  all  the  large  cities,  the  people 
obtain   their   water  from   rivers  which  at  the  same  time  act  as 
sewage.     The  water  supply  of  the  large  cities  and  towns  in  China 
is  most  unsanitary,     (i)   It  is  an  urgent  necessity  that  water 
supply   systems  should  be  installed  in  all  cities   and  towns   in 
China  without  delay.     Therefore  special  factories  for  equipping 
the  water  system  should  be  established  in  order  to  meet   the 
needs.     (2)   Lighting  plants  should  be  installed  in  all  the  cities 
and  towns  in  China.    So  factories  for  the  manufacture  of  the  ma- 
chinery lighting  plants  should  be  established.    (3)  Modern  heating 
plants  should  be  installed  in  every  household,  using  either  electrici- 
ty, gas,  or  steam.     So  the  manufacturing  of  heating  equipment  is 
a  necessity.    Factories  should  be  established  for  this  purpose.    (4) 
Cooking  fuel  is  one  of  the  most  costly  item  in  the  daily  needs  of 
the  Chinese  people.    In  the  country  the  people  generally  devote  ten 
per  cent  of  their  working  time  to  gathering  fire  woods.  In  town  the 
people  spend  about  twenty  per  cent  of  their  living  expenses  for 
fire  wood  alone.     Thus  this  fire  wood  question  accumulates  into 
a  great  national  waste.     The  fire  wood  and  grass  as  a  cooking 
fuel  must  be  substituted  by  coal  in  the  country  districts,  and  by 
gas  or  electricity  in  towns  and  cities.     In  order  to  use  coal,  gas 


THE   MOTORING   INDUSTRY  151 

and  electricity,  proper  equipment  must  be  provided.  So  factories 
for  the  manufacturing  of  coal  gas,  and  electricity,  stoves  for 
every  family  must  be  established  by  this  International  Develop- 
ment Organization.  (5)  Telephones  must  also  be  supplied  to 
every  family  in  the  cities  as  well  as  in  the  country.  So  factories 
for  manufacturing  the  equipment  must  be  put  up  in  China,  in 
order  to  render  them  as  cheap  as  possible. 

PART     IV. 

The  Motoring  Industry 

The  Chinese  are  a  stagnant  race.  From  time  immemorial  a 
man  is  praised  for  staying  at  home  and  caring  for  his  immediate 
surroundings  only.  Laotse — a  contemporary  of  Confucius — says : 
"The  good  people  are  those  who  live  in  countries  so  near  to  each 
other  that  they  can  hear  each  other's  cock  crow  and  dog  bark  and 
yet  they  never  have  had  intercourse  with  each  other  during  their 
life  time."  This  is  often  quoted  as  the  Golden  Age  of  the 
Chinese  people.  But  in  modern  civilization  the  condition  is 
entirely  changed.  Moving  about  occupies  a  great  part  of  a 
man's  life  time.  It  is  the  movement  of  man  that  makes  civiliza- 
tion progress.  China,  in  order  to  catch  up  with  modern 
civilization,  must  move.  And  the  movement  of  the  individual 
forms  an  important  part  of  the  national  activity.  A  man  must 
move  whenever  and  wherever  he  pleases  with  ease  and  rapidity. 
However,  China,  at  present,  lacks  the  means  of  facility  for 
individual  movement,  for  all  the  old  great  highways  were  ruined 
and  have  disappeared,  and  the  automobile  las  not  yet  been 
introduced  into  the  interior  of  the  country.  The  motor  car,  a 
recent  invention,  is  a  necessity  for  rapid  movement.  If  we  wish 
to  move  quickly  and  do  more  work,  we  must  adopt  the  motor 
car  as  a  vehicle.  But  before  we  can  use  the  motor  car,  we  have 
to  build  our  roads.  In  the  preliminary  part  of  this  International 
Development  Scheme,  I  proposed  to  construct  one  million  miles 
of  roads.     These  should  be  apportioned  according  to  the  ratio  of 


152  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

population  in  each  district  for  construction.  In  the  eighteen 
provinces  of  China  Proper,  there  are  nearly  2,000  hsiens.  If  all 
parts  of  China  are  to  adopt  the  hsien  administration,  there  will 
be  nearly  4, coo  hsiens  in  all.  Thus  the  construction  of  roads 
for  each  hsien  will  be  on  an  average  of  250  miles.  But  some  of 
the  hsiens  have  more  people  and  some  have  less.  If  we  divide 
the  million  miles  of  roads  by  the  four  hundred  million  people,  we 
shall  have  one  mile  to  every  hundred.  For  one  hundred  people 
to  build  one  mile  of  road  is  not  a  very  difficult  task  to  accomplish. 
If  my  scheme  of  making  road-building  as  a  condition  for  granting 
local  autonomy  is  adopted  by  the  nation,  we  shall  see  one  million 
miles  of  road  built  in  a  very  short  time  as  if  by  a  magic  wand. 

As  soon  as  the  people  of  China  decide  to  build  roads,  this 
International  Development  Organization  can  begin  to  put  up 
factories  for  manufacturing  motor  cars.  First  start  on  a  small 
scale  and  gradually  expand  the  plants  to  build  more  and  more 
until  they  are  sufficient  to  supply  the  needs  of  the  four  hundred 
million  people.  The  cars  should  be  manufactured  to  suit 
different  purposes,  such  as  the  farmers'  car,  the  artisan's  car,  the 
business  man's  car,  the  tourists'  car,  the  truck  car,  etc.  All  these 
cars,  if  turned  out  on  a  large  scale,  can  be  made  much  cheaper 
than  at  present,  so  that  every  body  who  wishes  it,  may  have  one. 

Besides  supplying  cheap  cars,  we  must  also  supply  cheap 
fuel,  otherwise  the  people  will  still  be  unable  to  use  them.  So 
the  development  of  the  oil  fields  in  China  should  follow  the 
motor  car  industry.  This  will  be  dealt  with  in  more  detail  under 
the  mining  industry. 

PART     V. 
The  Printing  Industry 

This  industry  provides  man  with  intellectual  food.  It  is  a 
necessity  of  modern  society,  without  which  mankind  cannot 
progress.  All  human  'activities  are  recorded,  and  all  human 
knowledge   is   stored    in    printing.      It    is    a    great    factor    of 


THE    PRINTING    INDUSTRY  153 

civilization.  The  progress  and  civilization  of  different  nations  of 
the  world  are  measured  largely  by  the  quantity  of  printed  matter 
they  turn  out  annually.  China,  though  the  nation  that  invented 
printing,  is  very  backward  in  the  development  of  its  printing 
industry.  In  our  International  Development  Scheme,  the  printing 
industry  must  also  be  given  a  place.  If  China  is  developed 
industrially  according  to  the  lines  which  I  suggested,  the  demand 
for  printed  matter  by  the  four  hundred  millions  will  be  exceed- 
ingly great.  In  order  to  meet  this  demand  efficiently,  a  system 
of  large  printing  houses  must  be  established  in  all  large  cities  in 
the  country,  to  undertake  printing  of  all  kinds  from  newspapers 
to  encyclopaedia.  The  best  modern  books  on  various  subjects  in 
different  countries  should  be  translated  into  Chinese  and 
published  in  cheap  edition  form  for  the  general  public  in  China. 
All  the  publishing  houses  should  be  organized  under  one  common 
management,  so  as  to  secure  the  best  economic  results. 

In  order  to  make  printed  matter  cheap,  other  subsidiary 
industries  must  be  developed  at  the  same  time.  The  most 
important  of  these  is  the  paper  industry.  At  present  all  the 
paper  used  by  newspapers  in  China  is  imported.  And  the 
demand  for  paper  is  increasing  every  day.  China  has  plenty  of 
raw  materials  for  making  paper,  such  as  the  vast  virgin  forests 
of  the  north-western  part  of  the  country,  and  the  wild  reeds  of 
the  Yangtse  and  its  neighboring  swamps  which  would  furnish  the 
best  pulps.  So,  large  plants  for  manufacturing  papers  should  be 
put  up  in  suitable  locations.  Besides  the  paper  factories,  ink 
factories,  type  foundries,  printing  machine  factories,  etc.  should 
be  established  under  a  central  management  to  produce  everything 
that  is  needed  in  the  printing  industry. 


PROGRAM     VI. 

The  Mining  Industry 

Mining  and  farming  are  the  two  most  important  means  of 
producing  raw  materials  for  industries.  As  farming  is  to  produce 
food  for  man,  so  mining  is  to  produce  food  for  machinery. 
Machinery  is  the  tree  of  modern  industries,  and  the  mining 
industry  is  the  root  of  machinery.  Thus,  without  the  mining 
industry  there  would  be  no  machinery,  and  without  machinery 
there  would  be  no  modern  industries  which  have  revolutionized 
the  economic  conditions  of  mankind.  The  mining  industry,  after 
all,  is  the  greatest  factor  of  material  civilization  and  economic 
progress.  Although  in  the  fifth  part  of  the  first  program  I 
suggested  the  development  of  the  iron  and  coal  fields  in  Chihli 
and  Shansi  as  an  auxiliary  project  for  the  development  of  the 
Great  Northern  Port,  still,  a  special  program  should  be  devoted 
to  mining  in  general.  The  mineral  lands  of  China  belong  to 
the  state,  and  mining  in  China  is  still  in  its  infancy.  So  to 
develop  the  mining  industry  from  the  outset  as  a  state  enterprise 
would  be  a  sound  economic  measure.  But  mining  in  general  is 
very  risky  and  to  enlist  foreign  capital  in  its  development  in  a 
wholesale  manner  is  unadvisable.  Therefore,  only  such  mining 
projects  which  are  sure  to  be  profitable  will  be  brought  under 
the  International  Development  Scheme.  I  shall  formulate  this 
mining  program  as  follows  : 

I.     The  Mining  of  Iron. 
II.     The  Mining  of  Coal. 

III.  The  Mining  of  Oil. 

IV.  The  Mining  of  Copper. 

V.     The  Working  of  Some  Particular  Mines. 
VI.     The  Manufacture  of  Mining  Machinery. 
VH.     The  Establishment  of  Smelting  Plants. 

(    i54    ) 


THE    MINING    OF    IRON    AND    THE    MINING   OE    COAL  155 

PART       I. 

The  Mining  of  Iron 

Iron  is  the  most  important  element  in  modern  industries. 
Its  deposits  are  found  in  great  quantities  in  certain  areas  and  can 
be  easily  mined.  The  iron  mines  should  be  worked  absolutely  as 
a  state  property.  Besides  the  Chihli  and  Shansi  iron  mines,  the 
other  iron  fields  must  also  be  developed.  There  are  very  rich 
deposits  in  the  southwestern  provinces,  the  Yangtse  Valley  and 
the  northwestern  provinces  in  China  Proper.  Sinkiang,  Mongo- 
lia, Manchuria,  Kokonor,  and  Tibet  also  possess  large  deposits  of 
iron.  We  have  the  Han  Yeh  Ping  Iron  and  Steel  Works  in  the 
Yangtse  Valley  and  the  Pen  Chi  Hu  Iron  and  Steel  Works  in 
South  Manchuria,  both  of  which  are  largely  capitalized  by  Japan 
and  are  working  very  profitably  lately.  There  should  be  similar 
works  in  the  vicinity  of  Canton,  the  Great  Southern  Port,  and 
also  in  Szechuen,  and  Yunnan,  where  iron  and  coal  are  found  side 
by  side.  The  iron  deposits  in  Sinkiang,  Kansu,  Mongolia  etc., 
must  also  be  developed  one  after  the  other,  according  to  the 
needs  of  the  locality.  Iron  and  Steel  Works  must  be  put  up  in 
each  of  these  regions  to  supply  the  local  demand  for  manufactured 
iron.  W'hat  amount  of  capital  should  be  invested  in  these 
additional  iron  and  steel  works  must  be  thoroughly  investigated 
by  experts.  But  I  should  say  that  a  sum  equal  to  or  double 
the  amount  to  be  invested  in  the  Chihli  and  Shansi  iron  and  steel 
works  will  not  be  too  much,  because  of  the  great  demand  which 
will  result  in  the  development  of  China. 

PART     II. 
The  Mining  of  Coal 

China  is  known  to  be  the  country  most  rich  in  coal  deposits, 
yet  her  coal  fields  are  scarcely  scratched.  The  output  of  coal  in 
the  United  States  is  about  six  hundred  million  tons  a  year.  If 
China  is  equally  developed  she  should,  according  to  the  proportion 


156  the;  international  development  of  china 

of  her  population,  have  an  output  of  four  times  as  much  coal  as 
the  United  States.  This  will  be  the  possibility  of  coal  mining  in 
China  for  which  the  International  Development  Organization  is 
to  undertake.  As  coal  deposits  are  found  in  great  quantities  in 
certain  areas  so  its  output  can  be  estimated  quite  accurately 
beforehand.  Thus,  the  risk  is  of  no  consideration  and  the  profit 
is  sure.  But  as  coal  is  a  necessity  of  civilized  community  and 
the  sinews  of  modern  industries,  the  principal  object  for  mining 
should  not  be  for  profit  alone,  but  for  supplying  the  needs  of 
mankind.  After  the  payment  of  interest  and  capital  of  the 
foreign  loans  for  its  development,  and  the  securing  of  high  wages 
for  the  miners,  the  price  of  coal  should  be  reduced  as  low  as 
possible  so  as  to  meet  the  demands  of  the  public  as  well  as  to  give 
impetus  to  the  development  of  various  industries.  I  suggest  that 
besides  the  mining  of  coal  for  the  iron  and  steel  works,  a  plan 
for  producing  two  hundred  million  tons  of  coal  a  year  for  other 
uses  should  be  formed  at  the  start.  Mines  should  be  opened  along 
the  seaboard  and  navigable  rivers.  As  Europe  is  now  seeking 
coal  from  China  this  amount  will  not  be  over-production  from 
the  beginning.  A  few  years  later  when  the  industries  of  China 
will  be  more  developed  more  coal  will  be  needed.  How  much 
capital  will  be  required  and  what  mines  are  to  be  worked,  have 
to  be  submitted  to  scientific  investigation  under  expert  direction. 
Besides  coal  mining,  the  coal  products  industry  must  be 
developed  under  the  same  management.  This  is  a  new  industry 
without  any  competition  and  has  an  unlimited  market  in  China. 
Great  profits  will  be  assured  on  the  capital  invested. 

PART     III. 
The  Mining  of  Oil 

It  is  well-known  that  the  richest  company  in  the  world  is  the 
Standard  Oil  Company  of  New  York,  and  that  the  richest  man 
in  the  world  is  Rockefeller,  organizer  of  this  company.  This 
proves  that  oil  mining  is  a  most  profitable  business.     China  is 


THE   MINING   OF    COPPER  157 

known  to  be  a  very  rich  oil-bearing  country.  Oil  springs  are 
found  in  the  provinces  of  Szechuen,  Kansu,  Sinkiang,  and  Shensi. 
How  vast  is  the  underground  reservoir  of  oil  in  China  is  not  yet 
known.  But  the  already  known  oil  springs  have  never  been 
worked  and  made  use  of,  while  the  import  of  kerosene,  gasoline, 
and  crude  oil  from  abroad  is  increasing  every  year.  When 
China  is  developed  as  a  motoring  country,  the  use  of  gasoline 
will  be  increased  a  thousand-fold,  then  the  supply  from  the 
foreign  fields  will  not  be  able  to  meet  the  demands,  as  shortage 
of  oil  is  already  felt  in  Europe  and  America.  The  mining  of  oil 
in  China  will  soon  become  a  necessity.  This  enterprise  should 
be  taken  up  by  the  International  Development  Organization  for 
the  state.  Production  on  a  large  scale  should  be  started  at  once. 
Pipe  line  systems  should  be  installed  between  oil  districts  and 
populous  and  industrial  centers  in  the  interior  and  also  river  and 
sea  ports.  What  amount  of  capital  should  be  invested  in  the 
project  will  have  to  be  investigated  by  experts. 

PART     IV. 

The  Mining  of  Copper 

The  copper  deposits,  like  iron  ores,  are  found  in  great 
quantities  in  different  places.  So  the  quantity  of  ores  in  each 
mine  can  be  accurately  estimated  before  it  is  opened  and  its 
working  generally  runs  no  risk.  Thus,  the  mining  of  copper 
should  be  taken  up  as  a  government  enterprise,  as  was  always 
the  case  in  China,  and  financed  and  worked  by  the  International 
Development  Organization.  The  richest  copper  deposits  in  China 
are  found  along  the  border  of  Szechuen  and  Yunnan  on  the 
Yangtse  River.  The  government  copper  mine  in  Chaotung,  in  the 
northeastern  corner  of  Yunnan,  has  been  working  for  many 
centuries.  Cash,  the  standard  currency  of  China,  were  made 
mostly  of  the  copper  from  Yunnan  province.  The  currency  still 
absorbs  an  enormous  quantity  of  copper.  Owing  to  the 
difficulty  of  transporting  the  Yunnan  copper,  most  of  the  metal 


I58  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

for  currency  is  being  imported  from  foreign  countries.  Besides 
currency,  copper  is  very  commonly  used  for  many  other 
purposes  and  when  the  industries  in  China  are  developed  the 
demand  will  increase  a  hundred  times.  So  the  demand  for  this 
metal  will  be  very  great  in  the  market  of  China  alone.  I  suggest 
that  production  on  a  large  scale  should  be  adopted  and  modern 
plants  should  be  installed  in  copper  mines.  How  much  capital 
to  be  invested  in  this  enterprise  should  be  decided  by  experts 
after  careful  investigation. 

PART     V. 

The  Working  of  Some  Particular  Mines 

In  regard  to  the  mining  of  various  kinds  of  metals,  some 
particular  mines  should  be  taken  up  by  the  International  Develop- 
ment Organization.  There  are  many  famous  mines  in  China 
which  have  been  worked  for  many  centuries  by  hand,  such  as  the 
Kochui  tin  mine  in  Yunnan,  the  Moho  gold  mine  in  Heilungkiang, 
and  the  Khotan  jade  mine  in  Sinkiang.  All  these  mines  are 
known  to  have  very  rich  deposits, — the  deeper  the  richer. 
Hitherto  only  the  surface  parts  of  those  mines  have  been  worked 
and  the  larger  deposits  are  still  untouched,  owing  to  the  lack  of 
means  of  getting  rid  of  the  water.  Some  of  the  mines  are  still  in 
the  hands  of  the  Government,  while  others  have  been  given  up  to 
private  concerns.  If  modern  machinery  is  adopted  the  mines 
should  revert  to  the  Government  so  as  to  secure  economy  in 
working.  Many  discarded  mines  of  this  kind  should  be 
thoroughly  investigated,  and  if  found  profitable,  work  should  be 
resumed  under  the  International  Development  scheme.  All 
future  mining,  other  than  government  enterprise,  should  be  leased 
to  private  concerns  on  contract,  and  when  the  term  is  up,  the 
government  has  the  option  to  take  them  over,  if  found  profitable 
as  a  state  property.  Thus  all  profitable  mines  will  be  socialized 
in  time  and  the  profit  will  be  equally  shared  by  all  the  people  in 
the  country. 


THE    MANUFACTURE   0E    MINING    MACHINERY  I59 

PART  VI. 
The  Manufacture  of  Mining  Machinery- 
Most  of  the  metal  deposits  of  the  earth  are  in  small  quantities 
and  scattered  far  and  wide  in  various  places.  Most  of  the 
mining  enterprises  resemble  farming  in  that  it  is  more  profitable 
to  work  by  individuals  and  small  parties.  As  such  is  the  case, 
most  of  the  mining  enterprises  have  to  be  worked  out  by  private 
concerns.  In  order  to  accelerate  the  development  of  mining, 
more  liberal  laws  should  be  adopted;  education  and  information 
should  be  given  freely  by  experts  employed  by  the  state;  and 
encouragement  and  financial  assistance  should  be  given  by  the  state 
and  private  banks.  The  part  that  the  International  Development 
Organization  should  take  in  general  mining  enterprises  is  to 
manufacture  all  kinds  of  mining  tools  and  machinery,  and  to 
supply  them  to  the  miners  at  low  cost,  either  on  cash  or  on  credit. 
By  distributing  tools  and  machinery  to  the  surplus  workers  in 
China,  the  mining  industry  would  be  developed  by  leaps  and 
bounds.  And  the  more  the  mining  industry  is  developed  the  more 
will  be  the  demand  for  tools  and  machinery.  Thus  the  profits 
for  the  manufacturing  concerns  would  be  limitless,  so  to  speak. 
Of  course,  the  factories  should  be  started  on  a  small  scale  and  be 
extended  gradually  according  to  the  ratio  of  the  development  of 
the  mining  industry.  I  suggest  that  the  first  factory  of  this  kind 
should  be  established  at  Canton,  the  seaport  of  the  south-western 
mining  region,  where  raw  materials  and  skilled  labor  can  be 
easily  obtained.  The  other  factories  should  be  established  in 
Hankow  and  the  Great  Northern  Port  afterwards. 

PART     VII. 

The  Establishment  of  Smelting  Plants 

Smelting  plants  for  various  kinds  of  metals  should  be  put  up 
in  all  mining  districts  to  turn  ore  into  metals.  These  smelting 
plants  should  be  conducted  under  the  cooperative  system.     At 


l60  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

first,  a  reasonable  price  should  be  paid  to  the  miner  when  the  ore 
is  collected.  Afterwards,  when  the  metal  is  sold,  either  at  home 
or  in  foreign  markets,  the  smelting  works  will  take  a  share  of  the 
profit  to  cover  the  expenses,  the  interest,  the  sinking  fund,  etc. 
The  surplus  profit  should  be  divided  among  the  workers  accord- 
ing to  their  wages,  and  among  the  capitalists  according  to  the 
proportion  of  ore  they  contribute  to  the  furnace.  In  this  way 
we  can  encourage  private  mining  enterprise  which  forms  the  root 
of  other  industries.  All  smelting  works  should  be  put  up  ac- 
cording to  local  needs  and  their  scale  should  be  determined  by 
experts,  and  managed  under  a  central  control. 

Conclusion 

In  this  International  Development  Scheme,  I  venture  to 
present  a  practical  solution  for  the  three  great  world  questions 
which  are  the  International  War,  the  Commercial  War  and  the 
Class  War.  As  it  has  been  discovered  by  post-Darwin  philoso- 
phers that  the  primary  force  of  human  evolution  is  cooperation 
and  not  struggle  as  that  of  the  animal  world,  so  the  fighting 
nature,  a  residue  of  the  animal  instinct  in  man,  must  be  eliminated 
from  man,  the  sooner  the  better. 

International  war  is  nothing  more  than  pure  and  simple 
organized  robbery  on  a  grand  scale,  which  all  right-minded  people 
deplore.  When  the  United  States  of  America  turned  the  recent 
European  conflict  into  a  world  war  by  taking  part  in  it,  the 
American  people  to  a  man  determined  to  make  this  war  end 
war  forever.  And  the  hope  of  the  peace-loving  nations  in  the 
world  was  raised  so  high  that  we  Chinese  thought  that  the 
"Tatung"  or  the  Great  Harmony  Age  was  at  hand.  But  un- 
fortunately, the  United  States  has  completely  failed  in  peace, 
inspite  of  her  great  success  in  war.  Thus,  the  world  has  been 
thrown  back  to  the  pre-war  condition  again.  The  scrambling 
for  territories,  the  struggle  for  food,  and  the  fighting  for  raw 
materials  will  begin  anew.  So  instead  of  disarmament  there  is 
going  to  be  a  greater  increase  in  the  armies  and  navies  of  the 


CONCLUSION'  l6l 

once  allied  powers  for  the  next  war.  China,  the  most  rich  and 
populous  country  in  the  world,  will  be  the  prize.  Some  years 
ago  there  was  great  inclination  among  the  Powers  to  divide  China 
and  Imperial  Russia  actually  took  steps  to  colonize  Manchuria. 
But  the  then  chivalrous  Japan  went  to  war  with  Russia  and  thus 
saved  China  from  partition.  Now  the  militaristic  policy  of 
Japan  is  to  swallow  China  alone.  So  long  as  China  is  left  to  the 
tender  mercy  of  the  militaristic  powers  she  must  either  succumb 
to  partition  by  several  powers  or  be  swallowed  up  by  one  power. 

However,  the  tide  of  the  world  seems  to  be  turning.  After 
centuries  of  sound  slumber,  the  Chinese  people  at  last  are  waking 
up  and  realizing  that  we  must  get  up  and  follow  in  the  world's 
progress.  Now  we  are  at  the  parting  of  the  way.  Shall  we 
organize  for  war  or  shall  we  organize  for  peace?  Our  militarists 
and  reactionaries  desire  the  former,  and  they  are  going  to 
Japanize  China,  so  that  when  the  time  comes  they  will  start 
another  Boxer  Movement  once  more  to  defy  the  civilized  world. 
But  as  the  founder  of  the  Chung  Hwa  Min  Kuo — the  Chinese 
Republic — I  desire  to  have  China  organized  for  peace.  I,  there- 
fore, begin  to  utilize  my  pen,  which  I  hope  would  prove  even 
mightier  than  the  sword  that  I  used  to  destroy  the  Manchu 
Dynasty,  to  write  out  these  programs  for  organizing  China  for 
peace. 

During  the  course  of  my  writing,  these  programs  have  been 
published  in  various  magazines  and  newspapers  time  after  time 
and  are  being  spread  all  over  China.  They  are  welcome  every- 
where and  by  everyone  in  the  country.  So  far  there  is  not  a 
word  expressed  in  disfavor  of  my  proposition.  The  only  anxiety 
ever  expressed  regarding  my  scheme  is  where  we  can  obtain  such 
huge  sums  of  money  to  carry  out  even  a  small  part  of  this 
comprehensive  project.  Fortunately,  however,  soon  after  the 
preliminary  part  of  my  programs  has  been  sent  out  to  the 
different  governments  and  the  Peace  Conference,  a  new  Con- 
sortium was  formed  in  Paris  for  the  purpose  of  assisting  China  in 
developing  her  natural  resources.      This   was   initiated   by   the 


l62  THE   INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT   OF   CHINA 

American  Government.  Thus  we  need  not  fear  the  lack  of 
capital  to  start  work  in  our  industrial  development.  If  the 
Powers  are  sincere  in  their  motive  to  cooperate  for  mutual 
benefit,  then  the  military  struggle  for  material  gain  in  China 
could  eventually  be  averted.  For  by  cooperation,  they  can 
secure  more  benefits  and  advantages  than  by  struggle.  The 
Japanese  militarists  still  think  that  war  is  the  most  profitable 
national  pursuit,  and  their  General  Staff  keeps  on  planning  a  war 
once  in  a  decade.  This  Japanese  illusion  was  encouraged  and 
strengthened  by  the  campaign  of  1894  against  China,  a  cheap  and 
short  one  but  rich  in  remuneration  for  Japan ;  also  by  the  cam- 
paign of  1904  against  Russia  which  was  a  great  success  to  the 
Japanese,  and  its  fruit  of  victory  was  no  less  in  value;  finally 
by  the  campaign  of  1914  against  Germany  which  formed  her 
part  in  the  world  war  Japan  took.  Although  Japan  took  the 
smallest  part  in  the  world  war  and  expended  the  least  in  men  and 
money,  yet  the  fruit  of  her  victory  was  Shantung,  a  territory  as 
large  as  Roumania  before  the  war,  with  a  population  as  numerous 
as  that  of  France.  With  such  crowning  results  in  every  war 
during  the  last  thirty  years  no  wonder  the  Japanese  militarists 
think  that  the  most  profitable  business  in  this  world  is  War. 

The  effect  of  the  last  war  in  Europe  proves,  however,  just 
the  contrary.  An  aggresive  Germany  lost  entirely  her  capital 
and  interest,  plus  something  more,  while  victorious  France 
gained  practically  nothing.  Since  China  is  awake  now,  the  next 
aggression  from  Japan  will  surely  be  met  by  a  resolute  resistance 
from  the  Chinese  people.  Even  granted  that  Japan  could  conquer 
China,  it  would  be  an  impossibility  for  Japan  to  govern  China 
profitably  for  any  period  of  time.  The  Japanese  financiers 
possess  better  foresight  than  their  militarists  as  was  proved 
during  the  dispute  of  the  Manchurian  and  the  Mongolian 
reservations  when  the  former  prevailed  over  the  latter  thus 
causing  the  Japanese  Government  to  give  up  her  monopoly  of 
these  territories  to  the  new  Consortium,  in  order  to  cooperate 
with  the  other  powers.     We,  the  Chinese  people,  who  desire  to 


CONCLUSION  163 

organize  China  for  peace  will  welcome  heartily  this  new  Con- 
sortium provided  it  would  carry  out  the  principles  which  are 
outlined  in  these  programs.  Thus,  cooperation  of  various  nations 
can  be  secured  and  the  military  struggle  for  individual  and 
national  gain  will  cease  forever. 

Commercial  war,  or  competition,  is  a  struggle  between  the 
capitalists  themselves.  This  war  has  no  national  distinction.  It 
is  fought  just  as  furiously  and  mercilessly  between  countries  as 
well  as  within  the  country.  The  method  of  fighting  is  to  under- 
sell each  other,  in  order  to  exhaust  the  weaker  rivals  so  that  the 
victor  may  control  the  market  alone  and  dictate  terms  to  the 
consuming  public  as  long  as  possible.  The  result  of  the  com- 
mercial war  is  no  less  harmful  and  cruel  to  the  vanquished  foes 
than  an  armed  conflict.  This  war  has  become  more  and  more 
furious  every  day  since  the  adoption  of  machinery  for  production. 
It  was  once  thought  by  the  economists  of  the  Adam  Smith  school 
that  competition  was  a  benificent  factor  and  a  sound  economic 
system,  but  modern  economists  discovered  that  it  is  a  very  waste- 
ful and  ruinous  system.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  modern  economic 
tendencies  work  in  a  contrary  direction,  that  is,  toward  con- 
centration instead  of  competition.  That  is  the  reason  why  the 
trusts  in  America  flourish  inspite  of  the  anti-trust  law  and  the 
public  opinion  which  aim  at  suppressing  them.  For  trusts,  by 
eliminating  waste  and  cutting  down  expenses  can  produce  much 
cheaper  than  individual  producers.  Whenever  a  trust  enters  into 
a  certain  field  of  industry,  it  always  sweeps  that  field  clean  of 
rivals,  by  supplying  cheap  articles  to  the  public.  This  would 
prove  a  blessing  to  the  public  but  for  the  unfortunate  fact  that 
the  trust  is  a  private  concern,  and  its  object  is  to  make  as  much 
profit  as  possible.  As  soon  as  all  rivals  are  swept  clean  from  the 
field  of  competition,  the  trust  would  raise  the  price  of  its  articles 
as  high  as  possible.  Thus  the  public  is  oppressed  by  it.  The 
trust  is  a  result  of  economic  evolution,  therefore  it  is  out  of 
human  power  to  suppress  it.  The  proper  remedy  is  to  have  it 
owned  by  all  the  people  of  the  country.     In  my  International 


164  THE   INTERNATIONAL   DEVELOPMENT   OE   CHINA 

Development  scheme,  I  intend  to  make  all  the  national  industries 
of  China  into  a  Great  Trust  owned  by  the  Chinese  people,  and 
financed  with  international  capital  for  mutual  benefit.  Thus 
once  for  all,  commercial  war  will  be  done  away  with  in  the  largest 
market  of  the  world. 

Class  war  is  a  struggle  between  labor  and  capital.  The  war 
is  at  present  raging  at  its  full  height  in  all  the  highly  developed 
industrial  countries.  Labor  feels  sure  of  its  final  victory  while 
capitalists  are  determined  to  resist  to  the  bitter  end.  When  will 
it  end  and  what  will  be  the  decision  no  one  dares  to  predict. 
China,  however,  owing  to  the  backwardness  of  her  industrial 
development,  which  is  a  blessing  in  disguise,  in  this  respect,  has 
not  yet  entered  into  the  class  war.  Our  laboring  class,  commonly 
known  as  coolies,  are  living  from  hand  to  mouth  and  will  there- 
fore only  be  too  glad  to  welcome  any  capitalist  who  would  even 
put  up  a  sweat  shop  to  exploit  them.  The  capitalist  is  a  rare 
specimen  in  China  and  is  only  beginning  to  make  his  appearance 
in  the  treaty  ports. 

However,  China  must  develop  her  industries  by  all  means. 
Shall  we  follow  the  old  path  of  western  civilization  ?  This  old 
path  resembles  the  sea  route  of  Columbus'  first  trip  to  America. 
He  set  out  from  Europe  by  a  south-westerly  direction  through 
the  Canary  Islands  to  San  Salvador,  in  the  Bahama  Group.  But 
nowadays  navigators  take  a  different  direction  to  America  and 
find  that  the  destination  can  be  reached  by  a  distance  many  times 
shorter.  The  path  of  western  civilization  was  an  unknown  one 
and  those  who  went  before  groped  in  the  dark  as  Columbus  did 
on  his  first  voyage  to  America.  As  a  late  comer,  China  can 
greatly  profit  in  covering  the  space  by  following  the  direction 
already  charted  by  western  pioneers.  Thus  we  can  foresee  that 
the  final  goal  of  the  westward-ho  in  the  Atlantic  is  not  India  but 
the  New  World.  So  is  the  case  in  the  economic  ocean.  The 
goal  of  material  civilization  is  not  private  profit  but  public  profit. 
And  the  shortest  route  to  it  is  not  competition  but  co-operation. 
In  my   International  Development   Scheme,   I  propose  that   the 


CONCLUSION  165 

profits  of  this  industrial  development  should  go  first  to  pay  the 
interest  and  principal  of  foreign  capital  invested  in  it ;  second  to 
give  high  wages  to  labor;  and  third  to  improve  or  extend  the 
machinery  of  production.  Besides  these  provisions  the  rest  of 
the  profit  should  go  to  the  public  in  the  form  of  reduced  prices  in 
all  commodities  and  public  services.  Thus,  all  will  enjoy,  in  the 
same  degree,  the  fruits  of  modern  civilization.  This  industrial 
development  scheme  which  is  roughly  sketched  in  the  above  six 
programs  is  a  part  of  my  general  plan  for  constructing  a  New 
China.  In  a  nutshell,  it  is  my  idea  to  make  capitalism  create 
socialism  in  China  so  that  these  two  economic  forces  of  human 
evolution  will  work  side  by  side  in  future  civilization. 


APPENDIX     I. 

Preliminary  Agreement  Providing  for  the  Financing  and 

Construction  or  the  Railway  from  Canton  to 

Chungking  with  Extension  to  Lanchow 

This  Agreement  is  made  at  Shanghai  on  the  fourth  day  of 
the  seventh  month  of  the  second  year  of  the  Republic  of  China 
being  the  fourth  day  of  July,  1913,  and  the  contracting  parties 
are:  The  Chinese  National  Railway  Corporation  (hereinafter 
termed  "the  Corporation")  duly  authorized  in  virtue  of  the 
Presidential  Mandate  of  the  ninth  day  of  the  ninth  month  of 
the  Republic  of  China  being  the  ninth  day  of  September,  1912, 
and  in  virtue  of  the  Charter  of  the  Corporation  duly  promulgated 
by  a  Presidential  Mandate  of  the  thirty-first  day  of  the  third 
month  of  the  second  year  of  the  Republic  of  China  being  the 
thirty-first  day  of  March,  1913,  on  the  one  part  and  Messrs. 
Pauling  and  Company,  Limited,  of  26  Victoria  Street,  London, 
S.  W.  (hereinafter  termed  "the  Contractors")  on  the  other 
part. 

Now  it  is  Hereby  Agreed  by  and  between  the  parties  hereto 
as  follows : 

ARTICLE    I. 

The  Contractors,  or  their  Assigns,  agree  to  issue  on  behalf 
of  the  Government  of  the  Republic  of  China  a  sterling  Loan, 
bearing  interest  at  the  rate  of  five  per  cent  per  annum,  (herein- 
after referred  to  as  "the  Loan")  for  such  an  amount  as  may  be 
mutually  estimated  to  be  necessary  for  the  completion  of  the 
Railway  from  Canton  to  Chungking. 

The  Loan  shall  be  of  the  date  on  which  the  first  series  of 
Bonds  are  issued  and  shall  be  called  "The  Chinese  National 
Railways  Government  five  per  cent  Gold  Loan  of  1912  for  the 
Canton  Chungking  Railway." 


11  APPENDIX    I. 


ARTICLE    II. 


The  proceeds  of  the  Loan  are  designed  for  the  construction 
and  equipment  of  the  Railway  from  Canton  to  Chungking  (here- 
inafter called  "the  Railway")  and  for  all  necessary  expenditure 
appertaining  thereto  as  may  be  arranged  in  the  Detailed  Agree- 
ment, referred  to  in  Article  17. 

ARTICLE    III. 

The  payment  of  the  interest  and  the  redemption  of  the 
Capital  of  the  Loan  are  guaranteed  by  the  Government  of  the 
Republic  of  China  and  by  a  special  lien  upon  the  Canton  Chung- 
king Railway. 

This  special  lien  constitutes  a  first  mortgage  in  favour  of  the 
Contractors,  acting  on  behalf  of  the  Bondholders,  upon  the 
Railway  itself,  as  and  when  constructed,  and  on  the  revenue  of 
all  descriptions  derivable  therefrom,  and  upon  all  materials,  rolling 
stock  and  buildings  of  every  description  purchased  or  to  be 
purchased  for  the  Railway. 

Should  there  be  default  in  payments  on  the  dates  fixed  of 
all  or  part  of  the  half  yearly  interest  or  amortization  payments, 
the  Contractors  shall  have  the  right  to  exercise  on  behalf  of  the 
Bondholders  all  the  rights  of  action  which  accrue  to  them  from 
the  special  mortgage. 

ARTICLE    IV. 

During  the  time  of  construction  of  the  Railway  the  interest 
on  the  Bonds  and  on  any  advances  made  by  the  Contractors  shall 
be  paid  from  the  proceeds  of  the  Loan.  The  accruing  interest 
from  any  proceeds  of  the  Loan  not  used  during  the  period  of 
construction,  and  the  earnings  derived  by  the  Corporation  from 
the  working  of  any  sections  of  the  Railway  as  they  are  built,  are 
to  be  used  to  make  up  the  amount  required  for  the  payment  of 
the  said  interest,  and  if  any  deficiency  remains  it  is  to  be  met 
from  the  proceeds  of  the  Loan. 


APPENDIX     I.  Ill 

When  the  construction  of  the  Railway  is  wholly  completed, 
the  interest  on  the  Bonds  is  to  be  paid  from  the  income  or 
earnings  of  the  Railway  received  by  the  Corporation,  in  such 
manner  and  on  such  dates  as  may  be  provided  for  in  the  Detailed 
Agreement  provided  for  in  Article  17  of  this  Agreement. 

If,  at  any  time,  the  earnings  of  the  Railway,  together  with 
the  funds  available  from  the  proceeds  of  the  Loan,  are  not  suf- 
ficient to  meet  the  interest  on  the  Bonds  and  the  repayment  of 
the  capital  in  accordance  with  the  Amortization  Schedule  to  be 
attached  to  the  Detailed  Agreement,  the  Government  of  the 
Republic  of  China,  in  approving  of  this  Agreement,  uncondition- 
ally undertakes  and  promises  to  pay  the  principal  of  the  Loan 
and  the  interest  of  the  Loan  on  the  due  dates  to  be  fixed  therefor 
in  the  Detailed  Agreement  provided  for  in  Article  17  of  this 
Agreement. 

ARTICLE    V. 

The  Bonds  shall  be  Bonds  of  the  Government  of  the  Republic 
of  China. 

ARTICLE    VI. 

The  Loan  shall  be  issued  to  the  public  in  two  or  more  series 
of  Bonds,  the  first  issue  to  be  made  to  the  amount  of  from  one  to 
two  million  pounds  sterling  as  soon  as  possible  after  the  signature 
of  the  Detailed  Agreement  referred  to  in  Article  17  of  this 
Agreement.  The  issue  price  of  the  Bonds  shall  be  fixed  by  the 
Corporation  and  the  Contractors  sometime  before  the  issue,  taking 
the  last  price  of  similar  Bonds  as  a  basis  for  fixing  the  market 
price.  The  price  payable  to  the  Corporation  shall  be  the  actual 
rate  of  issue  to  the  public  less  a  sufficient  amount  to  cover  the 
cost  of  stamps  on  the  Bonds  in  the  various  countries  of  issue, 
provided  always  that  at  least  fifty  per  cent  of  the  Bonds  shall  be 
issued  in  England,  plus  floatation  charges  of  four  per  cent  retain- 
able by  the  Contractors  (that  is  to  say,  a  charge  of  four  pounds 
for  every  one  hundred  pound  Bond  issued). 


iv  APPENDIX     I. 

After  the  Detailed  Agreement  referred  to  in  Article  17  is 
settled,  and  pending  the  issue  of  the  Loan,  the  Contractors  shall 
deposit  the  sum  of  fifty  thousand  pounds  with  the  issuing  Bank 
to  the  Canton  Chungking  Railway  account,  and  this  amount  can 
be  drawn  on  by  the  Corporation  for  survey  and  other  necessary 
expenses  authorized  by  the  Managing  Director  against  certificates 
signed  by  the  Chief  Accountant  and  Chief  Engineer.  This  sum 
of  fifty  thousand  pounds  shall  bear  interest  at  the  rate  of  five 
per  cent  per  annum  and  shall  be  refunded  out  of  the  proceeds  of 
the  Loan. 

ARTICLE    VII. 

The  proceeds  of  the  Loan  shall  be  deposited  with  the  issuing 
Bank,  to  be  nominated  and  guaranteed  by  the  Contractors,  to  the 
credit  of  a  Canton  Chungking  Railway  Account  on  such  terms  as 
may  be  mutually  arranged  in  the  Detailed  Agreement  referred  to 
in  Article  17. 

When  the  work  of  construction  is  ready  to  begin  a  sum 
equal  to  the  estimated  expenditure  in  China  for  six  months  shall 
be  transferred  to  a  Bank  in  China  to  be  mutually  agreed  upon  and 
there  placed  to  the  credit  of  a  Canton  Chungking  Railway  Account 
to  be  operated  upon  by  the  Corporation  under  certificates  signed 
by  the  Chief  Accountant  and  the  Chief  Engineer.  This  amount 
of  estimated  expenditure  for  six  months  shall  be  maintained  by 
subsequent  monthly  transfers  so  that,  as  far  as  possible,  there 
shall  always  be  six  months  estimated  expenditure  in  China  on 
deposit  in  a  Bank  in  China  to  be  mutually  agreed  upon. 

ARTICLE     VIII. 

Immediately  after  the  signing  of  the  Detailed  Agreement,  the 
Corporation  will  establish  a  Head  Office  at  Canton  for  the  Canton 
Chungking  Railway.  This  Office  will  be  under  the  direction  of 
a  Chinese  Managing  Director  to  be  appointed  by  the  Corporation, 
with  whom  will  be  associated  a  British  Engincer-in-Chief  and  a 


APPENDIX     I. 


British  Firm  of  Public  Accountants,  of  recognized  standing, 
whose  representative  shall  be  Chief  Accountant  (hereinafter 
called  "  the  Chief  Accountant  ").  These  British  Employes  shall 
be  nominated  by  the  Corporation  and  the  Contractors,  jointly, 
and  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Corporation.  Their  dismissal  shall 
take  place,  only,  with  the  joint  approval  of  the  Corporation  and 
the  Contractors. 

It  is  understood  that  the  duties  to  be  performed  by  these 
employes  are  intended  to  promote  the  mutual  interests  of  the 
Corporation  and  the  Bondholders  respectively,  and  it  is  therefore 
agreed  that  all  cases  of  difference  arising  therefrom  shall  be 
referred  for  amicable  adjustment  between  the  Corporation  and 
the  Representative  of  the  Contractors.  The  salaries  and  other 
terms  of  Agreement  of  the  Engineer-in-Chief  and  the  Chief 
Accountant  shall  be  arranged  between  the  Corporation  and  the 
Contractors;  and  the  amount  of  their  salaries,  etc.,  shall  be  paid 
out  of  the  general  accounts  of  the  Railway. 

For  all  important  technical  appointments  for  the  operation 
of  the  Railway,  Europeans  of  experience  and  ability  shall  be 
engaged  and  wherever  competent  Chinese  are  available,  they  shall 
be  employed.    All  such  appointments  shall  be  made,  and  their 
functions  defined,  by  the  Managing  Director  and  the  Engineer-in- 
Chief  in  consultation,  and  shall  be  submitted  for  the  approval  of 
the  Corporation ;  similar  procedure  shall  be  followed  in  the  case 
of  Europeans  employed  in  the  Chief  Accountant's  department. 
In  the  event  of  the  misconduct,  or  the  incompetancy  of  these 
European  employes,  their  services  may  be  dispensed  with  by  the 
Managing  Director,  after  consultation  with  the  Engineer-in-Chief, 
and  subject  to  the  sanction  of  the  Corporation.    The  form  of 
Agreements  made  with  these  European  Employes  shall  conform 
to  the  usual  practice. 

The  accounts  of  the  receipts  and  the  disbursements  of  the 
Railway's  construction  and  operation,  shall  be  in  Chinese  and 
English  in  the  department  of  the  Chief  Accountant,  whose  duty 
it  shall  be  to  organize  and  supervise  the  same,  and  to  report 


VI  APPENDIX     I. 

thereon  for  the  information  of  the  Corporation  through  the 
Managing  Director,  and  of  the  Contractors  as  representing  the 
Bondholders.  All  receipts  and  payments  shall  be  certified  by  the 
Chief  Accountant  and  authorized  by  the  Managing  Director. 

For  the  general  technical  staff  of  the  Railway,  after  com- 
pletion of  construction,  the  necessary  arrangements  shall  be  made 
by  the  Managing  Director  in  consultation  with  the  Engineer-in- 
Chief,  and  reported  to  the  Corporation  in  due  course. 

The  duties  of  the  Engineer-in-Chief  shall  consist  in  the 
efficient  and  economical  maintenance  of  the  Railway,  and  the 
general  supervision  thereof  in  consultation  with  the  Managing 
Director.  The  duties  of  the  Chief  Engineer  during  construction 
shall  be  set  forth  in  the  Detailed  Agreement,  referred  to  in 
Article  17  of  this  Agreement. 

The  Engineer-in-Chief  shall  always  give  courteous  considera- 
tion to  the  wishes  and  instructions  of  the  Corporation,  whether 
conveyed  directly  or  through  the  Managing  Director,  and  shall 
always  comply  therewith,  having  at  the  same  time  due  regard  to 
the  efficient  construction  and  maintenance  of  the  Railway. 

A  school  for  the  education  of  Chinese  in  Railway  matters 
shall  be  established  by  the  Managing  Director  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  Corporation. 

ARTICLE    IX. 

The  Contractors  shall  construct  and  equip  the  Railway  and 
shall  receive  as  remuneration  a  sum  equal  to  seven  per  cent  on 
the  actual  cost  of  the  construction  and  equipment  of  the  Railway. 
The  term  "  Equipment "  shall  be  held  to  include  in  its  meaning 
all  requirements  necessary  for  the  operation  of  the  Railway  and 
shall  therefore  include  Rolling  Stock  and  Locomotives  sufficient 
for  operation. 

It  is  clearly  understood  that  the  term  "Equipment"  does  not 
include  any  purchases  made  for  the  Railway  after  it  has  been 
completely  constructed  and  equipped  and  handed  over  ready  for 
operation. 


APPENDIX     1.  Vll 

It  is  further  clearly  understood  that  the  cost  of  land  pur- 
chased for  the  Railway,  the  salaries  of  the  Managing  Director, 
Chief  Accountants,  Chief  Engineer,  and  the  cost  of  their  offices 
and  staff  shall  not  be  included  in  the  meaning  of  the  terms 
"construction  and  equipment." 

The  Contractors  shall  have  the  option  of  constructing  on  the 
same  terms  the  proposed  extension  of  the  Railway  to  Lanchow  in 
the  Province  of  Kansu,  or  a  Railway  of  similar  mileage  in  some 
other  part  of  China  to  be  mutually  agreed  upon,  and  this  option 
shall  be  for  seven  years  from  the  commencement  of  construction. 

All  other  arrangements  in  connection  with  the  construction 
and  equipment  of  the  Railway  shall  be  settled  in  the  Detailed 
Agreement  referred  to  in  Article  17. 

ARTICLE    X. 

All  land  that  may  be  required  along  the  whole  course  of  the 
Railway  within  survey  limits,  and  for  the  necessary  sidings, 
stations,  repairing  shops  and  car  sheds,  to  be  provided  for  in 
accordance  with  the  detailed  plans,  shall  be  acquired  by  the 
Corporation  at  the  actual  cost  of  the  land,  and  shall  be  paid 
for  out  of  the  proceeds  of  the  Loan. 

ARTICLE    XI. 

The  Contractors  shall  hand  over  to  the  Corporation  each 
section  of  the  Railway,  when  completed,  for  operation  in  accord- 
ance with  the  provisions  of  the  Detailed  Agreement. 

ARTICLE    XII. 

The  Contractors  shall  be  appointed  Trustees  for  the  Bond- 
holders and  shall  receive  such  remuneration  as  may  be  fixed  in 
the  Detailed  Agreement. 

ARTICLE     XIII. 

The  Government  of  the  Republic  of  China,  whenever 
necessary,  will  provide  protection  for  the  Railway  while  under 


Vlll  APPENDIX     I. 

construction  or  when  in  operation,  and  all  the  properties  of  the 
Railway  as  well  as  Chinese  and  foreigners  employed  thereon,  are 
to  enjoy  protection  from  the  local  Officials. 

The  Railway  may  maintain  a  force  of  Chinese  Police  with 
Chinese  officers,  their  wages  and  maintenance  to  be  wholly  de- 
frayed as  part  of  the  cost  of  the  construction  and  maintenance 
of  the  Railway.  In  the  event  of  the  Railway  requiring  further 
protection  by  the  military  forces  of  the  Government,  the  same 
shall  be  duly  applied  for  by  the  Head  Office  and  promptly 
afforded,  it  being  understood  that  such  military  forces  shall  be 
maintained  at  the  expense  of  the  Government. 

ARTICLE     XIV. 

All  materials  of  any  kind  that  are  required  for  the  construc- 
tion and  working  of  the  Railway,  whether  imported  from  abroad 
or  from  the  Provinces  to  the  scene  of  work,  shall  be  exempted 
from  Likin  or  other  duties  so  long  as  such  exemption  remains  in 
force  in  respect  of  other  Chinese  Railways.  The  Bonds  of  the 
Loan,  together  with  their  coupons  and  the  income  of  the  Railway 
shall  be  free  from  imposts  of  any  kind  by  the  Government  of  the 
Republic  of  China. 

ARTICLE    XV. 

With  a  view  to  encouraging  Chinese  industries,  Chinese 
materials  are  to  be  preferred,  provided  price  and  quality  are 
suitable. 

At  equal  rates  and  qualities,  goods  of  British  manufacture 
shall  be  given  preference  over  other  goods  of  foreign  origin. 

ARTICLE    XVI. 

The  Contractors  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  Corporation, 
and  subject  to  all  their  obligations,  transfer  or  delegate  all  or  any 
of  their  rights,  powers,  and  discretions,  to  their  successors  or 
assigns. 


AITENDIX     I.  IX 

ARTICLE    XVII. 

As  soon  as  this  Preliminary  Agreement  is  signed  it  shall  be 
forwarded  to  the  Government  of  the  Republic  of  China  for 
approval.  When  it  has  met  with  the  approval  of  the  Government 
of  the  Republic  of  China,  a  necessary  Detailed  Agreement  shall 
be  made  embodying  the  principles  of  this  Agreement  with  such 
amplifications  and  additions  as  may  be  mutually  agreed  upon 
between  the  parties  hereto. 

ARTICLE     XVIII. 

On  its  approval  of  this  Agreement,  and  acceptance  of  the 
obligations  set  forth  herein,  the  Government  of  the  Republic  of 
China  shall  officially  notify  the  British  Minister  at  Peking  of  the 
fact,  and  this  approval  shall  be  taken  as  covering  the  Detailed 
Agreement  referred  to  in  Article  17. 

ARTICLE    XIX. 

This  Agreement  is  executed  in  quadruplicate  in  English  and 
Chinese,  one  copy  to  be  retained  by  the  Corporation,  one  to  be 
forwarded  to  the  Government  of  the  Republic  of  China,  one  to 
be  forwarded  to  the  British  Minister  at  Peking,  and  one  to  be 
retained  by  the  Contractors,  and  should  any  doubt  arise  as  to  the 
interpretation  of  the  Agreement  the  English  text  shall  be  accept- 
ed as  the  standard. 

Signed  at  Shanghai  by  the  contracting  parties  on  this  fourth 
day  of  the  seventh  month  of  the  second  year  of  the  Republic  of 
China  being  the  fourth  day  of  July  nineteen  hundred  and 
thirteen. 


APPENDIX    II. 

Legation  of  the  United  States  of  America 

Peking,  March  17,  19 19. 
Dr.  Sun  Yat  Sen, 
29  Rue  Moliere, 
Shanghai,  Kiangsu. 

Dear  Dr.  Sun: 

I  have  read  with  great  interest  your  sketch  project  for  the 
international  development  of  China  as  embodied  in  your  letter  of 
February  first  to  me.  I  congratulate  you  upon  the  broad  and 
statesmanlike  attitude  with  which  you  treat  this  very  important 
subject.  Your  suggestion  of  united  international  participation  in 
the  development  of  China's  resources  deserves  the  support  of  all 
friends  of  China.  It  would  be  unfortunate  indeed  if  the  old 
regime  of  spheres  of  influence,  struggles  for  concessions  and 
activities  flavoring  of  selfish  exploitation  should  not,  with  the 
conclusion  of  the  war,  be  relegated  to  the  past.  You  are  right  in 
recognizing  the  necessity  of  a  substitute  for  the  old  order  and 
your  proposal  of  a  unified  policy  under  international  organization 
with  Chinese  participation  for  the  larger  development  in  China, 
naturally  assuming  that  the  inalienable  rights  of  the  Chinese 
people  are  to  be  amply  safeguarded,  meets  this  demand  admirably. 

We  are  hopeful  that  conditions  in  China  may  become  such 
that  the  Chinese  people  themselves  may  be  encouraged  to  put 
their  money  into  productive  enterprise  and  participate  in  the 
larger  developments.  We  are  hopeful  that  the  day  is  not  far 
distant  when  the  Chinese  Government  may  be  able  actively  to 
interest  itself  in  the  encouragement  of  native  industry  to  the 
end  that  native  capital  of  which  there  is  a  very  considerable 
quantity,  may  be  induced  to  lend  itself  to  productive  enterprises, 

(    x    ) 


APPENDIX     II.  XI 

because  of  a  confidence  in  constructive  policy  on  the  part  of  the 
government. 

If  you  will  permit  a  suggestion,  I  would  be  inclined  to  reduce 
your  admirable  program  to  one  which  would  be  in  closer  keeping 
with  the  limits  of  the  present  world's  resources  in  capital.  As 
we  all  know  devastated  Europe  is  calling  for  capital  for  rehabili- 
tation and  other  nations  want  capital  for  development  programs 
of  considerable  proportions.  Thus  it  would  seem  that  China's 
program  of  development  must  of  necessity  take  cognizance  of  her 
most  immediate  and  most  pressing  needs.  We  are  all  united  in 
that  transportation  occupies  a  prominent  place  in  such  a  program. 
50,000  miles  of  railways  and  100,000  miles  of  good  roads  would 
seem  to  be  sufficient  to  engage  our  attention  for  any  plans  for 
the  immediate  future.  This  would  allow  ample  opportunity  to 
penetrate  the  great  rich  unoccupied  regions  in  the  North  and 
West,  which  should  be  opened  to  colonization  and  development 
as  soon  as  possible  in  order  to  relieve  the  economic  pressure  of 
over  population  in  sections  along  the  coasts  and  water-ways,  and 
to  accord  opportunities  to  bring  the  rich  regions  of  West  China 
into  contact  with  the  trade  of  the  rest  of  China  and  the  world  at 
large. 

Along  with  transportation,  China  needs  to  develop  its 
resources  in  iron  and  coal,  the  two  great  essentials  to  modern 
industrialism.  Arrangements  should  be  made  whereby  foreign 
capital  can  come  to  China's  assistance  in  these  two  important 
industries,  but  care  should  be  exercised  so  as  to  preserve  to 
China  the  iron  and  coal  necessary  for  its  own  uses,  and  prevent 
China's  steel  industry  being  mortgaged  to  foreign  interests,  in  a 
way  so  as  to  jeopardize  China's  future  in  this  important  industry. 

The  reform  of  the  currency  and  reforms  in  internal  tax 
administrations  are  questions  of  immediate  importance  to  China's 
economic  and  industrial  development. 

One  of  the  greatest  fields  of  potentiality  in  the  immediate 
demands  of  the  New  China,  is  agriculture.  The  country  depends 
in  its  final  analysis  upon  the  prosperity  of  its  agriculture.     At 


Xll  APPENDIX    II. 

present  probably  as  much  as  80%  of  China's  population  is 
agricultural.  China's  greatest  problem  is  the  proper  feeding 
and  clothing  of  its  vast  population.  Improved  conditions  in 
agriculture,  opening  of  new  lands  to  cultivation,  irrigation  and 
conservancy  works,  the  encouragement  of  the  cattle  and  sheep 
industries,  the  development  of  the  cotton  industry  and  the 
improvement  of  tea,  silk  and  the  seed  crops  of  China,  are  timely 
subjects  in  any  program  of  developments.  There  is  a  vast  work 
to  be  done  in  agriculture  in  China,  which  will  lead  to  prosperity 
generally,  and  make  possible  developments  with  native  capital  in 
other  fields  of  activity,  whereas  if  agricultural  improvements 
are  neglected,  it  will  be  difficult  to  insure  prosperity  in  other 
directions. 

Thus  for  the  present,  I  hope  the  main  thought  may  be 
centered  on  improvements  in  transportation,  in  currency  and 
tax  administrations,  in  the  development  of  coal  and  iron  industries, 
and  in  agriculture.  Many  of  the  suggested  activities  included  in 
your  very  extensive  program  will  follow  as  a  corollary  to  the 
above. 

In  thinking  of  all  these  developments,  I  believe  that  we 
should  always  give  thought  to  the  fact  that  we  are  not  dealing 
with  a  new  country  but  with  one  in  which  social  arrangements 
are  exceedingly  intricate  and  in  which  a  long-tested  system  of 
agricultural  and  industrial  organization  exists.  It  is  to  my  mind 
most  important  that  the  transition  to  new  methods  of  industry 
and  labor  should  not  be  sudden  but  that  the  old  abilities  and 
values  should  be  gradually  transmuted.  It  is  important  that  the 
artistic  ability  existing  in  the  silk  and  porcelain  manufacture,  etc. 
should  be  maintained  and  fostered,  and  not  superseded  by  cheaper 
processes.  It  is  also  highly  important  that  no  export  of  food 
should  be  permitted,  except  as  to  clearly  ascertained  surpluses  of 
production.  It  would  produce  enormous  suffering  were  the  food 
prices  in  China  suddenly  to  be  raised  to  the  world  market  level. 
The  one  factor  in  modern  organization  which  the  Chinese  must 
learn  better  to  understand  is  the  corporation,  and  the  fiduciary 


APPENDIX     II.  Xlll 

relationship  which  the  officers  of  the  corporation  ought  to  occupy 
with  respect  to  the  stock-holders.  If  the  Chinese  cannot  learn  to 
use  the  corporation  properly,  the  organization  of  the  national 
credit  cannot  be  effected.  Here,  too,  it  is  necessary  that  the 
capital  of  personal  honesty  which  was  accumulated  under  the  old 
system  should  not  be  lost  but  transferred  to  the  new  methods  of 
doing  business.  So  at  every  point  where  we  are  planning  for  a 
better  and  more  efficient  organization,  it  seems  necessary  to  hold 
on  to  the  values  created  in  the  past  and  not  to  disturb  the  entire 
balance  of  society  by  too  sudden  changes. 

I  wish  again  to  congratulate  you  upon  the  statesmanlike  view 
with  which  you  consider  the  whole  question  of  the  development 
of  your  country,  and  the  very  timely  suggestions  you  have  to 
make  in  regard  to  a  united  policy  of  international  participation  in 
these  developments.  I  am  glad  to  note  that  the  minds  of  the 
leaders  among  the  Chinese  people  to-day  are  being  centered  more 
and  more  upon  the  constructive  needs  of  the  country  and  efforts 
are  being  made  to  meet  these  needs,  in  full  appreciation  of  China's 
relations  with  the  people  of  other  nations,  to  the  end  that  China's 
developments  in  the  future  may  work  in  harmony  with  the  world 
developments  generally. 

I  should  be  glad  to  hear  from  you  further  and  more  in  detail 
concerning  development  plans. 

Believe  me,  with  the  highest  regard, 

Sincerely  yours, 
(Signed) 

Paul  S.  Reinsch. 


APPENDIX     III. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  COMMERCE 
Office  of  the  Secretary- 
Washington 

May  12,  1919. 

Hon.  Sun  Vat  Sen, 

29  Rue  Moliere, 
Shanghai,  China. 

Your  Excellency: 

I  have  read  with  the  greatest  interest  the  project  for  the 
International  Development  of  China  enclosed  in  your  letter  of 
March  17th,  and  agree  with  you  that  the  economic  development 
of  China  would  be  of  the  greatest  advantage,  not  only  to  China, 
but  to  the  whole  of  mankind. 

The  plans  you  propose,  however,  are  so  complex  and  exten- 
sive that  it  will  take  many  years  to  work  them  out  in  detail.  You 
doubtless  are  fully  aware  that  it  would  take  billions  of  dollars  to 
carry  out  even  a  small  portion  of  your  proposals  and  that  most 
of  them  would  not  be  able  to  pay  interest  charges  and  expenses 
of  operation  for  some  years.  The  first  question  to  be  decided, 
therefore  is  how  the  interest  charges  on  the  necessary  loans  could 
be  met.  The  revenues  of  the  Chinese  Republic  are  already  too 
heavily  burdened  with  the  interest  charges  on  existing  Govern- 
ment loans  to  warrant  further  charges,  and  hence  it  would  seem 
necessary  for  the  present  to  limit  the  projects  for  development 
to  those  which  seem  sufficiently  remunerative  to  attract  private 
capital.  The  government  of  the  United  States  has  consistently 
endeavored  to  manifest  its  disinterested  friendship  for  the  people 
of  China  and  will  undoubtedly  cooperate  in  every  proper  way  in 
proposals  to  advance  their  best  interests. 

Please  accept  my  thanks  for  your  kindness  in  submitting  your 

proposals. 

Respectfully, 

(Signed) 

William  C.  Redeield, 

Secretary. 

(    xiv    ) 


APPENDIX     IV. 

II  Ministro  Delia  Guerra 

Rome,  17  Maggio,  19 19. 
Most  Honorable 
Sun  Yat  Sen, 
29  Rue  Moliere, 
Shanghai,  China. 

Honorable  Sir: 

I  thank  you  for  having  so  kindly  communicated  to  me  the 
interesting  project  regarding  how  to  employ  through  an  Inter- 
national Organization  the  exuberant  industrial  activities  created 
by  the  war,  in  order  to  exploit  the  great  hidden  riches  of  China. 
Though  aware  of  the  practical  difficulties  which  present 
themselves  in  the  accomplishment  of  this  project,  it  meets  with 
my  utmost  appreciation,  I  assure  you,  for  the  modern  spirit  by 
which  it  is  animated  and  for  the  depth  of  its  conception. 

Accept  my  best  wishes  for  complete  success,  in  the  advantage 
of  your  noble  country  and  for  the  interest  of  humanity. 

Believe  Me, 

Faithfully  yours, 
(Signed) 

General  Cavigua. 


(    xv    ) 


APPENDIX    V. 

Peking,  June  17,  19 19. 
Hon.  Sun  Yat  Sen, 

c/o  Far  Eastern  Review, 

Shanghai. 

Dear  Sir: 

Permit  me  as  a  professional  railway  man  to  express  my 
pleasure  with  your  article  appearing  in  the  Far  Eastern  Review 
for  June. 

I  will  not  at  this  time  express  approval  or  disapproval  of  the 
route  which  you  have  chosen  but  the  idea  of  a  line  to  connect  up 
the  great  agricultural  interior  with  the  densely  populated  coast 
appeals  to  me  strongly.  I  feel  that  you  are  making  a  definite 
contribution  to  railway  economic  theory  in  this  respect,  whereas 
the  line  itself  would  relieve  congestion,  open  up  a  production 
area  which  would  lower  food  costs,  furnish  employment  to  large 
numbers  of  soldiers  to  be  disbanded,  and  put  in  circulation  a 
large  amount  of  hard  money  which  would  go  far  to  correct  the 
currency  situation. 

I  am  especially  pleased  to  have  your  article  appear  at  this 
time  for  I  had  already  written  one  at  the  request  of  the  publishers 
of  the  forthcoming  "Trans-Pacific  "  magazine  in  which  I  touched 
upon  the  same  line  of  thought.  This  will  not  appear  until  July 
and  your  opinions  will  have  done  much  to  prepare  the  minds  of 
sceptics  upon  the  subject  by  that  time. 

I  trust  that  this  intrusion  of  an  entire  stranger  may  be 
pardoned,  and  that  you  will  continue  to  support  the  thought  which 
you  have  so  ably  presented. 

Very  truly  yours, 

(Signed) 

J.  E.  Baker. 

(     xvi    ) 


Dr.  Sun  Yat  Sen, 
29  Rue  Moliere, 
Shanghai,  China. 


APPENDIX     VI. 

3,  Piazza  Del  Popolo 

Roma 

August  30,  1919. 


My  Dear  Dr.  Sun  Yat  Sen  : 

I  thank-  you  for  your  very  kind  letter  of  June  19th  which 
has  just  been  forwarded  to  me  from  my  office  in  Rome,  also  for 
your  kindness  in  sending  me  your  splendid  project  "To  assist  the 
Re-adjustment  of  Post-bellum  Industries,"  and  the  program  for 
"The  International  Development  of  China." 

I  assure  you  I  read  your  proposals  and  studied  the  maps  in 
connection  with  your  able  and  logical  argument  with  the  deepest 
interest.     And  I  beg  you  to  accept  my  hearty  congratulations. 

I  am  entirely  convinced  that  your  noble  ideals  will  be  realised, 
not  only  for  the  benefit  of  China  and  the  welfare  of  your  own 
people,  but  for  the  benefit  and  prosperity  of  the  whole  human  race. 

The  Nations  cannot  continue  to  deny  in  the  future  as  they 
have  in  the  past,  the  unlimited  natural  resources  of  your  rich 
fertile  country,  in  foods,  minerals,  coal  and  iron,  etc. ;  and  your 
plans  for  development  and  activity,  as  well  as  your  methods  of 
communication  for  expanding  and  cultivating  almost  untouched 
miles  of  virgin  soil,  and  bringing  these  products  to  the  doors  of 
the  'World  Market*  by  a  practical  and  economic  plan,  scientifi- 
cally studied  out,  places  you  at  once  among  the  very  rare  few 
unselfish  humanitarian  benefactors,  and  reveals  so  clearly  your 
profound  international  sympathies. 

The  development  of  China's  natural  resources  will  give  a 
new  impetus  and  vitality   to  industry  and  commerce   in  your 

(    xvii    ) 


XV111  APPENDIX    VI. 

country  and  will  not  only  be  of  incalculable  benefit  to  your  own 
people,  but  offer  undeniable  and  unlimited  advantages  to  all 
people  in  all  nations.  Therefore  Governments  and  foreign 
financiers  should  not  hesitate  in  giving  your  plans  their  most 
careful  consideration  and  support,  and  come  to  your  assistance  in 
the  realisation  of  your  grand  humanitarian  project. 

The  construction  of  a  great  '  Northern  Port '  on  the  Gulf  of 
Pechili,  and  the  building  of  a  system  of  railways  from  this  great 
Northern  Port  to  the  northwestern  extremity  of  China,  as  well 
as  the  construction  of  canals  to  connect  the  inland  waterways 
systems  of  North  and  Central  China  with  the  great  '  Northern 
Port,'  and  the  development  of  coal  and  iron  fields  in  Shansi  which 
would  necessitate  the  construction  of  iron  and  steel  works  would 
not  only  offer  employment  to  millions  of  your  country  people,  but 
would  open  wider,  and  advantageously,  the  doors  of  thousands  of 
well  organised  industries  in  many  nations. 

It  is  very  encouraging  to  me,  dear  Dr.  Sun  Yat  Sen,  to  know 
that  you  look  upon  my  plans  of  an  "International  World  Centre 
of  Communication'''  with  favor,  and  that  you  will  further  the 
idea  among  your  countrymen  by  writing  about  it  in  your  magazine 
'  The  Construction.' 

This  city,  erected  upon  neutral  grounds  would  offer  at  once 
the  practical  framework  for  the  essential  needs  of  a  League  of 
Nations  and  could  become  its  dignified  'Administrative  Centre' 
crowned  by  an  International  Court  of  Justice. 

I  have  presented  the  plans  and  proposals  of  this  World 
Centre  to  the  Rulers  and  governments  of  all  nations,  and  hope  to 
be  able  to  go  to  Washington  in  October  to  exhibit  the  large 
original  drawings  and  personally  explain  the  project  from  a 
practical  and  economic  point  of  view  before  the  foreign  delegates 
who  may  meet  there  to  assist  in  the  formation  of  a  League  of 
Nations,  and  I  have  written  to  President  Wilson,  who  after 
receiving  the  volumes  containing  the  proposals  and  plans,  wrote 
that  'he  valued  them  very  highly/ 


APPENDIX    VI.  XIX 

I  hope  that  in  the  very  near  future  this  International  World 
Centre  of  communication  may  become  a  reality.  It  would  be  the 
means  of  clearly  defining  and  bringing  into  focus  the  highest 
natural  products  as  well  as  the  most  important  industrial  achieve- 
ments of  all  countries.  This  accomplishment  would  be  one  of 
the  first  definite  steps  toward  more  friendly  social  and  economic 
relations,  and  the  practicability  of  establishing  such  cooperation 
cannot  be  disputed. 

This  City  of  Peace  should  rise  and  stand  as  an  International 
Monument,  erected  by  international  contribution  to  commemorate 
the  heroic  struggle  and  noble  sacrifice  of  millions  who  gave  their 
lives  on  the  battle-fields,  in  the  air  and  on  the  sea,  that  justice 
should  triumph  and  open  the  ways  for  humanity  to  progress  in 
peace,  and  free  from  tyranny  in  the  future. 

With  the  assurance,  dear  Dr.  Sun  Yat  Sen,  of  my  most 
profound  sympathies  for  your  noble  project,  and  with  my  deep 
gratitude  for  your  keen  interest  in  my  plans, 

I  beg  to  remain,  with  high  esteem 
Faithfully  yours, 
(Signed) 

Hendrik  Christian  Andersen. 


3 


< 


/-■ 


THE  IJWKAUv 

University  ol  California  yTY 

SOUTHERN  REGIONALLY ^024_1388 
405  Hilgard  Avenue,  Los Ang  ubrary 

Return  this  maienai  w  , 

,rom  whichjt^s^rowea 


r. 


20m-6, 


w*^ 


UC  SOUTHERN  REGIOMAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 


AA    000  459  617